THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

IN  MEMORY  OF 

PROFESSOR  WILLIAM  MERRILL 

AND 
MRS.  IMOGENE  MERRILL 


r 


STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR 


FOR   BEGINNERS  IN  LATIN 


BY 


GEORGE  W.   WAITE,   A.M. 

SUPERINTENDENT  OBERLIN  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 


GEORGE  H.   WHITE,   A.M. 

PRINCIPAL  OBBRLIN  COLLEGE  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


BOSTON,  U.S.A. 

GINN   &  COMPANY 

1892 


GIFT 


COPYRIGHT,  1891, 
BY  GEORGE  W.  WAITE  AND  GEORGE  H.  WHITE. 


ALL  RIGHTS  RESERVED. 


TYPOGRAPHY  BY  J.  8.  GUSHING  &  Co.,  BOSTON,  U.S.A. 


PRESSWORK  BY  GINN  &  Co.,  BOSTON,  U.S.A. 


M/56- 


To 
OUR    BRETHREN 

of  the 
NORTH-EASTERN  OHIO  TEACHERS  ASSOCIATION 

This  Book  is 

with  their  consent 

RESPECTFULLY     INSCRIBED 


M68459 


r-o*> 


PEE  FACE. 


THE  aim  of  this  book  is  indicated  by  the  title.  Caesar  is  properly  the 
first  Latin  author  read  by  American  students,  for  no  writer  illustrates 
more  clearly  the  spirit  and  principles  of  the  language.  A  mastery  of 
Caesar  is  the  best  possible  foundation  for  Latin  scholarship. 

But  Caesar  is  too  difficult  to  be  read  freely  and  enthusiastically  with- 
out definite  preparation.  The  road  to  Caesar  should  be  as  direct  arid  easy 
as  a  Roman  road ;  it  must,  however,  be  long  enough  to  carry  the  traveller 
not  merely  within  sight  of  the  city,  but  to  the  golden  milestone  in  its  very 
centre. 

Our  plan  includes  :  — 

1.  An  abundance  of  easy  sentences,  both  English  and  Latin,  for  transla- 

tion. The  Latin  is  to  be  learned  by  constant  and  rapid  translation, 
both  Latin-English  and  English-Latin.  The  grammar-work  is  essen- 
tial ;  but  the  grammar  is  quoted  to  explain  the  sentences,  not  the 
sentences  to  illustrate  the  grammar.  The  work  begins  with  the  sen- 
tence and  is  developed  by  sentences,  so  easy  at  first,  and  increasing 
in  difficulty  so  gradually,  that  the  hour  of  recitation  is  filled  with  the 
rapid  practical  use  of  the  language. 

2.  The  inductive  method,  used  with  moderation.     The  pupil  first  sees  the 

Latin  word  in  sentences,  and,  —  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  book,  — in 
all  its  case-forms  ;  then,  and  not  till  then,  he  is  called  upon  to  learn 
the  paradigm.  The  rules  of  syntax  are  developed  in  a  similar  way. 
There  is  thus,  in  every  moment  of  study,  the  "  joy  of  discovery,"  the 
"  scientific  method,"  laboratory  practice.  Words,  as  truly  as  rocks 
and  flowers,  are  products  of  nature ;  and  their  right  study  should 
cultivate  the  observing  faculties  of  the  young  as  successfully,  and  in 
a  very  important  direction. 

3.  The  use  of  Caesar's  vocabulary  and  of  sentences  taken  from  Caesar.     In 

the  choice  of  words  for  the  earlier  pages,  we  were  obliged  to  take  into 
account  not  only  the  frequency  of  their  occurrence  in  Caesar,  but  as 
well,  their  availability  for  both  paradigms  and  sentences.  We  can 
hardly  expect  that  the  amount  of  labor  expended  upon  this  portion 
of  our  book  will  be  appreciated  by  any  who  have  not  attempted  the 


VI  PREFACE. 


same  thing.  Our  words  are,  with  but  two  or  three  exceptions,  Caesa- 
rian, and  the  sentences,  as  soon  as  the  extent  of  the  pupil's  vocabulary 
allows,  are  largely  taken  from  Caesar  without  essential  change  of 
form.  We  find,  on  concluding  the  work  with  classes,  that  the  out- 
line of  thought  in  the  First  Book  of  Caesar,  and  a  considerable  por- 
tion of  the  difficult  expressions,  have  become  familiar  to  our  pupils, 
so  that  their  first  days  in  Caesar  are  not,  as  has  too  often  been  the 
case,  the  most  discouraging  of  their  whole  Latin  course.  And  we 
regard  it  as  of  some  importance  that  pupils  should  receive  their  first 
impressions  of  Latin  not  from  such  sentences  as,  The  rose  is  red,  but 
from  Roman  expressions  like  those  of  Caesar. 

4.  Systematic  arrangement,  and  such  constant  repetition  of  all  the  previous 

work  to  the  very  end  of  the  book,  not  through  repeated  references  to 
the  grammar,  but  through  the  construction  of  sentences,  that  term- 
reviews  are  not  necessary,  but  that  the  pupil  may  constantly  and 
safely  move  forward.  Words  are  given  so  many  times  in  the  exer- 
cise where  they  first  occur,  and  called  up  so  regularly  afterwards,  that 
the  pupil  need  never  go  to  the  lexicon  for  them  a  second  time,  and  is 
able,  thus,  to  give  his  full  thought  to  the  inflectional  endings.  And 
yet,  toward  the  end,  new  words  are  freely  introduced,  that  the  pupil 
may  have  practice  in  the  rapid  acquisition  of  words.  Equal  care  has 
been  expended  in  arranging  the  principles  of  syntax ;  new  rules  are 
called  up  so  regularly  that  they  cannot  pass  out  of  mind. 

5.  Provision  for  the  most  thorough  drill  upon  paradigms.     No  new  method 

can  secure  substantial  progress  without  such  drill.  All  our  paradigms 
are  divided  into  syllables  and  accented,  that  there  may  be  no  possi- 
bility of  mistake.  It  is  hoped  that  the  arrangements  made  for  carry- 
ing the  whole  sentence  through  a  paradigm  may  have  some  value. 

6.  Adequate  means  for  teaching  pronunciation  correctly  from  the  beginning. 

The  first  few  days  are  all-important  for  this.  We  have  not  only 
given  a  key  to  the  sounds  and  carried  this  as  a  foot-note  for  several 
pages,  but  have  divided  words  into  syllables  arid  marked  the  accents 
for  fifteen  pages,  and  have  throughout  marked  vowels  known  to  be 
long. 

7.  The  least  possible  use  of  the  verb  before  the  verb  paradigms  are  given.    Not 

many  verbs  are  given  at  first,  and  these  are  used  only  in  the  third 
person  of  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indicative.  This  is  no 
burden  to  the  pupil,  yet  it  gives  a  good  insight  into  the  verb  as  Caesar 
employs  it,  and  makes  the  study  of  the  verb  comparatively  easy  when 
it  is  reached. 


PREFACE. 


8.  Prominence  to  rules,  not  to  exceptions.     If  rules  are  acquired,  exceptions 

are  noticed  as  exceptions  when  they  occur,  and  this  is  sufficient  in  the 
early  stages  of  language  study. 

9.  Adequate  emphasis  upon  the  third  declension  of  nouns,  the  pronouns, 

and  the  third  conjugation  of  verbs. 

10.  No  division  into  Lessons ;   the  teacher  being  left  free  to  divide  the 

work  according  to  his  judgment. 

Our  reason  for  attempting  to  add  another  to  the  list  of  First  Latin 
Books  now  before  a  long-suffering  public,  is  that,  after  trying  many  books, 
we  have  not  found  among  those  in  use  one  which  exactly  meets  our 
needs.  All  with  which  we  are  acquainted  demand  a  solid  year  of  work, 
and  do  not  enable  the  pupil  even  then  to  enter  Caesar  with  comfort.  We 
have  found,  by  repeated  trials,  that  good  classes  will  accomplish  this  book 
and  a  large  portion  of  the  First  Book  of  Caesar,  in  thirty-six  weeks,  each 
of  five  one-hour  recitations.  Many  teachers  —  if  many  teachers  do  us 
the  honor  to  use  this  book  —  will  prefer  to  devote  the  whole  thirty-six 
weeks  to  the  mastery  of  the  book  alone.  Others  may  think  it  wise  to 
introduce  the  pupils  to  Caesar  when  they  have  reached  RESULT  CLAUSES, 
p.  144,  and  to  take  the  remainder  of  this  book  in  connection  with  the  study 
of  Caesar.  This  we  have  sometimes  done. 

We  desire  to  express  our  thanks  to  Miss  Mary  L.  Atwood  and  Miss 
Frances  J.  Hosford,  of  the  Oberlin  College  Preparatory  School,  and  to 
Miss  Grace  Safford  of  the  Oberlin  Public  High  School,  for  their  patient 
and  appreciative  use  of  our  exercises,  while  we  were  experimenting  with 
trial-editions. 

OBERLIN,  July,  1891. 


viii  TO   THE   PUPIL. 


TO    THE    PUPIL. 


THE  Latin  language  is  very  different  from  the  English.   Observe  atten- 
tively the  following  points  :  — 

1.  It  is  not  enough  in  Latin  to  know  words ;  it  is  equally  important  to 

know  the  endings  of  words.  In  the  sentence,  Puer  (the  boy}  capit 
(captures}  latronem  (the  robber},  puer  is  the  subject  of  the  verb  ;  but 
in  Latro  capit  puerum,  the  word  puerum  is  marked  as  the  object 
by  its  suffix.  To  say  Latro  capit  puer  is  no  more  correct  than  to  say 
in  English,  Her  don't  want  we;  us  don't  belong  to  she. 

2.  (See  Gradatim,  p.  19,  published  by  Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston,  1889.)     In 

English,  the  meaning  depends  upon  the  order  of  the  words. 

The  boy  captures  the  robber 
means  one  thing ; 

The  robber  captures  the  boy 

means  quite  another  thing. 

But  in  Latin, 

Puer  latronem  capit, 

Puer  capit  latronem, 
Latronem  puer  capit, 
Latronem  capit  puer, 
Capit  latronem  puer, 
all  mean 

The  boy  captures  the  robber. 

On  the  other  hand, 

The  robber  captures  the  boy 
may  be  expressed  in  Latin, 

Latro  puerum  capit, 

Latro  capit  puerum,  etc. 

We  have  an  illustration  of  this  in  the  use  of  the  English  personal 
pronouns,  e.g. 

All  men  praise  HIM, 
and 

HIM  all  men  praise, 
have  the  same  meaning. 


TO  THE  TEACHER.  IX 


3.  Many  relations  which  in  English  are  expressed  by  a  preposition,  are 

in  Latin  denoted  by  a  change  of  ending  in  a  noun,  e.g.  The  boat 
(scapha)  of  Sulla,  is,  in  Latin,  Scapha  Sullae.  The  correct  use  or 
omission  of  prepositions  in  Latin  is  highly  important. 

4.  The  verb  in  a  Latin  sentence  usually  stands  last. 


PROGRAM  OF   A   RECITATION. 

[Observe  that  the  major  part  of  the  hour  is  assigned  to  translation,  from  Latin  to  English 
and  from  English  to  Latin.] 

I.    Assignment  of  advance  lesson,  with  advice  as  to  method 

of  learning 5  minutes. 

II.  Rapid  oral  review  of  previous  lesson 10  minutes. 

III.  Part  of  the  class  recite  new  paradigms,  rules,  etc. ;  part 

write  paradigms  on  the  board 10  minutes. 

IV.  Oral  or  blackboard  translation   of  the  advance   from 

Latin  to  English 10  minutes. 

V.  Part  of  the  class  write  on  the  board  the  advance  trans- 
lation from  English  to  Latin.  The  rest  take  drill 
work,  —  pronunciation,  paradigms,  translation  from 
dictation.  All  unite  in  correcting  blackboard  work.  20  minutes. 

55  minutes. 

The  above  plan  provides  for  reciting  each  lesson  twice :  once  in 
advance,  once  in  review.  This  is  sufficient.  Another  plan,  which  secures 
at  least  two  recitations  of  each  lesson,  would  devote  the  first  half-hour 
to  reciting  the  assigned  lesson  for  the  day  and  the  review,  and  the  second 
half-hour  to  going  over  the  morrow's  lesson ;  the  teacher  supplying  the 
meanings  of  new  words  and  making  suggestions  as  to  the  best  methods 
of  study.  This  gives  fine  scope  for  the  teacher's  power,  is  in  accordance 
with  the  modern  methods  of  teaching,  and  will  create  enthusiasm ;  and, 
if  the  assigned  lesson  of  each  day  is  recited  with  thoroughness,  the  results 
will  be  satisfactory. 

The  only  term-reviews  necessary  with  this  book  are  a  few  recitations 
upon  the  paradigms  and  rules  of  syntax.  Words  and  constructions  are 
so  graded  and  repeated  that  there  is  no  occasion  for  reviewing  the  sen- 
tences at  the  end  of  the  term. 


TO   THE   TEACHER. 


SUGGESTIONS. 


1.  That  the  pupil  be  required  to  pronounce  each  Latin  and  English 
sentence  before  translating. 

2.  That  for  the  first  ten  recitations  the  teacher  pronounce  each  Latin 
sentence  before  requiring  the  pupil  to  do  so. 

3.  That  the  class  frequently  read  Latin  in  concert. 

4.  That  halting  recitations  be  not  allowed. 

5.  That  the  pupil  be  required    often  to  translate  both  English  and 
Latin  sentences  from  the  teacher's  dictation. 

6.  That  the  endings  and  paradigms  be  learned  at  the  places,  and  in 
the  order,  indicated. 

7.  That  the  teacher  encourage  the  pupil  to  gather  the  thought  in  the 
Latin  order  of  the  words. 

8.  That  the  pupil  be  required  to  combine  rapidity  of  recitation  with 
thoroughness  of  work,  and  that  the  length  of  lessons  bend  to  this. 

9.  That  translation,  both  Latin-English  and  English-Latin,  be  made 
the  chief  work  of  the  class-room. 

10.  That  much  written  work,  outside  the  class-room,  be  required ;  but 
that  the  pupil  be  not  allowed,  in  the  class-room,  to  lean  upon  his  written 
work. 

11.  That  the  SUGGESTIONS  which  precede  the  Exercises  be  not  com- 
mitted to  memory  in  place,  but  carefully  read  and  applied  in  connection 
with  the  study  of  the  Exercises. 


TABLE    OF   CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Preface v 

To  the  Pupil viii 

Program  of  a  Recitation ix 

Suggestions x 

Nouns  in  -a.     Nominative  and  Accusative  Cases,  Singular  Number  .  1 

Genitive,  Dative,  Vocative,  and  Ablative  Cases,  Singular  Number    .  2 

Nominative  and  Accusative  Cases,  Plural  Number     ....  4 

Other  Cases,  Plural  Number 5 

Recapitulation,  Imperfect  and  Future  Tenses 7 

Nouns  in  -us.     All  Cases,  Singular  Number 8 

Nouns  in  -us,  Plural  Number       ........  9 

Nouns  in  -er,  -ir,  and  -ius.     All  Cases,  Singular  and  Plural  Num- 
bers      10 

Nouns  in  -um.  All  Cases,  Singular  and  Plural  Numbers  .  .  .12 
The  Change  from  the  Active  to  the  Passive  Voice  .  .  .  .15 
Adjectives  in  -us,  -a,  -um,  Singular  Number.  Passive  Voice, 

Other  Tenses 16 

Adjectives  in  -us,  -a,  -um,  Plural  Number 17 

Attributive  and  Predicate  Adjectives 19 

Genitive  with  Adjectives      .........  20 

Dative  with  Adjectives 21 

Ablative  with  Adjectives 23 

Adjectives  in  -er .        .24 

Adjectives  used  as  Nouns 26 

Recapitulation,  with  New  Nouns  of  the  First  Declension  .        .        .27 

Recapitulation,  with  New  Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension  .  .  28 
Nouns  in  -or,  Masculine  Gender,  Singular  Number  .  .  .  .29 

Nouns  in  -or,  Plural  Number 30 

Nouns  in  -io,  Feminine  Gender    ........  31 

Nouns  in  -as,  Feminine  Gender 33 

Nouns   in  -do  (gen.  -inis),   Feminine   Gender.      Also   homo   and 

Caesar 34 

Nouns  in  -6  (gen.  -onis),  Masculine  Gender 36 

xi 


Xll  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Nouns  in  -1.  Also  frater  . 37 

Nouns  in  -es,  Masculine  Gender.  Also  prlnceps  .  .  .  .38 
Nouns  in  -us,  Feminine  Gender.  Also  laus  and  custos  .  .  .40 

Nouns  in  -x,  Feminine  Gender 41 

Nouns  in  -es.  Also  urbs  and  plebs  (i-stems).  Feminine  Gender  .  42 
Nouns  in  -is  (i-stems  continued).  Also  cohors.  Feminine  Gender  44 
Nouns  in  -is  (i-stems  continued).  Feminine  Gender  .  .  .45 
Nouns  in  -is  (i-stems  continued).  Feminine  Gender.  Also  liger 

andArar 46 

Nouns  in  -e  and  -al  (i-stems  continued).  Neuter  Gender  .  .  .48 
Adjectives  in  -is  (i-stems),  Third  Declension,  Two  Terminations  .  49 
Adjectives  in  -is  (i-stems  continued),  Two  Terminations.  Also  the 

nouns  genus  and  iter,  Neuter  Gender 50 

Adjectives  in  -er  (i-stems  continued),  Three  Terminations  .  .  52 
Recapitulation,  with  New  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension  .  .  .54 
Recapitulation,  with  New  Nouns,  Proper  Names  .  .  .  .55 

Bellum  Helvetiorum 56 

The  War  with  Ariovistus 57 

Adjectives  in  -x,  One  Termination 58 

Adjectives  and  Participles  in  -ns,  One  Termination  ,  .  .  .59 
Adjectives  with  os-stems,  Two  Terminations.  Comparatives  .  .  61 
Comparative  with  quam,  and  with  the  Ablative  .  .  .  .62 

Comparatives  (continued) 63 

Superlatives 64 

Irregular  Comparison 66 

Irregular  and  Defective  Comparison 67 

Irregular  and  Defective  Comparison  (continued)  .  .  .  .68 
Irregular  and  Defective  Comparison  (continued)  .  .  .  .70 

Comparison  of  Adverbs 71 

Nouns  of  the  Fourth  Declension.  Masculine  Gender  .  .  .73 

Nouns  of  the  Fourth  Declension  (continued) 74 

Nouns  of  the  Fifth  Declension.  Feminine  Gender  .  .  .  .76 
Demonstrative  Pronouns,  is,  ea,  id,  Singular  Number  .  .  .78 

is,  ea,  id,  Plural  Number 79 

hie,  haec,  hoc 80 

ille,  ilia,  illud 81 

is,  hie,  and  ille  as  Substantive  Pronouns 83 

ipse,  iste,  idem 84 

alius,  null  us,  unus,  alter 86 

The  Reflexive  sul 88 

The  Relative  qui,  quae,  quod,  Singular  Number  .  .  .  .89 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS.  Xlll 

PAGE 

quT,  quae,  quod,  Plural  Number 90 

The  Interrogati ves,  quis,  and  qui ;  ne,  nonne,  num  ...  92 

The  Departure  of  the  Helvetians 93 

sum,  I  am,  Present  Indicative.  The  Personal  Pronouns  ego  and  tu. 

Simple  Conditions   ..........  95 

sum,  Imperfect  Indicative.  Simple  Conditions  ....  97 

sum,  Future  Indicative.  Future  Conditions 98 

sum,  Perfect  Indicative.  Simple  Conditions  .....  100 

sum,  Pluperfect  Indicative 101 

sum,  Future  Perfect  Indicative.  Future  Conditions,  More  Vivid  .  102 
sum,  Present  Subjunctive.  Future  Conditions,  Less  Vivid  .  .  103 
sum,  Imperfect  Subjunctive.  Conditions  Contrary  to  Fact,  Pres- 
ent Time 104 

sum,  Perfect  Subjunctive.  Future  Conditions,  Less  Vivid  .  .  105 
sum,  Pluperfect  Subjunctive.  Conditions  Contrary  to  Fact,  Past 

Time 106 

Recapitulation  of  Conditional  Sentences 107 

Recapitulation  (continued) 108 

sum,  Imperatives,  Infinitives,  Participle 109 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Indicative  Mood, 

Present  Tense Ill 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Indicative  Mood, 

Imperfect  Tense 113 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Indicative  Mood, 

Future  Tense 115 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Indicative  Mood, 

Perfect  Tense 116 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Indicative  Mood, 

Pluperfect  Tense 118 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Indicative  Mood, 

Future  Perfect  Tense 119 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Subjunctive  Mood, 

Present  Tense  .  121 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Subjunctive  Mood, 

Imperfect  Tense 122 

First  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Subjunctive  Mood, 

Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Tenses         .......  123 

First  Conjugation.     Imperatives,  Infinitives      .....  125 

First  Conjugation.  Participles,  Ablative  Absolute  ....  127 

First  Conjugation.  The  Gerundive 129 

First  Conjugation,  The  Gerund 131 


XIV  TABLE    OF   CONTENTS. 


Second  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.     Indicative  Mood. 

Tenses  with  Present  Stem       ........     132 

Second  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Remaining  Tenses 

of  the  Indicative  Mood    .         .        .        .        .        .        .  .     135 

Second  Conjugation,  Active  and  Passive  Voices.  Subjunctive 

Mood.  Sequence  of  Tenses.  Clauses  of  Pure  Purpose  .  .  137 
Purpose  Clauses,  Relative  and  Substantive.  Abridged  Conditions. 

Sequence  of  Tenses .  .  . 140 

Second  Conjugation,  Both  Voices,  Imperative  ando  Infinitive 

Moods,  Participles,  Gerunds,  and  Supines 141 

Result  Clauses 144 

Third  Conjugation,  Both  Voices,  Indicative  Mood,  Tenses  with 

Present  Stem  : 145 

Third  Conjugation,  Both  Voices,  Indicative  Mood,  Remaining 

Tenses 147 

Third  Conjugation,  Both  Voices,  Subjunctive,  Imperative,  and  In- 
finitive Moods,  Participles,  Gerunds,  and  Supines  ....  149 

Verbs  in  -io,  Third  Conjugation 152 

Fourth  Conjugation,  Both  Voices,  Indicative  Mood  .  .  .  157 

Fourth  Conjugation,  Remaining  Moods  arid  Forms  .  .  .  160 

possum,  volo,  n615,  malo 163 

Impersonal  Verbs.  Historical  Infinitives 171 

fero,  eo,  fio 173 

Questions  and  Imperative  Forms  in  Direct  Discourse.  Future 

Passive  Infinitives  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .182 

Periphrastic  Conjugations 183 

Vocabularies. 


A  STEAIGHT  KOAD  TO  CAESAK. 


NOUNS.      FIRST   OR  ^4-DECLENSION. 

NOMINATIVE   AND   ACCUSATIVE    CASES.      SINGULAR 

NUMBER. 

ILLUSTRATION.  —  Sul'la  fe'minam  lau'dat, 
Sulla  praises  the  woman. 

In  the  above  sentence,  Sul'la  is  in  the  nominative  case, 
fe'minam  in  the  accusative  (English  objective). 

The  sign  of  the  nominative  is  the  case-ending  -a ;  of  the 
accusative,  the  case-ending  -am. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  Latin  has  no  article.    Supply  a,  aw,  or  the  in  Eng- 
lish when  necessary,  as  in  the  above  illustration. 

2.  The  words  long  and  short  when  used  of  English  vowels  refer  to  quality  ; 
e.g.  note,  not.     When  used  of  Latin  vowels  they  refer  to  quantity  only,  a 
long  syllable  occupying  more  time  in  pronunciation  than  a  short  syllable,  as 
indicated  in  the  schedule  below. 

3.  In  this  book,  vowels  long  by  nature  are  marked  with  the  macron  (-) . 
Diphthongs  are  long. 

±. 

1.  Sul'la  Gal 'bam  vo'cat.  2.  Gal'ba  Sul'lam  vo'cat.  3.  Fe'mina 
fi'liam  iu'vat.  4.  Fi'lia  fe'minam  iu'vat.  5.  Cot'ta  sca'pham 
lau'dat.  6.  Fe'mina  Miner'vam  lau'dat.  7.  Miner'va  fi'liam' 
lau'dat.  8.  Gal'ba  Sul'lam  iu'vat.  9.  Sul'la  fe'minam  iu'vat. 
10.  Cot'ta  Mi  ner'va??i  vo'cat.  11.  Mi  ner'va  Cot 'tarn  vo'cat. 
12.  Fi'lia  Gal 'bam  lau'dat. 

NOTE.  —  Pronounce  the  Latin  according  to  the  following  schedule :  — 
a,  a,  papa  ;  o,  o,  oho  ;  u,  u,  full  moon  ;  e,  e,  vacation  (e  nearly  the  sound 
of  e  in  met) ;  i,  machine  ;  i,  holiness  ;  ce,  ay  ;  ce,  \>oy  ;  au,  now ;  eu,  fetid  ; 
ei,  veil ;  ui,  we  ;  c,  come  ;  g,  go  ;  i  consonant,  yes ;  s,  yes ;  t,  time ;  v  (w  con- 
sonant} ,  we;  qu,  gwart ;  ch,  #ing ;  th,  £/jick;  ph,  /un;  6s,  like  ps ;  other 
consonants  as  in  English. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


DIRECTION.  —  Apply  the  following  statements  to  the  words  in 
the  above  Exercise :  — 

a.  The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in  the  nominative  case. 

6.  A  finite  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  number  and  person. 

c.  The  direct  object  of  a  transitive  verb  is  in  the  accusative 
case. 

Commit  these  statements  carefully  to  memory. 

2. 

1.  Minerva  summons  the  woman.  2.  Sulla  summons  the 
daughter.  3.  The  daughter  assists  Sulla.  4.  Cotta  assists 
Minerva.  5.  Minerva  praises  the  boat.  6.  Galba  praises  the 
daughter.  7.  Cotta  summons  Galba.  8.  Sulla  assists  the 
daughter.  9.  Minerva  summons  Sulla.  10.  The  woman  assists 
Cotta.  11.  The  daughter  praises  the  woman.  12.  Galba  praises 
Sulla. 


GENITIVE,  DATIVE,  VOCATIVE,  AND  ABLATIVE   CASES. 
SINGULAR   NUMBER. 

ILLUSTRATIONS.  —  Sul'la  sca'phaw  Gal'bae  (genitive  case) 
lau'dat,  Sulla  praises  the  boat  of  Galba,  or,  Sulla  praises 
Galba's  boat. 

Sul'la  Gal'bae  (dative  case)  sca'pham  dat,  Sulla  gives  the 
boat  to  Galba,  or,  Sulla  gives  G-alba  the  boat. 

Sul'la,  Gal'ba  (vocative  case),  sca'phaw  lau'dat,  (O)  Galba, 
Sulla  praises  the  boat. 

Sul'la  Gal/bam  sca'pha  (ablative  case)  iu'vat,  Sulla  assists 
Galba  with  a  boat. 

Fe'mina,  fi'li  a  (apposition)  Gal'bae,  Cot'tam  iu'vat,  A 
woman,  the  daughter  of  Galba,  assists  Gotta. 

The  Latin  case-endings  given  above,  and  their  equivalents, 
are  — 

a,  a,  papa  ;  6,  5,  oho  ;  u,  u,  full  moon  ;  e,  e,  vacation  ;  i,  machine  ;  I,  hoH- 
ness  ;  ce,  ay ;  oe,  "boy  ;  aw,  now; ;  en,  feud  ;  ei,  veil ;  MI,  we. 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


LATIN.  ENGLISH. 

Genitive,  -ae,  Objective  with  of,  or  the  possessive  case, 

Dative,      -ae,  Objective  with  to  (or  for) , 

Vocative,  -a,  Nominative  of  address, 

Ablative,  -a,  Objective  with  by,  from,  with,  in,  etc. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Cum  (in  8  below)  is  a  preposition  governing  the  abla- 
tive. 

2.  The  vocative  generally  stands  after  one  or  more  words  in  its  sentence 
(as  in  5  below). 

3. 

1.  Miner'va  sca'pham  Cot'tae  lau'dat.  2.  Cot'ta  Miner'vae 
sca'pham  dat.  3.  Gal'ba  ga 'learn  Sul'lae  lau'dat.  4.  Sul'la 
Gal'bae  ga'leam  dat.  5.  Sul'la,  Cot'ta  (vocative),  fi'li  am  Gal'- 
bae vo'cat.  6.  Fi'li  a  Gal'bae  Mi  ner'vaw  vo'cat.  7.  Sul'la  cum 
fe'mi  na  Mi  ner'vara  iu'vat.  8.  Fi'li  a  Gal'bae  cum  Mi  ner'va 
Sul'lam  iu'vat.  9.  Sul'la  fi'li  am  Gal'bae  sca'pha  iu'vat.  10.  Fe'- 
mi na,  fi'li  a  Sul'lae,  Gal'bam  pecu'nid  iu'vat.  11.  Gal'ba  cum 
fi'li  a  Sul'lae  Mi ner'vam  lau'dat.  12.  Miner'va  fe'mi nae  pecu'- 
ni  am  et  sca'pham  dat. 

Learn  and  repeat  the  following  paradigms,  and  all  given 
hereafter,  till  they  are  as  familiar  as  the  alphabet :  — 

BOAT  (F.)  MINERVA  (F.)  WOMAN  (F.)  HELMET  (F.) 

Sing.  Nom.  sca'pha  Miner'va  fe'mi  na  ga'lea 

Gen.  sca'phae  Miner'vae  fe'mi  nae  ga'leae 

Dat.  sca'phae  Miner'vae  fe'mi  nae  ga'leae 

Ace.  sca'pham  Mi  ner'vam  fe'mi  nam  ga'leam 

Voc.  sca'pha  Miner'va  fe'mi  na  ga'lea 

Abl.  sca'pha  Miner'va  fe'mi  na  ga'lea 

Like  sca'pha,  decline  Cot'ta,  G-al'ba,  and  Sul'la;  like  ga'lea, 
fi'li  a  and  pecu'nia. 

DIRECTIONS. — 1.  Use,  occasionally,  the  progressive  form  of  the 
verb,  e.g.  is  praising  for  praises. 

c,  come ;  g,  go  ;  i  consonant,  ?/es ;  s,  yes ;  t,  £ime ;  v  (u  consonant),  we  ; 
qu,  gwart ;  c/i,  &ing;  ih,  thick. ;  ph,  /un  ;  6s,  like  ps. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


2.  Apply  and  learn  the  following  statements  :  — 
a.  Any  noun  which,  modifies  another  noun  and  does  not  denote 
the  same  person  or  thing,  is  in  the  genitive. 

6.  The  indirect  object  of  an  action  is  in  the  dative. 

c.  The  vocative  is  used  for  direct  address. 

d.  The  means  or  instrument  of  an  action  is  expressed  by  the 
ablative. 

e.  A  noun  which  modifies  another  noun  and  denotes  the  same 
person  or  thing,  agrees  with  it  in  case.     This  agreement  is  called 
apposition. 

4. 

1.  Sulla  summons  Galba's  daughter.  2.  Galba,  with  [his] 
daughter,  is  assisting  Sulla.  3.  Sulla  praises  Minerva's  daughter. 
4.  Minerva  gives  Galba  the  boat.  5.  Galba  is  giving  a  boat  to 
Sulla's  daughter.  6.  Galba  summons  the  woman's  daughter. 
7.  The  woman,  with  [her]  daughter,  is  assisting  Galba.  8.  The 
daughter  of  Galba  gives  money  to  Minerva.  9.  Galba  is  giving 
Sulla  a  helmet.  10.  Sulla  assists  Galba  with  money  and  a  boat. 
11.  Minerva,  with  the  daughter  of  Galba,  assists  Sulla.  12.  The 
woman,  daughter  of  Galba,  gives  a  boat  to  Sulla. 


NOMINATIVE    AND    ACCUSATIVE    CASES.      PLURAL 
NUMBER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Nominative  case-ending,  -ae  ;  accusative, -as. 
2.  The  personal  ending  -t  of  the  verb  in  the  singular  number  becomes  -nt 
in  the  plural. 


1.  Sul'la   fi'lias   Gal'bae  vo'cat.     2.   Fi'liae   Sul'lae  (dative) 
pecu'niam    dant.      3.    Gal'ba    cum    Miner'va    fe'minas    iu'vat. 

4.  Fe'mina,  cum  fi'lia  Cot'tae,  Miner'vae  ga'le  as  demon 'strat. 

5.  Fi'liae  Gal'bae  fe'minas  vo'cant.    6.  Fe'minae  fi'lias  Gal'bae 

a,  a,  papa  ;  6,  5,  oho  ;  u,  ii,,  f  wll  moon  ;  e,  e,  vacation  ;  i,  machine ;  i,  holi- 
ness ;  ce,  ay ;  ce,  looy  ;  aw,  now  ;  eu,  feud  ;  ei,  veil ;  ui,  we. 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


iu'vant.  7.  Mi  ner'va  et  Cot'ta  ga'le  as  Sul'lae  lau'dant.  8.  Fe'- 
mi  nae  Sul'lae  (dative)  sca'phds  Gal'bae  de  mon'strant.  9.  Fl'li  ae 
Sul'lae  Miner'vae  (dative)  ga'le  as  dant.  10.  Sul'la  et  Miner'va 
fi'li  as  Cot'tae  pe  cu'ni  a  iu'vant. 

6. 

1.  The  woman  praises  Sulla's  helmets.  2.  The  women,  daugh- 
ters of  Sulla,  praise  Galba's  boats.  3.  Sulla  is  showing  [his] 
helmets  and  boats  to  Minerva.  4.  Minerva  assists  the  women, 
daughters  of  Galba,  with  money.  5.  The  women  summon  the 
daughters  of  Gotta.  6.  Galba's  daughters  are  assisting  Sulla 
with  a  boat.  7.  The  women  give  the  daughter  of  Galba  money 
and  boats.  8.  Galba  gives  helmets  and  boats  to  Sulla.  9.  The 
woman,  daughter  of  Galba,  assists  Sulla.  10.  The  daughters  of 
Galba  and  of  Sulla  are  showing  Minerva  the  boats. 


OTHER  CASES,  PLURAL  NUMBER. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Genitive  case-ending,  -arum;   dative,  -is;   vocative,  -ae; 
ablative,  -Is.    The  dative  and  ablative  plural  of  fl'lia.  is/Hia'bus. 


7. 

1.  Per'fu  ga  cum  nau't^s  est  in  Ger  ma'ni  a.  2.  Gal'ba  per'fu- 
gis  pe  cu'ni  am  dat.  3.  Nau'ta  per'fu  gam  sca'plus  iu'vat.  4.  Fe'- 
mi  nae  cum  filia'Zms  Sul'lam  iu'vant.  5.  Miner'va  filidTws 
Gal'bae  ga'le  as  dat.  6.  Gal'ba  fe'mi  ms  sca'phas  per  fu  ga'rwm 
demon'strat.  7.  Nau'tae  cum  per'fu  gis  sunt  in  Ger  ma'ni  a. 

8.  Ei'liae  per'fu  gae  sunt  in  Ita'lia,  et  nau'tis  pe  cu'ni  am  dant. 

9.  Pe  cu'ni  a  filia'rwm  est  in  sca'pha.      10.   Fe'mi  nae  sunt  in 
sca'phfs  et  fi'lias   iu'vant.      11.   Ga'le  ae   perfuga'rwm  et  sca'- 
phae  nauta'rwm  in  Gal'lia  sunt.      12.  Fe'mi  nae  et  nau'tae  et 
per'fu  gae  sunt  in  sca'plus. 

c,  come  ;  g,  go  ;  i  consonant,  yes  ;  «,  yes  ;  t,  time  ;  v  (u  consonant)  we ; 
qu,  quart ;  ch,  king ;  th,  thick  ;  ph,  /un  ;  bs,  like  ps. 


6  A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 

DIRECTION.  —  Apply  and  learn  the  following  statement :  — 
Most  nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  feminine;   but,  in  all 
declensions,  names  of  male  beings,  and  of  rivers,  winds,  months, 
and  mountains,  are  masculine;  and  names  of  female  beings,  and 
of  countries,  cities,  plants,  and  trees,  are  feminine. 

BOATS   (F.)  WOMEN   (F.)  HELMETS  (F.) 

Plur.  Nom.  sca'phae  fe'minae  ga'leae 

Gen.  sea  pha'rum  fe  mi  na'rum  ga  le  a'rum 

Dat.  sca'plus  fe'minis  ga'leis 

Ace.  sca'phas  fe'minas  ga'leas 

Voc.  sca'phae  fe'minae  ga'leae 

Abl.  sea 'phis  fe'minis  ga'leis 

Combine  these  paradigms  with  the  corresponding  singulars 
(Exercise  3)  and  commit  all  thoroughly  to  memory.  Like 
sca'pha  decline  nau'ta;  like  fe'mina,  per'fuga;  likega'lea, 
pe  cu'ni  a  and  (in  the  singular)  G-al'li  a,  Ger  md'ni  a  and 
Ita'lia.  Fl'lia  is  declined  like  ga'lea,  but  has  filid'bus 
(notfi'liis)  in  the  dative  and  ablative  plural. 


8. 

1.  Galba's  daughter  is  in  the  boat  with  the  women.  2.  Galba 
is  in  Italy  and  is  assisting  the  deserters  with  boats.  3.  Sulla 
gives  the  deserters  money.  4.  The  woman  is  in  Germany  with 
the  daughters  of  Sulla.  5.  Minerva  summons  the  sailor's  daugh- 
ters. 6.  The  sailors'  daughters  assist  Galba  with  money.  7.  Gal- 
ba gives  Sulla's  daughters  a  boat.  8.  The  deserters  are  showing 
helmets  to  the  women.  9.  Minerva  assists  the  women  with 
boats.  10.  The  money  of  the  daughters  is  in  the  boats.  11.  Galba 
gives  helmets  to  the  deserters.  12.  The  sailors'  money  is  in  the 
helmet,  the  helmet  in  the  boat. 

a,  a,  papa ;  o,  o,  oho  ;  w,  w,  full  moon  ;  e,  e,  vacation ;  I,  machine ;  2,  holi- 
ness ;  ce,  ay;  ce,  bo?/ ;  aw,  now? j  e«,  feud ;  ei,  veil ;  ui,  we. 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


RECAPITULATION,   IMPERFECT    AND    FUTURE    TENSES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  imperfect  tense  has  -ba  before  the  personal  end- 
ings -t  and  -nt ;  e.g.  lau  da'bat,  he  was  praising ;  lau  dd'bant,  they  were 
praising. 

2.  The  future  tense  has  -bi  (singular),  -bu  (plural)  before  the  endings 
-t  and  -nt;  e.g.  lau  dd'bit,  he  will  praise  ;  lau  dd'bunt,  they  will  praise.  When 
the  letter  before  -ba  or  -bi  is  a  (or  a  before  the  personal  endings,  e.g.  lau'- 
dat,  lau'dani),  the  verb  is  said  to  be  of  the  first  conjugation.    A  is  generally 
long  before  -ba,  -bi,  -bu  ;  but  is  short  in  da'Toat,  da'bit,  etc. 

3.  The  imperfects  e'rat,  he  was,  e'rant,  they  were  ;  and  the  futures  e'rit, 
he  will  be,  e'runt,  they  will  be  ;  are  irregularly  formed. 

9. 

1.  Fe'mi  na  e'rat  fi'li  a  Cot'tae.  2.  Sul'la  nau'ta  (appositive) 
e'rit  in  sca'pha.  3.  Fi'li  a  Cot'tae  (dative)  sca'pham  Gal'bae 
per'fu  gae  de  mon  stra'bit.  4.  Per'fu  ga  Sul'lam  nau'tam  vo  ca'- 
bat.  5.  Cot'ta  Gal'bam  iuva'bit  et  per'fu  gae  (dative)  pe  cu'- 
ni am  Sul'lae  da'bit.  6.  Gal'ba  per'fu  ga  sca'pham  Sullae  et 
ga'le  am  Cot'tae  lau  da/bat.  7.  Fe'mi  nae  e'rant  fi'li  ae  nauta'- 
rum.  8.  Nau'tae  fi  li  a'bus  pe  cu'ni  am  et  sca'phas  da'bant.  9.  Fi'- 
li ae  cum  nau'tis  e'runt  in  sca'plws.  10.  Per'fu  gae,  Cot'ta  et  Gal'ba 
(appositives),  sca'phas  filia'rum  lau  da'bant.  11.  Nau'tae  cum 
filia'&ws  Cot'tam  et  Gal'bam  per'fu  gas  iuva'bant.  12.  Fi'liae 
per'fu  gis  pe  cu'ni  am  et  ga'le  as  da'bunt.  13.  Pe  cu'ni  a  fili  a'rum 
e'rat  in  ga'le  is,  ga'le  ae  in  sca'plus.  14.  Fi'liae  perfuga'rwm 
fi'li  as  nau  ta'rum  iu  va'bunt. 

10. 

1.  The  deserter  was  in  Gaul  with  Sulla.  2.  The  sailor  will 
give  money  to  the  daughter  of  Sulla.  3.  The  women  will  assist 
the  deserters  with  Sulla's  boat.  4.  Cotta's  daughter  will  show 
Sulla's  boat  to  a  deserter.  5.  Galba,  the  deserter,  is  giving 
money  to  the  sailor's  daughters.  6.  The  sailors  were  in  the  boat 
with  the  deserters.  7.  The  sailors  were  assisting  the  deserters. 

c,  come ;  g,  go ;  i  consonant,  yes ;  s,  yes ;  t,  time ;  v  (u  consonant)  ice ; 
qu,  quart ;  ch,  king  ;  th,  thick. ;  ph,  /un  ;  6s,  like  ps. 


8  A  STRAIGHT  KOAD  TO  CAESAR. 

8.  The  deserters  were  praising  the  sailors.  9.  The  money  of 
Galba,  the  deserter,  was  in  a  sailor's  helmet.  10.  The  boats  of 
the  sailors  and  the  money  of  the  deserters  were  in  Italy. 


NOUNS.      SECOND   OR  O-DECLENSION. 

NOUNS   IN   -US.     ALL   CASES,   SINGULAR   NUMBER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Nominative  case-ending,  -us;  genitive,  -T;  dative,  -6;. 
accusative,  -um ;  vocative,  -e  ;  ablative,  -6. 

2.  Notice  that  here  alone  the  vocative  of  Latin  nouns  differs  from  the  nom- 
inative. 

3.  Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us  are,  as  a  rule,  masculine.    But, 
in  all  declensions,  apply  first  the  Direction  in  Exercise  7. 

11. 

1.  Bru'tws  do'mi  m  et  ser'vt  a  mi'cws  e'rat.  2.  Do'mi  nws  e'rat 
cap  tl'vl  ami'cws.  3.  Do'mi  nus  ser'vwm  a  mi'ci  lau  da/bit.  4.  Cap- 
ti'vws,  ami'ce,  do'mi  no  e'qimw  da'bat.  5.  Do'mi  uus  ser'vo  e'qimm 
da'bit.  6.  Do'mi  nus  e'qui  e'rat  cap  ti'vus.  7.  Cap  ti'vus  et  e'qu?*s 
e'rant  in  Gal'li  a.  8.  Do'mi  nws  cum  cap  ti'vo  et  ser'vo  e'rit  in 
Germa'nia.  9.  Ser'vws  cum  do'mi  no  et  ami'co,  Bru'to,  capti'vwm 
iuva'bat.  10.  Ser'vws  do'mi  num  vo  ca'bit.  11.  Ser'vus,  Bru'te, 
e'rit  aml'cws. 

SLAVE   (M.)  CAPTIVE   (M.)  MASTER  (itf.  ) 

Sing.  Nom.  ser'vus  cap  tl'vus  do'mi  nus 

Gen.  ser'vi  cap  tT'vi  do'mi  ni 

Dat.  ser'vo  captT'vo  do'mi  no 

Ace.  ser'vum  captl'vum  do'mi  num 

Voc.  ser've  captl've  do'mi  ne 

Abl.  ser'vo  capti'vo  do'mi  no 

Like   ser'vus  decline  Bril'tus  and  e'quus;   like  cap  ti'vus, 


a,  a,  papa  ;  o,  o,  oho ;  w,  w,  fwll  moon  ;  e,  e,  vacation  ;  z,  machine ;  i, 
iss ;  &,  ay;  ce,  boy ;  au,  now ;  eu,  feud  ;  ei,  veil ;  ui,  we. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


12. 

1.  Slave,  [your]  master  is  in  Germany  with  Brutus.  2.  The 
owner  of  the  horse  was  a  friend  of  Brutus.  3.  Brutus  gives  the 
captive  money  and  a  horse.  4.  The  captive,  in  company  with 
[his]  friend,  was  assisting  Brutus.  5.  The  slave  is  assisting  [his] 
master  with  a  horse  and  a  boat.  6.  Brutus,  [your]  friend  is  a 
captive.  7.  The  slave  was  praising  Brutus,  [his]  master.  8.  The 
captive  is  giving  a  slave  to  [his]  friend  Brutus.  9.  Brutus  was 
summoning  the  captive.  10.  The  friend  of  Brutus  was  a  captive. 

11.  Brutus  will  summon  the  slave  and  give  money  to  the  captive. 

12.  The  master  is  praising  the  captive. 


NOUNS   IN   -US,   PLURAL  NUMBER. 

SUGGESTION.  — Nominative  and  vocative  case-ending,  -I ;  genitive,  -6mm  ; 
dative,  -is ;  accusative,  -6s ;  ablative,  -is. 

13. 

1.  Ser'vi  e'rant  domino'rww  ami'ct.  2.  Do'mim  sunt  servo'- 
rwmaml'cf.  3.  Praefec'ti  a  mi'cos  vo  ea'bant.  4.  Tribu'm  sunt 
prae  fee  to'nm  ami'ci  5.  Tri  bu'm  praefec't£s  e'quos  da'bunt, 
ser'vis  non.  6.  Prae  fec'ti  do'mi  ms  e'quos  de  mon  stra'bant. 
7.  Praefec'ti  e'rant  capti'vf.  8.  Tribu'm  praefec'tos  et  do'mi- 
nos  vo  ca'bunt,  ser'vos  non.  9.  Ser'vi  tribu'nos  non  lau  da'bunt. 
10.  Do'mi  m  et  ser'vf  cum  tribu'nis  et  praefec'tfs  e'rant  in 
Italia,  11.  Ami'ci  tri  bu  no'rum  captivo'rwm  ami'cf  sunt. 
12.  Do'mi  m  cap  tl'vis  et  a  mi'cFs  cap  ti  vo'rum  pe  cu'ni  am  de  mon- 
stra'bunt.  13.  Tribu'ni  capti'vos  e'quis  iu'vant.  14.  Tribu'n^ 
oum  do'mi  ms  et  ser'vfs  et  capti'vfs  e'rant  in  Germa'nia. 


SLAVES  (M.) 

CAPTIVES   (M.) 

MASTERS   (M.) 

Plur.  Nom. 

ser'vT 

cap  ti'vi 

do'mi  ni 

Gen. 

servo  'rum 

cap  t!  vo'rum 

do  mi  no  'rum 

Dat. 

ser'vis 

cap  ti'vis 

do'mi  ms 

c,  come;  g,  go;  i  consonant,  yes;  s,  yes;  t,  time;  v  (u  consonant},  we; 
qu,  gwart ;  ch,  king  ;  th,  thick  ;  phtfm\ ;  bs,  like  ps. 


10  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


SLAVES  (M.) 

CAPTIVES  (M.) 

MASTERS  (M.) 

Plur.  Ace.      ser'vos 

cap  tl'vos 

do'mi  nos 

Voc.      ser'vi 

cap  ti'vi 

do'mi  nl 

Abl.      ser'vis 

cap  ti'vis 

do'mi  ills 

Combine  these  paradigms  with  those  of  Exercise  11 ; 
complete  the  paradigms  of  e'quus  and  amt'cus ;  decline  also 
like  capti'vus,  tribil'nus  and  praefec'tus. 

14. 

1.  The  friends  of  the  captives  were  not  slaves.  2.  The  friends 
of  the  slaves  were  not  captives.  3.  The  captives  are  friends  of 
the  commanders.  4.  The  tribunes  were  summoning  the  slaves 
and  [their]  friends.  5.  The  tribunes  will  give  horses  to  the 
slaves  and  [their]  friends.  6.  The  slaves  summon  [their] 
masters,  and  with  [their]  friends  assist  the  tribunes.  7.  The 
commanders  are  friends  of  the  masters  and  the  tribunes.  8.  The 
masters  were  giving  money  to  the  captives.  9.  The  masters  with 
their  slaves  will  assist  the  commanders.  10.  The  masters  with 
the  commanders  and  tribunes  were  assisting  the  captives.  11.  The 
captives  were  giving  [their]  horses  to  the  masters,  not  to  the 
commanders.  12.  The  commanders  are  with  the  masters  and 
captives. 


NOUNS  IN  -ER,  -JH,   AND  -IUS.     ALL  CASES,    SINGULAR 
AND  PLURAL  NUMBERS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  — 1.  Nouns  in  -er  and  -ir  have  no  case-ending  in  the  nom. 
and  voc.  sing.    In  the  other  cases,  the  endings  are  like  those  of  nouns  in  -us. 

2.  In  some  of  these  nouns,  e.g.  a'ger,  e  of  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing,  is  not 
found  in  the  other  cases ;  thus,  the  gen.  sing,  is  a'grl,  not  a'ge  ri. 

3.  Nouns  in  -ras  usually  have  -I  instead  of  -ft  in  the  genitive  singular,  e.g. 
Clau'di  and  so'ci  (3  and  18  below),  and  in  the  vocative  singular  of  proper 
names  (also/i'fa'ws),  -I  instead  of  -ie,  e.g.  Clau'di  and/i'ZI  (17  and  18). 

a,  a,  papa  ;  b,  o,  oho  ;  u,  ii,  full  moon  ;  e,  e,  vacation  ;  I,  machine  ;  i,  holi- 
ness ;  ce,  ay  ;  ce,  \>oy  ;  au,  now ;  eu,  tend  ;  ei,  veil ;  ui,  we. 


A  STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


11 


15. 

1.  Fa'ber  pu'e  rum  con  fir'mat.  2.  Pu'er  cum  fa'bro  est  in 
a'gro.  3.  Vir  fi'li  os  Clau'df  (-if)  ser'vat.  4.  Tri  bu'nus  pu'e  TO  pe- 
cu'ni  ani  da'bat.  5.  Ser'vi  in  a'grfs  e'rant  cum  pu'e  YIS.  6.  Pu'e  rf, 
fi'li  i  fa  bro 'rum,  fi'li  as  tri  bii'm  iu  va'bunt.  7.  Fa'brf  sunt  a  mi'ci 
pu  e  id'rum.  8.  Do'mi  nus  vi'rfs  et  fe'mi  ms  et  li'be  rfs  pe  cu'ni  am 
dat.  9.  Vi'r£  pu'e  ros  con  fir'mant.  10.  Sul'la  fa'brfs  et  so'ci  is 
a'gros  dat.  11.  So'ci  i  fi'li  um  Clau'd£(-i£)  con  fir  ma/bant.  12.  Fi'- 
li us  farbr£  a  mi'cus  pu'e  11  est.  13.  Ser'vi  fa'bros  et  so'ci  os  ser'- 
vant.  14.  Sul'la  fa'bro  a'grwm,  pu'e  TIS  e'quum  de  mon  stra'bit. 
15.  Li'beii  cum  vi'ris  sunt  in  sca'pha.  16.  Fa'ber  fe'mi  nas 
iu  va'bit,  vi'ros  et  li'be  ros,  non.  17.  Fa'ber,  Clau'di,  vi'ro  ser'vum 
de  mon  stra'bat.  18.  Bru'tus,  fi'lf,  est  so'ci  us,  Clau'di  us  a  mi'cus 
so'cf  (-if). 


FIELD  (M.) 

BOY  (M.) 

ALLY  (M.) 

CLAUDIUS  (M.) 

Sing.  Nom. 

a'ger 

pu'er 

so'ci  us 

Clau'di  us 

Gen. 

a'gri 

pu'eri 

so'ci  (-11) 

Clau'di  (-ii) 

Dat. 

a'gro 

pu'e  ro 

so'ci  6 

Clau'di  5 

Ace. 

a'grum 

pu'e  rum 

so'ci  um 

Clau'di  um 

Voc. 

a'ger 

pu'er 

so'ci  e 

Clau'di 

Abl. 

a'gro 

pu'e  r5 

so'ci  o 

Clau'di  6 

Sing.  MAN  (M.) 


Plur.  Nom. 

a'gri 

pu'e  ri 

so'ci  I 

vir 

Gen. 

a'gro  'rum 

pu  e  ro'rum 

so  ci  6  'rum 

vi'ri 

Dat. 

a'gris 

pu'e  ris 

so'ci  is 

vi'ro 

Ace. 

a'gros 

pu'e  ros 

so'ci  os 

vi'rum 

Voc. 

a'gri 

pu'e  ri 

so'ci  I 

vir 

Abl. 

a'gris 

pu'e  ris 

so'ci  is 

vi'ro 

Like  a'ger  decline  fa'ber  ;  like  pu'er,  li'be  rl  (used  only  in 
the  plural)  ;  like  Clau'di  us  and  the  plural  of  so'ci  us  decline 
fi'li  us.  Complete  vir  as  follows  :  Plur.  nom.  vi'ri,  gen.  vi  ro'- 
dat. vi'rls,  etc. 


c,  come  ;   g,  go;  i  consonant,  yes  ;   s,  yes  ;  t,  time  ;   v  (u  consonant}  we  ; 
qu,  gwart  ;  ch,  king  ;  th,  thick.  ;  ph,  /un  ;  bs,  like  ps. 


12  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

16. 

1.  The  boys  are  in  the  field  with  the  engineers.  2.  The 
engineers  are  encouraging  the  boys.  3.  The  men  are  protecting 
the  commanders.  4.  The  engineer  was  a  friend  of  the  boys. 
5.  The  boys  were  sons  of  engineers.  6.  The  commanders  will 
give  the  boys  boats,  the  men  horses.  7.  A  man  will  be  with  the 
boys  in  the  boat.  8.  The  boys  will  be  with  the  men  in  the  boats. 
9.  The  slave  of  the  man  Claudius  (appositive)  was  not  the 
boy's  friend.  10.  Claudius,  Sulla  is  giving  fields  to  slaves  and 
deserters.  11.  Boys,  the  engineers  were  allies,  not  slaves. 

12.  To  the  man,  Claudius  (appositive),  the  engineer  gives  money. 

13.  To  the  boy,  the  son   of  Brutus,  Claudius  was  showing  [his] 
helmet.     14.  The  men  are  protecting  the  allies. 


NOUNS   IN  -UM.     ALL  CASES,  SINGULAR  AND   PLURAL 

NUMBERS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  case-ending  of  the  nominative,  accusative,  and 
vocative  singular  is  -urn  ;  that  of  the  nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  plural,  -a.  Other 
case-endings  are  as  in  nouns  in  -us  ;  but  nouns  in  -lum  usually  have  -I  instead 
of  -ii  in  the  gen.  sing. 

2.  Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -um  are  neuter.    But  apply  direc- 
tions (Exercise  7).     The  neuter  vul'guB  has  no  plural,  and  its  case-ending  in 
nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  is  -us. 

3.  Est  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence  is  to  be  translated  there  is ;  sunt, 
there  are  ;  e'rat,  there  was,  etc. 

4.  Auxi'lium  (singular)  means  assistance;   auxi'lia  (plural),  auxiliary 
forces,  auxiliaries. 

17. 

1.  Con  ci'li  um  de  cre'twm  pa'rat.  2.  Vul'gws  prae  fec'to  de  cre'- 
tum  de  mon  stra'bit.  3.  Con  ci'li  a  de  cre'ta,  prae  fec'ti  op'pi  da, 
pa'rant.  4.  Au  xi'li  a  de  cre'ta  con  ci  li  o'rum  lau  da/bant.  5.  Au- 

d,  d,  papa  ;  6,  o,  oho  ;  u,  u,  fwll  moon  ;  e,  e,  vacation  ;  i,  machine  ;  I,  holi- 
ness ;  ce,  ay  ;  ce,  boy  ;  aw,  now? ;  eu,  feud  •  ei,  veil ;  ui,  we. 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


13 


xi'li  ww  conci'li  praesi'dia  con  fir'mat.  6.  Con  ci'li  urn  op'pi  do 
et  prae  si'di  o  au  xi'li  um  da'bit.  7.  E'qui  au  xi  li  o'rum  e'rant  in 
ca'stm.  8.  Ca'stra  et  op'pi  da  et  praesi'dia  sunt  in  pe  ri'cu  Id. 

9.  Op'pi  dum  est  in  pe  ri'cu  Id   et   prae  fec'tus    bel'lwm  pa  ra'bit. 

10.  A  mi'ci    ser  vo'rum    con  ci'li  o    pe  ri'cu  lum    de  mon  stra'bant. 

11.  Tri  bu'nus   au  xi'li  a  ar'mat.     12.  Est   bel'lwm  et  prae  fec'tl 
castro'r?*m  so'ci  6s  ar'mant.     13.  Prae  si'di  um  cum  au  xi'li  £s  est 
in  op'pi  do.     14.  Bel 'la  et  pe  ri'cu  la  bel  lo'rum  vul'gws  non  con- 
fir  ma/bunt. 


WAR  (N.) 

DECREE  (N.) 

TOWN  (N.) 

COUNCIL  (N.) 

Sing.  Norn. 

bel'lum 

de  ere  'turn 

op'pi  dum 

con  ci'li  um 

Gen. 

bel'H 

de  cre'ti 

op'pi  di 

con  ci'li  (-ii) 

Dat. 

bel'16 

de  cre'to 

op'pi  do 

con  ci'li  6 

Ace. 

bel'lum 

de  ere  'turn 

op'pi  dum 

con  ci'li  um 

Voc. 

bel'lum 

de  cre'tum 

op'pi  dum 

con  ci'li  um 

Abl. 

bel'16 

de  cre'to 

op'pi  do 

con  ci'li  6 

Plur.  Nom. 

bel'la 

de  cre'ta 

op'pi  da 

con  ci'li  a 

'  Gen. 

bel  16'mm 

de  ere  to  'rum 

op'pi  do'rum 

con  ci  li  6  'rum 

Dat. 

bel'lis 

de  ere  'tis 

op'pi  dis 

con  ci'li  Is 

Ace. 

bel'la 

de  cre'ta 

op'pi  da 

con  ci'li  a 

Voc. 

bel'la 

de  cre'ta 

op'pi  da 

con  ci'li  a 

Abl. 

bel'lis 

de  ere  'tis 

op'pi  dis 

con  ci'li  is 

Like  the  sing,  of  bel'lum  decline  vul'gus,  but  see  Sugges- 
tion 2,  above ;  like  the  plur.  of  bel'lum,  ca'stra ;  like  op'- 
pi dum,  pe  ri'cu  lum  ;  like  con  ci'li  um,  au  xi'li  um  and  prae- 
si'di  um. 

18. 

1.  The  council  is  arming  the  auxiliary  [forces].  2.  The  aux- 
iliary [forces]  will  be  in  camp.  3.  Claudius  with  the  auxiliaries 
protects  the  camp.  4.  Italy  is  in  danger,  the  slaves  are  pre- 
paring war.  5.  There  is  war,  the  women  and  children  are  in  the 
town.  6.  The  tribunes  will  protect  the  council  of  the  common 
people.  7.  The  common  people  with  the  tribune  protect  the 

c,  come ;  g,  go  ;  i  consonant,  yes  ;  s,  yes ;  t,  time ;  v  (u  consonant)  we ; 
qu,  gwart ;  ch,  king  ;  th,  thick  ;  ph,  /un  ;  bs,  like  ps. 


14  A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

town.  8.  The  garrison  of  the  town  will  assist  the  common 
people.  9.  The  commanders  arm  the  auxiliaries  and  the  allies. 
10.  Garrisons  of  auxiliary  [forces]  protect  the  towns.  11.  The 
commander  of  the  camp  gives  the  town  assistance.  12.  The 
commanders  of  the  garrison  are  in  the  camp. 


LETTERS. 

A,  e,  i,  o,  u,  y,  are  vowels ;  all  other  letters  are  consonants. 
The  combinations  ae,  au,  ei,  eu,  oe,  oi,  ui,  are  diphthongs.  P,  b, 
c  (k),  q,  g,  t,  d,  ch,  th,  are  mutes  ;  I,  m,  w,  r,  liquids  ;  x  and  z  double 
consonants.  /  is  a  consonant  before  another  vowel  in  the  same 

syllable. 

SYLLABICATION. 

1.  Make  the  syllables  of  a  Latin  word  the  same  in  number  as 
its  vowels  and  diphthongs ;  e.g.  nau'ta,  a  ml'cus. 

2.  Write  a  single  consonant,  or  x,  or  two  or  more  consonants 
which  can  be  used  to  begin  a  word,  with  the  latter  of  two  vowels ; 
e.g.  do'minus,  auxi'lium,  sca'pha,  ca'stra. 

3.  Of  other  two  consonants,  write  one  with  each  vowel;   of 
more  than  two,  join  with  the  latter  vowel  those  which  can  be 
used  to  begin  a  word;  e.g.  Sul'la,  demon'strat. 

QUANTITY   OF  VOWELS   AND   SYLLABLES. 

1.  For  quantity  of  vowels,  see  Exercise  1,  Suggestions  2  and  3. 

2.  A  syllable  containing  a  long  vowel  or  a  diphthong  is  a  long 
syllable;  e.g.  non,  nau'ta  (first  syllable). 

3.  A    syllable    containing   a    short   vowel   is    a    long   syllable 
when   its  vowel   is   followed    by   two    or    more    consonants    or 
a  double  consonant,  but  when   the   first   of   two   consonants  is 
a  mute  and  the  second  a  liquid,  the  syllable  is  common,  that  is, 
short  in  prose,  but  sometimes  long  in  poetry ;  e.g.  Cot'ta,  a'gri 
(first  syllables). 

a,  a,  papa ;  b,  o,  oho  ;  u,  u,  fwll  moon ;  e,  e,  vacation  ;  i,  machine  ;  i,  holi- 
ness ;  ce,  ay ;  ce,  boy ;  au,  now ;  eu,  feud  ;  ei,  veil ;  ui,  we. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  15 

4.    Name  syllables  as  indicated  by  the  following  word :  — 

5432      1 
Pe  cu  ni  a'  rum. 

1.    Ultima.  2.   Penult.  3.  Antepenult. 

4.   First  syllable  preceding  the  antepenult,  etc. 

ACCENT. 

1.  Accent  the  penult  of  a  word  of  two  syllables;  e.g.  Gal'ba. 

2.  Accent  the  penult  of  a  word   of   three  or  more  syllables,  if 
the  penult   be   a   long  syllable;   otherwise,  accent   the   antepenult; 
e.g.  a  mt'cus,  praefec'tus;  fe'mina,  do'minus. 

Verify  these  rules  by  the  preceding  Exercises,  and  apply  them 
hereafter  till  mastered. 


THE  CHANGE  FROM  THE  ACTIVE  TO  THE  PASSIVE 

VOICE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  subject  (nominative)  of  the  Active  Voice,  if  a  vol- 
untary agent,  is  put  in  the  ablative  with  a,  or  ab  in  the  Passive;  e.g.  Brutus 
in  1  becomes  a  Bruto  in  2. 

2.  The  object  (accusative)  of  the  Active  Voice  becomes  the  subject  (nomi- 
native) of  the  Passive  ;  e.g.  auxilia  and  socios  (aces.)  in  9  become  auxilia 
and  socii  in  10. 

3.  The  personal  endings  -t  and  -nt  of  the  Active  Voice  become  respec- 
tively -tur  and  -ntur  in  the  Passive ;  e.g.  vo'cat,  he  summons  ;  vo  ca'tur,  he 
is  summoned;  vo'cant,  they  summon;  vocan'tur,  they  are  summoned. 

4.  In  translation,  such  forms  as  they  are  summoned  (Passive  Voice)  should 
be  carefully  distinguished  from  they  are  summoning  (Progressive  Form, 
Active  Voice). 

19. 

1.  Brutus  Hberos  sociorum  vocat  et  confirmat.  2.  Liberi  soci- 
orum a  Bruto  vocantur  et  confirmantur.  3.  Tribuni  servum 
iuvant.  4.  Servus  a  tribunis  iuvatur.  5.  Filiae  fabri  liberos 
captivorum  laudant  et  iuvant.  6.  Liberi  captivorum  a  Jiliabus 
fabri  laudantur  et  iuvantur.  7.  Auxilia  castra  et  oppida  servant. 
8.  Castra  et  oppida  ab  auxiliis  servantur.  9.  Praefecti  auxilia 


16  A   STRAIGHT  'BO AD   TO   CAESAR. 

et  socios  armant.  10.  Auxilia  et  socil  a  praefectls  armantur. 
11.  Kautae  amicum  captivorum  confirmant.  12.  Amicus  capti- 
vorum  a  nautis  confirmatur.  13.  Perfuga  equos  et  scaphas  parat. 
14.  Equi  et  scaphae  a  perfuga  parantur.  15.  Faber  pueris  pecu- 
niam  dat.  16.  Pecunia  pueris  a  fabro  datur.  17.  Claudius  servo 
scapham  demonstrat.  18.  Scapha  servo  a  Claudio  demonstratur. 

20. 

1.  The  commander  summons  the  auxiliaries.  2.  Auxiliaries 
are  summoned  by  the  commander.  3.  The  engineers  are  prepar- 
ing a  camp.  4.  A  camp  is  prepared  by  the  engineers.  5.  The 
council  praises  the  sailors.  6.  The  sailors  are  praised  by  the 
council.  7.  Brutus,  the  friend  of  the  slave,  assists  the  allies. 

8.  The  allies  are  assisted   by  Brutus,  the  friend  of  the  slave. 

9.  The  captive  is  showing  [his]  helmet  to  the  tribune.     10.  The 
helmet  is  shown  to  the  tribune  by  the  captive.     11.  Sulla  gives 
the  deserters  money.     12.  Money  is  given  to  the  deserters  by 
Sulla.     13.    The  master  is  encouraging    [his]   slaves.     14.   The 
slaves  are  encouraged  by  the  master.     15.  The  garrisons  protect 
the  women  and  children.     16.  The  women  and  children  are  pro- 
tected by  the  garrisons. 


ADJECTIVES   IN  -US,  -A,  -UM,  SINGULAR   NUMBER. 
PASSIVE  VOICE,  OTHER   TENSES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Observe  that  the  masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter  forms 
of  these  adjectives  are  declined  like  servus,  scapha,  and  bellum  respectively. 

2.  Genitives  in  -i  for  -ii  accent  the  penult ;  e.g.  con  ci'li. 

3.  The  letters  -ba  (imperfect),  -bi,  -bu  (future),  are  used  before  the  per- 
sonal ending  of  the  passive,  as  in  the  active  ;  e.g.  lau  da  Toa'tur,  he  was  (being) 
praised,  lau  dd'bi  tur,  he  will  be  praised  ;  lau  da  bun'  tur,  they  will  be  praised. 

21. 

1.  Dominws  bonws  a  servo  vocatur.      2.   Femina  bona  a  filia 
vocabatur,     3.  Concilium  bon?«m  a  praefecto  vocabitur.     4.  Sulla 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAJ)   TO   CAESAR.  17 


equum  domim  bom  laudat.  5.  Puer  filiam  feminae  bonae  lauda- 
bat.  6.  Praefectus  decretum  conciK  bom  laudabit.  7.  Servus 
domino  bond  auxilium  dat.  8.  Nauta  feminae  bonae  scapham 
dabat.  9.  Tribunus  concilio  bond  pecuniam  dabit.  10.  Praesi- 
dium  dominwm  bonww  confirmat.  11.  Minerva  feminaw  bonam 
confirmabat.  12.  Galba  concilium  bomm  confirmabit.  13.  Galba, 
domine  bone,  captivum  servat.  14.  Sulla,  femina  bona,  liberos 
servabat.  15.  Brutus,  conciliwm  boimm,  praesidium  servabit. 
16.  Galba  a  socio  bono  servatur.  17.  Minerva  a  femina  bona 
servabatur.  18.  Praefectus  a  concilio  bono  servabitur. 

22. 

1.  The  good  master  encourages  [his]  slave.  2.  The  good 
daughter  was  encouraging  the  children.  3.  The  good  garrison 
will  encourage  the  common  people.  4.  The  master  of  the  good 
slave  was  in  camp.  5.  The  money  of  the  good  daughter  is  in 
the  town.  6.  The  commander  of  the  good  garrison  will  be  in 
Germany.  7.  Brutus  gives  the  good  slave  a  horse.  8.  The  sailor 
will  give  [his]  good  daughter  a  boat.  9.  Galba  was  giving  the 
good  garrison  assistance.  10.  The  master  assists  [his]  good 
slave.  11.  The  woman  will  assist  [her]  good  daughter.  12.  The 
auxiliaries  were  assisting  the  good  garrison.  13.  Good  slave,  the 
master  will  be  in  camp.  14.  Good  daughter,  Claudius  was  an 
ally,  not  a  deserter.  15.  Good  garrison,  the  camp  is  not  in 
danger.  16.  The  sailor  is  summoned  by  the  good  slave.  17.  The 
boy  was  summoned  by  the  good  daughter.  18.  The  commanders 
will  be  summoned  by  the  good  garrison. 


ADJECTIVES    IN  -US,    -A,  -UM,   PLURAL  NUMBER. 

23. 

1.  Domim  bom  servos  confirmant.  2.  Feminae  bonae  filias  con- 
firmabant.  3.  Concilia  bona  captivos  confirmabunt.  4.  Equi 
dominomm  bonorim  a  servls  laudantur,  5.  Filiae  femindrtm 


18  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

bonarwra  a  pueris  laudabantur.  6.  Decreta  conciliomm  bonorwm 
a  praefecto  laudabuntur.  7.  Equi  doming  boms  a  servis  dantur. 
8.  Scaphae  femims  boms  a  nautis  dabantur.  9.  Decreta  con- 
ciliis  boms  a  praefectis  dabuntur.  10.  Servl  dominos  bonos 
iuvant.  11.  Amici  feminas  bonas  iuvabant.  12.  Tribun!  con- 
cilia bona  iuvabunt.  13.  Est  bellum,  doming  bom,  in  Gallia. 
14.  Liberi,  feminae  bonae,  erant  in  scapha.  15.  In  castris,  con- 
cilia bona,  auxilia  erunt  et  socii.  16.  G-alba  cum  dominisbonis 
erit  in  Gallia.  17.  Minerva  cum  femims  boms  erat  in  Germauia. 
18.  Decreta  a  concilifs  bonis  servabuntur. 


M.                 F.                      N.                             M.  F.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.  bo'nus  bo'na  bo'num  Plur.  bo'ni  bo'nae  bo'na 

Gen.   bo'ni  bo'nae  bo'ni  bo  no'rum  bo  na' rum  bo  no  'rum 

Dat.    bo'no  bo'nae  bo'no  bo'nis  bo'nis  bo'nis 

Ace.    bo'num  bo'nam  bo'num  bo'nos  bo'nas  bo'na 

Voc.   foo'ne  bo'na  bo'num  bo'ni  bo'nae  bo'na 

Abl.    bo'no  bo'na  bo'no  bo'nis  bo'nis  bo'nis 


24. 

1.  The  good  slaves  were  assisting  [their]  masters.  2.  The 
good  daughters  are  assisting  Minerva.  3.  The  good  garrisons 
will  assist  the  common  people.  4.  The  master  of  the  good  slaves 
is  in  camp.  5.  The  friends  of  the  good  daughters  were  in  the 
town.  6.  The  commanders  of  the  good  garrisons  will  be  in 
Gaul.  7.  The  tribune  gives  the  good  slaves  money.  8.  The 
sailor  was  giving  [his]  good  daughters  assistance.  9.  The  com- 
mander will  give  the  good  garrisons  auxiliary  [forces].  10.  The 
masters  will  praise  [their]  good  slaves.  11.  The  woman  was 
praising  [her]  good  daughters.  12.  The  auxiliary  [forces]  are 
praising  the  good  garrisons.  13.  Good  slaves,  your  master  was 
not  in  danger.  14.  Good  daughters,  the  children  are  not  cap- 
tives. 15.  Good  garrisons,  the  allies  will  be  in  camp.  16.  The 
boy  is  protected  by  the  good  slaves.  17.  The  woman  was  pro- 
tected by  [her]  good  daughters.  18.  The  town  will  be  pro- 
tected by  [means  of]  good  garrisons. 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  19 


ATTRIBUTIVE    AND     PREDICATE    ADJECTIVES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  When  a  Latin  noun  is  limited  by  two  adjectives,  as 
in  11,  below,  do  not  omit  the  conjunction. 

2.  An  attributive  adjective  is  applied  directly  to  its  noun;  e.g.  vir  bonus, 
a  good  man.  Adjectives  otherwise  applied  are  predicate  adjectives;  e.g.  vir 
est  bonus,  the  man  is  good. 

25. 

1.  Nauta  erat  saucius.  Scapha  erit  nova.  Concilium  est 
clarum.  2.  Filia  nautae  saucii  saepe  iuvabatur.  3.  Auxilium 
nrnlturn  nautae  saucio  a  tribune  claro  dabatur.  4.  Minerva 
feminae  clarae  pecuniam  dabit.  5.  Socii  dominum  saucium  et 
filiam  claram  iuvabant.  6.  Praefectus,  cum  fabro  claro,  magno 
in  periculo  erat.  7.  Decretum  concili  clari  erit  bonum.  8.  Viri 
multi  sunt  et  clari.  Galeae  erunt  novae.  Pericula  erant  magna. 
9.  Filiae  feminarum  sauciarum  erant  clarae.  10.  Liberi  fabrorum 
sauciorum  sunt  multi.  11.  Sulla  captivis  Claris  agros  multos 
et  magnos  dabat.  12.  Deer  eta  nova  praefectis  demonstrantur. 
13.  Fabri  cum  viris  multis  oppidum  servabant.  14.  Erant  in 
castris  captiv!  multi  et  saucii. 

M.  F.  N. 

Sing.  Norn,  sau'ci  us  sau'ci  a  sau'ci  um 

Gen.  sau'ci  i  sau'ci  ae  sau'ci  I 

Dat.  sau'ci  6  sau'ci  ae  sau'ci  6 

Ace.  sau'ci  um  sau'ci  am  sau'ci  um 

Voc.  sau'ci  e  sau'ci  a  sau'ci  um 

Abl.  sau'ci  5  sau'ci  a  sau'ci  6 

Plur.  Nom.  sau'ci  I  sau'ci  ae  sau'ci  a 

Gen.  saucio'rum  saucia'rum  saucio'rum 

Dat.  sau'ci  Is  sau'ci  Is  sau'ci  Is 

Ace.  sau'ci  6s  sau'ci  as  sau'ci  a 

Voc.  sau'ci  I  sau'ci  ae  sau'ci  a 

Abl.  sau'ci  Is  sau'ci  Is  sau'ci  Is 

The  masculine  of  sau'ci  us  is  declined  like  the  noun  so'ci  us 
with  -il  instead  of  -I  in  the  gen.  sing. ;  the  feminine  like  ga'- 
le  a  ;  the  neuter  like  con  ci'li  um.  Like  bo'nus  decline  cld'rus, 
md'ynm,  mul'tux,  and  no'vus. 


20  A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

26. 

1.  The  man  will  be  illustrious.  The  daughter  is  good.  The 
town  was  large.  2.  The  children  of  the  wounded  slave  are 
many.  3.  The  decree  of  the  illustrious  council  will  encourage 
the  garrison.  4.  The  allies  are  armed  and  will  give  assistance  to 
many  wounded  slaves.  5.  The  tribune  was  giving  the  illustrious 
captive  money.  6.  The  commander  shows  the  auxiliary  [forces] 
the  new  danger.  7.  The  engineer  and  the  illustrious  captive 
are  armed.  8.  The  auxiliaries  with  many  allies  will  be  in  the 
town.  9.  The  tribunes  are  illustrious.  The  boats  were  large. 
The  garrisons  will  be  many.  10.  The  horses  of  the  allies  were 
praised  by  the  auxiliaries.  11.  The  children  of  the  wounded 
allies  were  in  great  danger.  12.  The  common  people  will  assist 
the  wounded  allies.  13.  The  engineers  are  preparing  a  large 
camp.  14.  The  illustrious  commander  was  the  son  of  a  great 
man. 


GENITIVE   WITH   ADJECTIVES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  As  a  general  rule,  a  noun  limiting  an  adjective  is  put 
in  the  dative.  Some  adjectives,  however,  like  cupidus  and  plenus,  are 
followed  by  the  genitive.  For  the  ablative  with  adjectives,  see  Exercise  31. 

2.  Figures  and  letters  joined  to  words  refer  to  the  Directions  at  the  end 
of  the  Exercise.  Grammatical  sections  designated  by  figures  are  to  be 
learned  ;  those  designated  by  letters  are  to  be  read  and  applied. 

27. 

1.  Perfugaest  auxili1  cupidus.  2.  Bellum  erit  periculi1  plenum. 
3.  Captivus  saucius  belli  non  erat  cupidus.  4.  Oppida  virorum 
sauciorum  plena  erunt.  5.  Praef  ecti  cum  socils 2  multis  erunt  in 
oppidis.  6.  Minerva  cum  filia2  clara  magno  in  periculo  erat. 
7.  Decretum  parabitur  et  concilio  claro  demonstrabitur.  8.  Con- 
cilium erit  virorum  clarorum  plenum.  9.  Decretum  concili  bom 
tribunum  saepe  iuvabit.  10.  Nautae  scapharum  novarum  cupidi 
erant.  11.  Fabri  scaphas  niultas  parabunt.  12.  Scapha  erat 
nautarum  et  liberorum  plena.  13.  Praesidium  equorum  multorum 
est  cupidum. 


A   STRAIGHT    KOAD    TO   CAESAK.                               21 

DIRECTION.  — 

Learn  A.  &  G. 

:  !  218,  a  ;    Rule   18 

(p.  381).     2248,  a; 

Rule  47. 

H. 

:  i  399  and  I.  ,  1,2,3 

;  Rule  XVII.  (p.  326); 

2  419,  1;  Rule  XXI  V.I. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Sing.  Nom. 

cu'pi  dus 

cu'pi  da 

cu'pi  dum 

Gen. 

cu'pi  di 

cu'pi  dae 

cu'pi  di 

Dat. 

cu'pi  do 

cu'pi  dae 

cu'pi  do 

Ace. 

cu'pi  dum 

cu'pi  dam 

cu'pi  dum 

Voc. 

cu'pi  de 

cu'pi  da 

cu'pi  dum 

Abl. 

cu'pi  do 

cu'pi  da 

cu'pi  do 

Plur.  Nom. 

cu'pi  di 

cu'pi  dae 

cu'pi  da 

Gen. 

cu  pi  do  'rum 

cu  pi  da'rum 

cu  pi  do  'rum 

Dat. 

cu'pi  dis 

cu'pi  dis 

cu'pi  dis 

Ace. 

cu'pi  dos 

cu'pi  das 

cu'pi  da 

Voc. 

cu'pi  di 

cu'pi  dae 

cu'pi  da 

Abl. 

cu'pi  dis 

cu'pi  dis 

cu'pi  dis 

Decline  ple'nus  like  bo'  nus. 

28. 

1.  There  is  a  large  garrison  in  the  town.  2.  The  town  will  be 
protected  by  auxiliary  [forces].  3.  The  garrison  was  desirous 
of  new  auxiliaries.  4.  New  auxiliaries  are  often  desirous  of  war. 
5.  There  were  many  auxiliary  [forces]  in  the  camp.  6.  The 
town  was  full  of  women  and  children.  7.  The  women  and  chil- 
dren praise  the  illustrious  garrison.  8.  The  great  council  will 
be  full  of  illustrious  men.  9.  The  council  is  desirous  of  new 
allies  and  much  money.  10.  The  commander  was  encouraged  by 
a  decree  of  the  council.  11.  The  allies  were  desirous  of  new 
horses.  12.  There  were  many  horses  in  the  fields. 


DATIVE    WITH    ADJECTIVES. 

SUGGESTIONS. — 1.  Amicus  has  thus  far  been  used  as  a  noun  with  the 
t  genitive.  It  is  properly  an  adjective,  declined  like  bonus  and  limited  by  a 
noun  in  the  dative.  Carefully  distinguish  these  uses. 

2.  Inimicus,  7,  is  the  preposition  in,  compounded  with  amlcus.     In  the 
syllabication  of  compounds  the  parts  should  be  separated  ;  hence,  in  i  ml'cus, 
not  i  ni  ml'cus. 

3.  Et  .  .  .  et,  as  in  4,  below,  is  to  be  translated  both  .  .  .  and. 


22 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


29. 

1.  Servi  dominis l  saepe  sunt  amid.  2.  Domini  saepe  sunt  ser- 
vorum  amid.  3.  Tribunus  concilio  erat  acceptus.  4.  Decretum 
et  praesidio  et  auxilils  erit  acceptum.  5.  Praesidium  auxiliis 
erit  amicum.  6.  Periculum  auxiliorum  praesidio  erat  notum. 
7.  Vulgus  bello  est  inimicum.  8.  Praesidium  non  erat  belli  cupi- 
dum.  9.  Castra  erunt  nautarum  sauciorum  plena.  10.  Servus 
erat  et  captivorum  et  perfugarum  amicus.  11.  Socii  captivis  sunt 
amicl,  perfugis  inimicl.  12.  Perfugae  sociis  erant  not!. 

DIRECTIONS.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  123*  and  a  ;  Rule  28. 

H. :  !391  and  I. ;  Rule  XIV. 


M. 

Sing. 

Nom. 

a  mi'cus 

Gen. 

a  mi'ci 

Dat. 

a  mi'co 

Ace. 

a  ml'cum 

Voc. 

a  mi'ce 

Abl. 

a  mi'co 

Plur. 

Nom. 

ami'cl 

Gen. 

a  ml  co  'rum 

Dat. 

a  mi'cis 

Ace. 

a  mi'coa 

Voc. 

a  ml'ci 

Abl. 

a  mi'cia 

F. 

aml'ca 
a  mi'cae 
a  mi'cae 
a  mi 'cam 
a  mi'ca 
aml'ca 


N. 

a  ml'cum 
ami'cl 
a  mi'co 
a  ml'cum 
a  ml'cum 
a  mi'co 


a  mi'cae 

a  mi'ca 

a  mi  ca'rum 

a  ml  co'rum 

a  ml'ciB 

ami'cis 

a  mi'cas 

a  mi'ca 

a  mi'cae 

a  mi'ca 

a  mi'cis 

a  mi'cis 

Like  a  mi'cus  decline  accep'tus,  also  ini  mi'cus;  decline 
no'tus  like  bo'nus. 

30. 

1 .  The  sailor  was  well  known  to  the  commander.  2.  The  com- 
mander is  friendly  to  the  children  of  the  sailor.  3.  There  is 
danger  in  camp ;  the  allies  are  unfriendly  to  the  tribune.  4.  The 
tribune  was  not  a  friend  of  the  allies.  5.  Assistance  will  be 
acceptable  to  the  tribune.  6.  Both  the  commanders  and  the 
tribunes  were  well  known  to  the  allies.  7.  The  camp  was  full  of 
deserters.  8.  The  deserters  were  not  unfriendly  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  camp.  9.  The  commander  of  the  camp  was  well 
known  to  the  garrison.  10.  Money  will  be  acceptable  to  the 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  23 

engineers.    11.  The  engineers  are  friendly  to  the  sons  of  Claudius. 
12.  The  dangers  of  war  are  not  acceptable  to  many  men. 


ABLATIVE    WITH    ADJECTIVES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  A  few  adjectives  like  dignus  and  indignus  are  followed 
by  the  ablative. 

2.  Possessive  pronouns  are  adjectives  agreeing  with  their  nouns  in  gender, 
number,  and  case.    They  also   refer  to  a  possessor,  expressed  or  implied  ; 
meus,  my;  tuus,  thy,  your,   to  one  possessor;   suus,  his,  her,  its,  their,  to 
one  or  more. 

3.  Suus  refers  to  the  subject  of  a  proposition,  as  a  possessor ;  e.g.  in  2, 
below,  suo  refers  to  vir,  the  subject  (the  possessor} ,  but  agrees  with  tribune. 

31. 

1.  Praefectus  est  saucius  et  auxilio1  tuo  dignus.  2.  Vir  dignus 
a  tribuno  suo  laudabatur.  3.  Castra  tua  erant  fabro  tuo  indigna. 
4.  Castra  mea  a  fabro  tuo  non  parabantur.  5.  Decreta  concili 
tui  et  multa  et  accepta  erant.  6.  Socii  tui  decretis  tuis  digni 
erant.  7.  Dominus  servo  suo  pecuniam  multam  dabat.  8.  Ser- 
vus  bonus  domino  suo  erat  dignus.  9.  Amici  tui  auxili  mei 
non  erunt  cupidi.  10.  Amici  mei  a  servis  suis  servabuntur. 
11.  Faber,  fill  mi,  est  amicus  et  tuus  et  meus.  12.  Feminae 
filiabus  suis  pecuniam  multam  dabant.  13.  Filiae  tuae  pecunia 
tua  sunt  dignae.  14.  Mel  libeii  filiarum  tuarum  amici  sunt. 

DIRECTIONS.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 245  and  a,  1 ;  Rule  42. 

H. :  1 421,  III. ;  Rule  XXVI.,  III. 

M.  F.  N.  M.  F.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.  me'us  me'a  me'um  Plur.  me'I  me'ae  me'a 

Gen.  me'I  me'ae  me'I  me  o'rum  me  a'rum  me  6'rum 

Dat.    me'6  me'ae  me'o  me'is  me'is  me'is 

Ace.    me'um  me'am  me'um  me'os  me'as  me'a 

Voc.   mi  me'a  me'um  me'I  me'ae  me'a 

Abl.    me'6  me'a  me'5  me'is  me'is  mels 

Like  me'us  decline  tu'us  and  su'us,  omitting  the  vocative  ; 
like  bo'nus,  dl'gnus ;  like  aml'cus,  indl'gnus. 


24  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

32. 

1.  The  good  master  was  praised  by  his  slave.  2.  The  slave 
was  not  unworthy  of  his  master.  3.  My  commander  is  praising 
his  auxiliary  [forces].  4.  The  auxiliary  [forces]  are  worthy  of 
my  commanders.  5.  The  town  was  friendly  both  to  your  allies 
and  to  your  auxiliaries.  6.  Your  allies  were  not  unfriendly  to 
their  commanders.  7.  My  well-known  friends  are  desirous  of 
your  boat.  8.  Your  son  will  be  in  the  boat  with  your  daughter. 
9.  The  daughters  of  your  commanders  were  in  my  camp.  10.  My 
commander  with  his  daughters  was  in  your  camp.  11.  Your 
commanders  are  worthy  of  their  friends.  12.  Your  daughter  is 
not  unworthy  of  her  friends. 


ADJECTIVES  IN  -ER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  possessive  pronouns,  noster,  our,  and  veater, 
your,  are  adjectives  agreeing  with  their  nouns,  but  they  refer  to  more  than 
one  possessor,  expressed  or  implied. 

2.  When  a  noun  is  limited  by  an  adjective  and  a  noun  in  the  genitive,  a 
common  order  is,  adj.,  gen.,  noun.  See  7. 

33. 

1.  Auxilia  nostra1  vulgus  miserum  delectant.  2.  Vulgus  mi- 
serum  ab  auxiliis  nostris  delectatur.  3.  Decretum  vestrum  socils 
nostris  non  erit  acceptum.  4.  Amici  nostri  scaphis  suis  delec- 
tantur.  5.  Noster  captivus  miser  non  erat  cupidus  belli.  6.  Bel- 
lum  nostrum  captivum  miserum  non  delectat.  7.  Misera  Claud! 
filia  magno  in  periculo  est.  8.  Yestri  socii  not!  agros  nostros 
vastant.  9.  Agri  nostri  a  socils  vestris  vastantur.  10.  Oppidum 
nostrorum  sociorum  miserorum  praesidio  vastatur.  11.  Praesi- 
dium  vestrum  oppida  nostra  vastat.  12.  Praefectus  nostro  cap- 
tlvo  misero  equum  suum  dabit.  13.  Amici  flliarum  vestrarum 
perfugis  auxilium  dabunt.  14.  Filiae  captlvorum  nostrorum  non 
sunt  in  Gallia. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  *  197  ;  Rule  2. 

H. :  i  438  and  1 ;  Rule  XXXIV. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


25 


M. 

F. 

N. 

Sing.  Nom. 

no'ster 

no'stra 

no'strum 

Gen. 

no'stri 

no'strae 

no'stri 

Dat. 

no'stro 

no'strae 

no'stro 

Ace. 

no  'strum 

no'stram 

no'  strum 

Voc. 

no'ster 

no'stra 

no'strum 

Abl. 

no'stro 

no'stra 

no'stro 

Plur.  Nom. 

no'stri 

no'strae 

no'stra 

Gen. 

no  stro'rum 

no  stra'rum 

no  stro'rum 

Dat. 

no'stris 

no'stris 

no'stris 

Ace. 

no'stros 

no'stras 

no'stra 

Voc. 

no'stri 

no'strae 

no'stra 

Abl. 

no'stris 

no'stris 

no'stris 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Sing.  Nom. 

mi'ser 

mi'se  ra 

mi'se  rum 

Gen. 

mi'se  ri 

mi'se  rae 

mi'se  ri 

Dat. 

mi'se  ro 

mi'se  rae 

mi'se  ro 

Ace. 

mi'se  rum 

mi'se  ram 

mi'se  rum 

Voc. 

mi'ser 

mi'se  ra 

mi'se  rum 

Abl. 

mi'se  ro 

mi'se  ra 

mi'se  ro 

Plur.  Nom. 

mi'se  ri 

mi'se  rae 

mi'se  ra 

Gen. 

misero'rum 

mi  se  ra'rum 

misero'rum 

Dat. 

mi'se  ris 

mi'se  ris 

mi'se  ris 

Ace. 

mi'se  ros 

mi'se  ras 

mi'se  ra 

Voc. 

mi'se  ri 

mi'se  rae 

mi'se  ra 

Abl. 

mi'se  ris 

mi'se  ris 

mi'se  ris 

Like  no'ster  decline  ve'ster. 


34. 

1.  Our  new  boat  delights  the  children.  2.  Both  sons  and 
daughters  are  delighted  with  our  boat.  3.  Our  auxiliary  [forces] 
delight  their  commander.  4.  Our  commander  is  delighted  with 
his  auxiliary  forces.  5.  The  fields  of  our  allies  are  laid  waste 
by  the  unworthy  garrison.  6.  The  wounded  commander  was 
assisted  by  our  friends.  7.  The  field  will  be  protected  by  our 
auxiliaries.  8.  The  garrisons  of  your  towns  were  desirous  of 
assistance.  9.  Your  towns  are  worthy  of  good  garrisons.  10.  The 
friends  of  our  slaves  lay  waste  many  unfortunate  towns.  11.  In 
our  council  there  were  many  illustrious  men.  12.  The  council 


26  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

will  be  friendly  to  your  allies.  13.  The  unworthy  garrison  lays 
waste  our  unfortunate  town.  14.  Our  unfortunate  town  is  laid 
waste  by  the  unworthy  garrison. 


ADJECTIVES    USED   AS   NOUNS. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Adjectives  and  possessive  pronouns  are  often  used  as 
nouns ;  e.g.  amicus.  a  friend.  Especially  are  many  masc.  and  neut.  pi. 
forms  thus  used;  e.g.  multi,  the  many,  —  many,  —  many  men ;  multa,  many 
things  ;  bom,  the  good,  —  good  men ;  bona,  goods  •  nostri,  our  forces,  our 
men  /  sui,  his  (their}  forces,  his  (their}  men;  sua,  his  (their)  property. 

35. 

1.  Multl*  bonos  laudant.  2.  Auxilia  nostros l  servabunt.  3.  Nos- 
trl2  agros  vulgi  vastabant.  4.  Bom  non  erunt  bellorum  cupidi. 
5.  Brutus  amico  meo  sua  dabit.  6.  Praefecti  tribuno  suos  demon- 
strabant.  7.  Tribunus  a  suls  servabitur.  8.  Multa  filias  no- 
stras  delectabunt.  9.  Feminae  bonae  filiabus  mels  multa  dabunt. 
10.  Bona  captivorum  socils  nostiis  dabantur.  11.  Socii  nostri 
amicis  suis  bona  demonstrant.  12.  Amici  sociorum  a  nostiis  con- 
firmabuntur. 

DIRECTIONS.  —  1.  Read  A.  &  G.  :  a!88  and  Remark;  190,  a  ;  197,  d. 

H. :  a  441  and  1;  449  and  4. 
2.  Learn  A.  &  G. :  J  Rule  30.     2  Rule  13. 
H. :  i  Rule  V.    2  Rule  III. 

36. 

1.  Ours  (our  forces)  were  assisting  the  garrison.  2.  Worthy 
friends  will  assist  ours  (our  forces).  3.  There  will  be  many 
good  [men]  in  the  council.  4.  The  council  will  give  many 
[things]  to  our  slaves.  5.  Many  [things]  will  be  acceptable  to 
our  slaves.  6.  The  good  are  worthy  of  their  friends.  7.  The 
commander  will  protect  the  goods  of  his  friends.  8.  Our  friends 
will  give  their  [property]  to  the  commander.  9.  Worthy  men 
were  encouraging  the  good.  10.  The  tribune  was  encouraged  by 


A  STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  27 

his  [forces].  11.  Ours  (our  men)  often  praise  the  well-known 
tribune.  12.  The  well-known  tribune  is  praised  by  ours  (our 
men). 


RECAPITULATION,   WITH    NEW    NOUNS    OF    THE    FIRST 
DECLENSION. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Gloriae  causa  in  15,  below,  is  to  be  translated  for  the 
sake  of  glory. 

37. 

1.  Fuga  feminarum1  et  llberorum  causam  tuam  non  iuvabit. 
2.    Causa  fugae  erat  periculum  provinciae   nostrae.     3.   Nostra 
provincia  a  sociis  tuis  vastabatur.     4.  Praefectus  gloria  magna 
erat  dignus.     5.   Magna  est  gloria  causae  tuae.     6.   Socii  nostri 
causae  tuae  erant  amid.     7.  Praesidium  nostrum  provinciam  tuam 
non  vastabit.     8.  Est  silva  magna  in  provincia  nostra.     9.  Erant 
in  silva  perfugae  multi.     10.    Silvae  multae  et  magnae  provin- 
cias  servabunt.     11.    Sunt   oppida   multa   in  provinciis   nostris. 
12.   Misera  oppidorum  praesidia  auxill  erant  cupida.     13.  Nostri 
oppidis2  auxilium  dabunt.      14.    Bellum   provinciis  non   est  ac- 
ceptum.     15.  Socii  nostri  gloriae  causa  armabantur.    16.  Gloria 
bell!  nostros  socios  delectabit. 

DIRECTIONS.  —  1.  Learn  A.  &  G. :  *  213  ;  Rule  14.     2  224  ;  225  ;  Rule  21. 
H. :  !395  ;  Rule  XVI.    2384  and  II.  ;  Rule 
XII.,  II. 

2.  Decline  cau'sa,  fu'ga,  sil'va  like  nau'ta;  provin'cia  like  pecu'nia. 

38. 

1.  Ours  (our  forces)  were  protected  by  a  forest.  2.  The  forest 
is  in  our  province.  3.  A  slave  shows  the  forest  to  the  command- 
ers. 4.  There  were  many  wounded  men  in  the  forest.  5.  The 
illustrious  commander  of  the  province  is  a  worthy  man.  6.  The 
worthy  commander  will  give  the  province  assistance.  7.  The  prov- 
ince will  be  protected  by  new  auxiliary  [forces].  8.  The  well- 
known  allies  will  be  friendly  to  our  cause.  9.  Our  cause  is 


28  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

the  cause  of  our  provinces.  10.  The  good  will  encourage  our 
cause  and  protect  our  glory.  11.  Our  garrisons  and  auxiliary 
forces  are  the  glory  of  our  commanders.  12.  Our  provinces  were 
full  of  large  forests.  13.  Many  [men]  were  praising  the  forests 
and  the  friendly  provinces. 


RECAPITULATION,  WITH  NEW   NOUNS   OF   THE  SECOND 
DECLENSION. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Hiberna  was  originally  the  neuter  plural  of  an  adjective 
declined  like  bonus,  the  expression  hiberna  castra  meaning  winter  camp, 
winter  quarters.  Later,  castra  was  omitted,  leaving  hiberna  with  the  com- 
bined signification  of  both  words.  Many  adjectives  are  thus  used  in  all 
numbers  and  genders.  Compare  Suggestion,  Exercise  35. 

39. 

1.  Nuntius  legatum   et   praefectum   confirmabat.     2.   Legatus 
nuntium  et  praesidium  confirmabit.      3.  Provincia  et  legato  et 
nuntio  erit  arnica.    4.  Nuntii  amic!  et  legati  populo  Romano  erant 
dignl.    5.  Legatus  erat  provinciae  acceptus.     (5.  Magnum  est  im- 
perium  populi  Roman!.     7.  Imperium  magnum  populo l  Romano 
dabatur.     8.    Populus   Romanus   legato   digno   imperium   dabit. 
9.  Domicilium  legato  claro  dlgnum  est.     10.  Legati  nostri  domi- 
cilia  in  Gallia  parabant.     11.  Nota  nuntiorum  domicilia  sunt  in 
provincia.     12.  Nuntii  a  legatis  servabantur.     13.  Legati  nuntils 
pecuniam  multam  dabant.     14.  Pecunia  legatorum  nuntios  delec- 
tabat.    15.  Nostri  hiberna  parabunt.     16.  Hiberna  a  nostiis  para- 
buntur. 

DIRECTIONS.  —  1.  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  1225,  e. 

H.  :  1384  and  I. 

2.  Decline  nun' tins  like  so'cius;  Uga'tus  and  praefec'tus  like  captl'vus; 
po'puluslike  do'minus;  Roma'nus  like  aml'cus;  impe'rium  and  domici'- 
li  um  like  con  ci'li  um ;  hi  ber'na  like  the  plural  of  de  ere1  turn. 

40. 

1.  Many  [men]  were  protecting  the  worthy  messenger.  2.  The 
Roman  people  will  give  the  messenger  a  new  abode.  3.  The 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD    TO   CAESAR.  29 

abode  of  the  messenger  is  in  our  province.  4.  The  well-known 
messenger  is  worthy  of  the  Roman  people.  5.  New  power  was 
given  to  a  friend  of  the  illustrious  lieutenant.  6.  The  lieutenant 
will  protect  the  power  of  the  Roman  people.  7.  The  good  are 
not  unfriendly  to  the  ambassador  and  the  Roman  people.  8.  The 
flight  of  the  messengers  will  not  delight  the  Roman  people. 
9.  The  messengers  are  unworthy  of  power.  10.  Friends  will 
assist  the  unfortunate  messengers.  11.  The  abodes  of  the  de- 
serters are  well-known  to  the  messengers.  12.  The  danger  to 
(genitive)  the  winter  [quarters]  was  not  great.  13.  The  winter 
[quarters]  were  protected  by  our  lieutenants.  14.  Our  lieu- 
tenants with  many  messengers  are  in  the  winter  [quarters]. 


NOUNS.     THIRD   DECLENSION. 

NOUNS   IN   -OR,  MASCULINE    GENDER,   SINGULAR 
NUMBER. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Norn,  and  voc.  sign — ;  gen., -is;  dat., -I;  ace., -em;  abl., -e. 

41. 

1.  Orator  est  arnicus  meus.      2.  Victor  erat  oratom  amicus. 
3.    Orator  honore1  magno  dignus  est.     4.  Victor  clarus  nostros 
confirmabit.     5.  Honor  victom  oratorem  delectabit.     6.    Honor 
novus  victoii  ab  oratore  dabatur.     7.    Concilium  novum  honore 
victom  delectatur.     8.  Orator   et  victorewi  et  bellum  laudabat. 

9.  Populus  Romanus  nostro  oratoii  claro  honorem  magnum  dat. 

10.  Populus   Romanus  honoris   est  cupidus.     11.    Gloria  populi 
Roman!   a   victore   servabatur.      12.    Honor  populi   Roman!  ab 
oratore  servabitur. 

DIRECTIONS.  —  1.  Learn  A.  &  G. :  l  65,  a. 
H. :  i  99. 

2.  Nouns  in -or  are  masculine  ;  but  apply  Direction,  Exercise  7.     Excep- 
tions to  the  special  rules  for  endings  of  the  third  declension  will  be  elsewhere 
noted. 


30 


A  STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


42. 

1.  The  orator  was  a  friend  of  the  victor.  2.  The  victor  will 
assist  the  children  of  the  orator.  3.  The  orator  was  protecting 
the  honor  of  the  victor.  4.  Honor  was  given  to  the  illustrious 
victor.  5.  The  victor  was  worthy  of  honor.  6.  The  well-known 
orator  delights  the  Eoman  people.  7.  The  Koman  people  praise 
the  orator  and  the  victor.  8.  The  victor  was  showing  our  camp 
to  the  orator.  9.  The  tribune  was  summoned  by  the  orator  and 
the  victor.  10.  The  tribune  is  a  friend  of  the  orator.  11.  Our 
commanders  are  friendly  to  the  honor  of  worthy  men.  12.  The 
orator  and  the  victor  were  not  unworthy  of  honor. 


NOUNS   IN  -OR,  PLURAL  NUMBER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  case- ending,  -es  ;  gen.,  -um  ;  dat. 
and  abl.,  -ibus. 

2.  A  collective  noun  usually  takes  a  singular  verb,  but  if  the  thought  of 
the  individual  prevails,  the  plural  is  often  used. 


43. 

1.  Populus  Romanus  victores  armabat  et  oratores  corinrma- 
bat.  2.  Oratores  victorious  honores  dabunt.  3.  Victores  saepe 
honortm  cupidi  sunt.  4.  Honores  et  victort&ws  et  oratonTms 
dabuntur.  5.  Liberi  oratorwm  et  victorzm  honoriTms  non  sunt 
indigni.  6.  Bom  ab  oraton&ws  et  victories  confirmabuntur. 
7.  Uxor  senatoris  erat  soror  uxoris  meae.  8.  Vulgus  uxorem 
senatom,  sororem  feminae  bonae,  laudat.  9.  Senator  uxore 
sua  est  dignus.  10.  Senatores  uxores  suas  et  sorores  vocabant. 

11.  Uxores    senatorwm   soYdribus    oratorwm    pecuniam    dabunt. 

12.  Sorores   uxor£   victoris   pecuniam    demon strant.      13.    Amlci 
sororwm  a  senat6ri'6MS  confirmabantur. 


Sing.  Nom.   ho'nor  5  ra'  tor 

Gen.    hono'ris       orat5'ris 
Dat.    ho  no'ri         orato'ii 


Sing.  Ace.    ho  no'rem    o  ra  to'rem 
Voc.    ho'nor  6  ra'tor 

Abl.     ho  no 're        orato're 


A    STUAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  31 


Plur.  Norn,  ho  nd'res       5  ra  to 'res 
Gen.  ho  no 'rum     6  ra  to 'rum 
Dat.    ho  no'ri  bus  6  ra  to'ri  bus 


Plur.  Ace.  ho  no'res  o  ra  tS'res 
Voc.  ho  no  'res  5  ra  to  'res 
Abl.  ho  no'ri  bus  6  ra  to'ri  bus 


Like  ho'nor  decline  so'ror,  u'xor  and  vie1 'tor ;  like  ord'tor,  send'tor. 

44. 

1.  The  senators  were  protecting  their  wives  and  sisters.  2.  The 
sisters  were  protected  by  the  senators.  3.  The  sisters  of  the 
senators  were  the  wives  of  orators.  4.  The  orators  were  worthy 
of  their  good  wives.  5.  The  friends  of  our  wives  and  sisters  are 
sons  of  senators.  6.  Our  good  wives  are  with  the  victors  and 
their  sisters.  7.  The  victors  will  be  in  Gaul  with  our  orators. 
8.  The  honors  of  the  victors  will  delight  our  orators.  9.  Orators 
will  praise  the  victors  and  the  worthy  senators.  10.  The  sena- 
tors will  be  encouraged  by  honors.  11.  The  Eoman  people  give 
honors  to  their  senators.  12.  Honors  are  given  both  to  the  vic- 
tors and  the  orators.  13.  Our  [property]  will  be  given  to  our 
wives  and  sisters. 


NOUNS   IN  -JO,  FEMININE   GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Case-endings  will  be  as  in  Exercises  41  and  43  until 
further  mention. 

2.  Nouns  in  -io  Have  lost  a  final  n  from  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing.,  which 
must  be  replaced  to  form  the  stem  to  which  the  case  signs  are  affixed  ;  e.g. 
legio,  the  nom.,  becomes  legion,  the  stem;  gen.,  legionis,  etc. 

3.  To  Vesontio,  to  Rome,  etc. ,  meaning  in  the  direction  of,  is  expressed  by 
the  accusative  case :  e.g.  Vesontionem,  Romam,  etc. 

4.  Verbs  like  monet ;   i.e.  Pres.   monet,  monent ;    Imp.  wcmebat,  mo- 
webant ;  Fut.  monebit,  wowebunt,  are  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 

5.  Verbs  like  ducit ;  i.e.  Pres.  ducit,  ducunt ;  Imp.  dwcebat,  dwcebant ; 
Fut.  ducet,  ducent,  are  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 

45. 

1.  Vesontio1  et  Avaricum  in  Gallia  simt.  2.  Praefectus  Veson- 
tionis  nationem2  monet.  3.  Natio  a  praefecto  Vesontionis  mo- 
netur.  4.  Tribunus  legionem  Komam3  ducit.  5.  Legio  Romam 


32 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


a  tribune  ducitur.  6.  Honor  nationis  gloria  legionis  est.  7.  Po- 
pulus  Romanus  Vesontionem  auxilium  mittit.  8.  Auxilium  Ve- 
sontionem. a  populo  Romano  mittitur.  9.  Senator  nation!  ami- 
cus  erat,  legion!  inimicus.  10.  Orator  legione  et  natione  est 
dignus.  11.  Nation  es  Galliae  Genavam  legiones  multas  mittunt 
et  auxilia  sua  monent.  12.  Legiones  nmltae  Genavam  a  natio- 
nibus  Galliae  mittuntur  et  auxilia  monentur.  13.  Victores  legi- 
onibus  nostris  et  nationibus  Galliae  erant  not!.  14.  Amici 
nationum  erant  legionum  nostrarum  amici.  15.  Victores  legi- 
ones suas  Avaricura  ducunt.  16.  Multae  legiones  Avaricum 
ducuntur. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  !29,  1,  2,  and  Note.    *65,  6.    3258,  b. 

H.:  J42,  I.,  1,  2;    II.,  1,  2.    2105  and  100,  3. 
a  380  and  II.;  Rule  X.,  II. 


Sing.  Nom.  na/tio 

Gen.  na  ti  o'nis 

Dat.  na  ti  6'ni 

Ace.  natio'nem 

Voc.  na'ti  5 

Abl.  natio'ne 


Plur.  natio'nes 
natio'num 
nati  6'ni  bus 

natio'nes 
na  ti  o'nes 
natio'nibus 


Sing.  Ve  son'ti  o 
Ve  son  ti  6'nis 
Vesonti  o'ni 
Ve  son  ti  o'nem 
Ve  son'ti  5 
Veson  tio'ne 


Like  na'ti  o  decline  le'gio.    Decline  new  nouns  of  the  first  and  second 
declension  wherever  introduced. 


46. 

1.  There  is  in  Gaul  an  unfriendly  nation.  2.  Allies  give 
assistance  to  the  unworthy  nation.  3.  The  allies  of  the  nation 
lay  waste  our  provinces.  4.  The  Eoman  people  send  many 
legions  to  Geneva.  5.  A  tribune  with  his  legion  is  sent  to 
Vesontio.  6.  The  garrison  of  Vesontio  is  well-known  to  the  le- 
gion. 7.  The  commander  of  a  legion  leads  auxiliary  [forces]  to 
Avaricum.  8.  The  auxiliary  [forces]  with  our  legions  will  protect 
the  province.  9.  The  nations  of  Germany  will  be  unfriendly  to 
our  legions.  10.  The  commanders  of  our  legions  warn  the  nations 
of  Germany.  11.  Illustrious  men  of  many  nations  are  sent  to 
Rome.  12.  Our  ambassadors  will  not  be  acceptable  to  the  nations 
of  Germany. 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  33 


NOUNS    IN    -AS,   FEMININE    GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  case-ending  of  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing,  is  -B. 

2.  In  these  nouns  a  final  t  of  the  stem  has  been  suppressed  before  the  case 
ending  -a:  e.g.  clvitaa  is  for  civita(t)&.    Decline,  therefore,  nom.  clvitdB ; 
gen.  clvitdtis,  etc. 

3.  Studet,  he  is  devoted  to,  i.e.  he  desires  ;  persuadet,  he  makes  it  pleas- 
ant to,  i.e.  he  persuades;  and  favet,   he  is  favorable  to,  i.e.  he  favors;  are 
followed  by  the  dative. 

47. 

1.  Civitas  libertati  favet  et  potestatia  studet.  2.  Populus 
Roinanus  libertate  est  dignus.  3.  Roma  est  potestatis  et  liberta- 
tis  domicilium.  4.  Magna  est  potestas  et  libertas  clvitatis. 
5.  Senatores  nobilitati1  favent  et  civitati1  persuadent.  6.  Civi- 
tas potestatem  magnam  nobilitati  dabit.  7.  Nobilitas  legionibus 
multis  libertatem  populi  Roman!  servabit.  8.  Magna  est  gloria 
et  honor  nobilitatis.  9.  Praefectus  clarus  nobilitatem  duce- 
bat.  10.  Imperium  civitatum  inimicarum  nobilitatem  monebat. 
11.  Orator  notus  et  nobilitati  et  civitatibus  persuadet.  12.  Nobi- 
litas  civitates  Galliae  monebant.  13.  Amid  nobilitatis  a  civita- 
tibus monebantur.  14.  Viri  clari  Romam  a  nobilitate  mittebantur. 
15.  Praefecti  auxilia  Vesontionem  mittebant. 

DIRECTION.  —  Read  A.  &  G.:  a227,  e  and  3. 

H.:  a 385;  371,  III.,  Note  3. 
Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 227  ;  Rule  22. 
H.:  1385,  I.,  II. 

Sing.  Nom.  ci'vi  tas  Plur.  ci  vi  ta'tes 

Gen.  civita'tis  civita'tum  (ium) 

Dat.  civita'ti  civita'tibus 

Ace.  civita'tem  civi  ta'tes  (is) 

Voc.  ci'vi  tas  ci  vi  ta'tes 

Abl.  clvita'te  civita'tibus 

Sing.  Nom.  H  ber'tas  Plur.  H  ber  ta'tes 

Gen.  liberta'tis  II  ber  ta'tum  (ium) 

Dat.  liberta'ti  II  ber  ta'ti  bus 

Ace.  liberta'tem  liber  ta'tes  (is) 

Voc.  H  ber'tas  II  ber  ta'tes 

Abl.  II  ber  ta'te  H  ber  ta'ti  bus 

Like  ci'vi  tas  decline  no  bi'li  tds  ;  like  li  ber'tas,  po  te'stds. 


34  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


48. 

1.  The  nobility  desires  power.  2.  The  Roman  people  will  give 
power  to  the  nobility.  3.  The  power  of  the  nobility  is  great. 
4.  The  state  is  desirous  of  liberty  and  power.  5.  Liberty  will 
give  power  to  a  state.  6.  The  state  is  not  unworthy  of  power 
and  liberty.  7.  The  good  were  praising  the  state  and  the  nobil- 
ity. 8.  The  nobility  was  worthy  of  the  state.  9.  The  states  of 
Germany  favor  liberty.  10.  Our  senators  were  admonishing 
(warning)  the  states.  11.  Unfriendly  orators  favor  the  states. 

12.  The  nobility  of  the  states  was  sending  many  legions  to  Geneva. 

13.  The  commander  was  sending  the  auxiliaries  to  Avaricum. 


NOUNS  IN  -DT5  (gen. -mis),  FEMININE  GENDER. 
ALSO  HOMO  AND  CAESAR. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Homo  and  nouns  in  -do  have  lost  a  final  n  of  the  stem 
in  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing.  In  the  other  cases  6  preceding  n  has  become  i. 
Hence,  nom.  homo,  gen.  hominia,  etc. ;  noin.  fortitude,  gen.  fortitudinia,  etc. 

2.  Ex-pellit  means  he  drives  out;  it  is  followed  by  the  ablative,  often  with 
a  preposition,  to  denote  the  place  from  which. 

49. 

1.  Vir  clarus  est  Caesar,  servus  Caesaris  bonus  homo.  2.  Caesar 
homini  bono,  servo  suo,  libertatem  dabit.  3.  Amid  Caesaris 
hominem  dignum  confirmabunt.  4.  Est  multitude  hominum  ini- 
inlcorum  in  Gallia.  5.  Socii  ignoti  multitudim  inimicse  favebant. 
6.  Nostri  civitate1  homines  indlgnos  expell unt.  7.  Fuga  multitu- 
dinis  Caesarem  monebit.  8.  Caesar  nostros,  non  multitudinem, 
armabit.  9.  Caesar  fortitiidinem  confirmabit  et  victores  multis 
cum  honoribus  Romam  mlttet.  10.  Vesontio  fortitudine  tribunl, 
hominis  clari,  servabitur.  11.  Tribunus  cum  Caesare  et  multitu- 
dine  nobilitatis  Vesontionem  mittetur.  12.  Magna  est  potestas 
fortitudinis.  13.  Praefecti  indigni  multis  cum  hominibus,  perfu- 
gis  et  servis,  provincia  expelluntur.  14.  Praefectus  provinciae 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  35 

Caesari  et  hoininibus  multls  est  notus.  15.  Multi  homines  gloriae 
causa  fortitudini  student.  16.  Tribuni  legiones  multas  Genavam 
ducent. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 243  and  a  ;  Rule  38. 

H. :  1 413  ;  414,  I. ;  Rule  XXII. 

Sing.  Norn,  ho'mo  Plur.  ho'mi  nes 

Gen.  ho'mi  nis  ho'minum 

Dat.  ho'mi  ni  ho  mi'ni  bus 

Ace.  ho'mi  nem  ho'mi  nes 

Voc.  ho'mo  ho'mi  nes 

Abl.  ho'mi  lie  ho  mi'ni  bus 

Sing.  Nom.  fortitu'do  Plur.  for  ti  tu'di  nes 

Gen.  for  ti  tu'di  nis  for  ti  tu'di  num 

Dat.  for  ti  tu'di  ni  fortitudi'nibus 

Ace.  for  ti  tu'di  nem  for  ti  tu'di  nes 

Voc.  for  ti  tu'dS  for  ti  tu'di  nes 

Abl.  for  ti  tu'di  ne  for  ti  tu  di'ni  bus 

Like  for  ti  tu'do  decline  multitu'do.  Write  the  declension  of  Cae'sarfroin 
the  Latin  sentences. 

50. 

1.  The  illustrious  commander  is  the  son  of  an  unworthy  man. 
2.  Caesar  will  send  the  illustrious  man  to  Kome.  3.  Rome  is 
the  abode  of  bravery.  4.  The  bravery  of  the  multitude  will 
delight  Caesar.  5.  Caesar  will  encourage  bravery.  6.  The  nobil- 
ity desire  war  and  persuade  the  multitude.  7.  The  multitude  is 
encouraged  by  Caesar's  bravery.  8.  Caesar  is  not  unworthy  of 
the  multitude.  9.  The  multitude  desire  a  worthy  man.  10.  A 
good  cause  is  not  assisted  by  an  unworthy  man.  11.  Men 
unfriendly  to  Caesar  were  laying  waste  our  fields.  12.  Desert- 
ers are  friendly  to  the  unworthy  men.  13.  There  were  many 
sailors  with  the  unfriendly  men.  14.  Slaves  are  friends  of  the 
unworthy  men.  15.  The  states  prepare  war  and  drive  the 
unworthy  multitude  from  the  province. 


36  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


NOUNS    IN    -O(gen.-owis),    MASCULINE    GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  These  nouns,  like  those  in  -io,  and  -do,  have  lost  the 
final  n  of  the  stem  in  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing.,  but  unlike  those  nouns  retain  6 
before  n  in  the  other  cases. 

2.  Ad  means  to,  i.e.  up  to;  in  means  to,  i.e.  to  a  position  within,  into, 
into  the  midst  of;  in,  with  the  ablative,  means  in  (situation  in  a  place). 

3.  Do,  does  and  did,  when  used  as  auxiliary  verbs,  are  not  to  be  trans- 
lated ;  e.g.  he  does  praise,  laudat;  they  do  favor,  favent. 


51. 

1.  Homo  saucius  est  calo,  et  perfuga  miser  latro  est.  2.  Auxi- 
lium  et  latrSni  et  caloni  est  acceptum.  3.  Erant  cum  latrone  et 
calone  homines  multl  et  inimici.  4.  Homines  indigm  ad  Caesa- 
rem T  ducebantur.  5.  Caesar  calonem  ad  castra, l  latronein  ad 
oppidum,  Genavam,  mittebat.  6.  Fllius  calonis  et  fllia  latronis 
ad  provinciam  mittentur.  7.  Cicero  clarus  erat  orator  notus. 
8.  Orator  magnus  non  est  latronum  et  calonum  amicus.  9.  Calo- 
nes  et  latrones  Ciceroni  sunt  notl.  10.  Cicero  calonibus  et  latro- 
nibus  non  favebit.  11.  Potestas  Ciceronis  calones  et  latrones 
civitate  expellit.  12.  Civitas  a  Cicerone  monebatur.  13.  Popu- 
lus  Romanus  Ciceronem  laudat.  14.  Praefectus  inimicus  cum 
calonibus  multis  et  latronibus  suos  in  provinciam  ducet. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1  258,  last  clause. 

H.:  1 380  and  I.  ;  RuleX.,  I. 

Sing.  Nom.  ca/lo  Plur.  calo'nes  Sing.  Ci'cero 

Gen.  calo'nis  calo'num  Cicero'nis 

Dat,  calS'ni  cald'nibus  CicerS'ni 

Ace.  calo'nem  calo'nes  Cicero'nem 

Voc.  ca'15  calo'nes  Ci'cero 

Abl.  calS'ne  calo'nibus  Cicero'ne 

Like  cd'lo  decline  la'tro. 

52. 

1.  A  robber  was  led  into  camp  by  a  servant.  2.  The  robber 
shows  the  servant  his  goods  and  money.  3.  The  servant  is 
desirous  of  the  robber's  money.  4.  Our  commander  [does]  not 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  37 

favor  the  robber.  5.  The  commander  of  the  camp  will  send  the 
servant  to  Italy,  the  robber  to  the  town,  Geneva.  6.  Friends  of 
the  servant  drive  the  robber  from  the  town.  7.  The  forests  of 
Italy  are  full  of  servants  and  robbers.  8.  Sulla  leads  many  ser- 
vants and  robbers  to  Eome.  9.  Sulla's  commanders  are  not 
friends  of  Cicero  and  the  nobility.  10.  Sulla  with  many  servants 
and  robbers  will  lay  waste  our  fields.  11.  The  well-known  victor 
will  give  the  servants  and  robbers  .the  fields  of  Italy.  12.  Sulla 
is  not  encouraged  by  Cicero.  13.  Robbers  [do]  not  praise  Cicero. 
14.  The  Roman  people  will  give  Cicero  much  honor. 


NOUNS  IN  -L.    ALSO  FRATER. 

SUGGESTIONS. —  1.  Nouns  in  -1  are  usually  masculine  by  signification. 

2.  The  nom.  and  voc.  form  f rater  is  replaced  by  a  shorter  stemfratr  in 
the  other  cases.     Decline  nom.  frater,  gen.  frdtris,  etc. 

3.  From  Avaricum,  from  Geneva,  etc.,  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case  ; 
e.g.  Avarico,  Gendva,  etc. 

53. 

1.  Frater  meus  consulem  socium1  appellat,  exsulem  amicum. 
2.  Consul  a  fratre  meo  socius 2  appellatur,  exsul  amicus.  3.  Meus 
frater  clarus  et  consul!  et  exsuli  persuadebat.  4.  Civitas  fratii 
meo  favebat.  5.  Populus  Romanus  fratrem  meum  Avarico,3  con- 
sulem Genava  vocabat.  6.  Nuntius  cum  exsule  Roma  a  consuls 
in  provinciam  inlttebatur.  7.  Magna  est  potestas  consulis,  honor 
exsulis,  fortitude  fratris  mei.  8.  Fratres  senatoris  consules  et 
exsules  monebunt.  9.  Xobilitas  cum  consulibus  et  exsulibus  a 
f ratribus  monebitur.  10.  Et  consules  et  exsules  fratres  senatoris 
armabunt.  11.  Periculum  exsulum  et  consulum  non  est  f  ratri- 
bus ignotum.  12.  Auxilium  fratrum  consulibus  erit  acceptum. 
13.  Nostii  fratrem  meum  tribunum  creant.  14.  Frater  meus  a 
nostiis  tribunus  creatnr. 

DIRECTIONS.  — Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 239,  1  and  a  ;  Rule  32.    2239,  1,  Note  2. 

3258.  a. 
H. :  1 373  ;  liule  VI.    2  373, 2.    »  412  and  II. 


38  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


Sing.  Norn,  fra'ter    Plur.  fra'tres 

Sing,  con'sul         Plur.  con'su  lea 

Gen.    fra'tris             fra'trum 

con'su  lis              con'su  lum 

Dat.    fra'tri               fra'tri  bus 

con'su  li                con  su'li  bus 

Ace.    fra'trem           fra'tres 

con'su  lem            con'su  les 

Voc.    fra'ter               fra'tres 

con'sul                  con'su  les 

Abl.    fra'tre               fra'tri  bus 

con'su  le                con  su'li  bus 

Like  con'sul  decline  ex'sitl. 


54, 


1.  The  brother  of  the  consul  was  a  prisoner  and  an  exile. 
2.  The  prisoner  was  sent  to  the  consul  from  Geneva.  3.  The 
consul  will  favor  his  brother,  the  exile.  4.  The  servant  of  the 
exile  was  a  slave  of  the  consul.  5.  The  slave  was  given  to  the  exile 
by  his  brother,  the  consul.  6.  Money  will  be  sent  from  Vesontio 
to  the  consul  by  the  exile.  7.  The  consul  calls  the  exile  his 
illustrious  brother.  8.  The  states  elect  brothers  consuls.  9.  A 
senator  calls  the  exiles  friends  and  brothers.  10.  The  exiles  with 
their  brothers,  the  consuls,  desire  power.  11.  The  state  protects 
the  friends  of  the  consuls  and  the  exiles.  12.  The  nation  was 
giving  to  the  brothers  and  the  exiles  great  honor.  13.  Great  honor 
was  given  to  the  consuls  by  the  worthy  exiles. 


NOUNS  IN  -ES,  MASCULINE  GENDER.    ALSO  PRINCEPS. 

SUGGESTIONS. —  1.  These  nouns  change  i  of  the  stem  to  e  before  a,  the 
case-sign  of  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing.  Before  a,  p  is  retained,  while  t  and  d 
are  dropped. 

2.  Princeps  is  the  masculine  form  of  an  adjective. 

3.  A,  ab  means  /rora,  away  from  (the  outside)  ;  ex,  /rom,  out  of  (the 
interior) . 

55. 

1.  Nobilitas  prmcipem  civitatis  obsidema  Komam  mittebat. 
2.  Obses  ex  b  Gallia J  in  b  Italiam1  ab  milite  ducebatur.  3.  Miles 
prmcipi,  obsid!2  digno,  agros  Galliae  demonstrabat.  4.  Erat  cum 
prmcipe  amicus  rnilitis.  5.  Amicus  erat  calo  obsidis,  prmcipis2 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  39 

claii.  6.  Calo  erat  mlliti  aiincus  et  obside  non  indignus.  7.  Piin- 
ceps  militem  boiium  mlttet.  8.  Consules  sunt  obsidum  cupidi 
et  milites  in  Galliam  mittent.  9.  Milites  nostrl  principes  Galliae 
monebant.  10.  Principes  civitatum  obsides  armabant.  11.  Ob- 
sides  digm  a  prmcipibus  dabantur.  12.  Sunt  cum  obsidibus 
liberi  principum.  13.  Obsides  ab  militibus  ab  Gallia  adb  Ita- 
liam  ducentur.  14.  Praefecti  militum  et  obsidibus  et  prmcipibus 
faveburit. 

DIRECTION.  —  Read  A.  &  G. :  a!84  and  2  ;  185.     b258,  2.     Note  2. 

H. :  » 373,  1.    b412  and  I.  ;  380  and  I. 
Learn  A.  &  G. :  l  258  ;  Rule  5(5.     2183  ;  Rule  1. 

H. :  i  Rules  XXI.  and  X.     2363  ;  Rule  II. 


Nom.  ob'ses      Ph 
Gen.    ob'si  dis 
Dat.    ob'sidi 
Ace.    ob'sidem 
Voc.    ob'ses 
Abl.    ob'side 

ir.  ob'si  des 
ob'si  dum 
ob  si'di  bus 
ob'si  des 
ob'si  des 
ob  si'di  bus 

Sing,  prm'ceps     In 
prm'ci  pis 
prm'cipi 
prin'cipem 
prin'ceps 
prin'ci  pe 

ir.  prin'ci  pes 
prm'ci  pum 
prin  ci'pi  bus 
prin'ci  pes 
prin'ci  pes 
prin  ci'pi  bus 

Like  ob'ses  decline  ml'les,  gen.  ml'li  tis. 

56. 

1.  A  hostage  was  given  to  the  state  by  a  chief  of  Gaul.  2.  A 
messenger  with  a  soldier  was  sent  to  the  chief.  3.  The  chief 
gives  the  hostage  to  the  soldier.  4.  The  hostage  warns  the  sol- 
dier. 5.  The  power  of  the  soldier  and  of  the  chief  is  well-known 
to  the  hostage.  6.  The  soldier  with  the  hostage  is  summoned 
from  (out  of)  Gaul  to  (into)  Italy.  7.  Our  leading  men  (chiefs) 
are  desirous  of  hostages.  8.  The  province  is  arming  its  soldiers 
and  desires  assistance.  9.  The  nations  of  Gaul  will  send  leading 
men  with  many  hostages  to  the  province.  10.  The  allies  of  the 
leading  men  are  well-known  to  the  soldiers.  11.  Many  soldiers 
were  sent  by  our  leading  men  into  Gaul.  12.  Honors  worthy  of 
illustrious  soldiers  were  given  to  our  leading  men. 


40 


A   STRAIGHT   KOAD   TO   CAESAR. 


NOUNS   IN   -US.     FEMININE   GENDER. 

ALSO  LAUS  AND  CUSTOS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  These  nouns  are  alike  in  that  they  drop  the  consonant 
(£,  d)  before  -s,  the  case-ending  of  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing.,  and  retain  the 
preceding  vowel  quantity. 

2.  Translate  the  ablative  in  6,  below,  because  of. 

3.  Most  verbs,  like  venit ;  i.e.  Pres.  venit,  veniuat ;  Imp.  t'ewie'bat,  venie- 
bant ;  Fut.  veniet,  venient ;  are  of  the  fourth  conjugation. 


57. 

1.  Gustos  est  vir  magnae  virtutis.1  2.  Virtus  eustodis  milites 
nostros  delectabit.  3.  Caesar  virtutem  laudat  et  custodem  con- 
firmat.  4.  Vir  bonus  saepe  est  laudis  cupidus.  5.  Laus  magna 
custodi  digno  dabitur.  6.  Tribunus  virtute 2  sua  magnum  in  peri- 
culum  venit.  7.  Tribunus  auxilio  studet  et  a  consule  custodes 
postulat.  8.  Praefecti  mult!  cum  custodibus  ad  tribunum  veni- 
unt  et  auxilium  postulant.  9.  Virtus  custodum  laude  magna 
est  digna.  10.  Custodes  nostrl  laud!  et  virtutT  non  erunt  inimlci. 
11.  Populus  Komanus  magnam3  laudem  et  honorem  custodibus 
dabat.  12.  Custodes  nostrl  milites  honoris  magni  erunt. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  1215-,    Rule  15.     2245;  Rule  41.    »187 

and  a,  1. 

H. :  1 396,  V. ;  .Rule  XVI.    2416  ;  Rule  XXII. 
3439  and  1. 


Sing.  Nom. 

cu'st5s 

Sing,  laus 

Sing,  vir'tus 

Gen. 

custo'dis 

lau'dis 

virtu  'tis 

Dat. 

cu  sto'di 

lau'di 

vir  tu'ti 

Ace. 

cu  sto'dem 

lau'dem 

virtu'tem 

Voc. 

cu'st5s 

laus 

vir'tus 

Abl. 

cu  sto'de 

lau'de 

vir  tu'te 

Plur.  Nom. 

cu  sto'des 

Plur.  lau'des 

Plur.  virtu'tes 

Gen. 

cu  sto'dum 

lau'dum 

virtu  'turn 

Dat. 

cu  sto'di  bus 

laurdi  bus 

vir  tu'ti  bus 

Ace. 

cu  sto'des 

lau'des 

virtu'tes 

Voc. 

cu  sto'des 

lau'des 

virtu'tes 

Abl. 

cu  sto'di  bus 

lau'di  bus 

vir  tu'ti  bus 

A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  41 

58. 

1.  A  good  soldier  desires  praise.  2.  The  commander  will  give 
praise  to  the  good  soldiers.  3.  The  guard  is  a  soldier  of  well- 
known  valor.  4.  The  state  demands  from  a  guard  great  valor. 
5.  The  state  will  praise  the  valor  of  the  guard.  6.  Praise  will  be 
given  to  the  guard  because  of  valor.  7.  The  state  by  its  praise 
encourages  the  guard.  8.  Guards  were  sent  from  the  province  to 
Geneva,  9.  Assistance  will  be  sent  to  the  guards  from  Rome. 
10.  The  valor  of  our  guards  will  protect  the  honor  of  the  Eoman 
people.  11.  The  honor  of  the  Eoman  people  will  be  protected 
by  our  guards.  12.  The  guards  [do]  not  protect  the  state  for  the 
sake  of  praise. 


NOUNS  IN  -X.   FEMININE  GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  These  nouns  have  the  case-ending -s  in  the  nom.  and 
voc.  sing.  ;  c  and  g  of  the  stem  unite  with  -s  to  form  x  ;  e.g.  stem  due, 
nom.  duc-a=  dux,  gen.  ducia,  etc. 

2.  Many  nouns  in  -x  are  masc.  by  signification. 

3.  Facit,  though  of  the  third  conjugation,  is  in  the  present,  imperfect, 
and  future,  inflected  like  the  fourth  conjugation. 

59. 

1.  Phalanx  erat  ducis  bom  cupida.  2.  Phalanx  regis  duce  bono 
est  dlgna.  3.  Rex  fratrem  suum  ducem  phalangis  facit.  4.  Rex 
phalangem  suam  Roma  ad  provinciam  diicet.  5.  Dux  cum 
phalange  in  provinciam  veniebat.  6.  Nuntius  a  rege  in  Galliam 
mittetur.  7.  Nationes  Galliae  legates  ad  regem  mittebant  et 
pacem  postulabant.  8.  Pax  regl  et  due!  et  phalangl  est  accepta. 
9.  Vulgus  erit  pacis  cupidum.  10.  Duces  pacem  postulabunt  et 
regibus  persuadebunt.  11.  AmTcT  regum  pact  favebunt.  12.  Amici 
pacis  ducibus  nostris  persuadebant.  13.  Clvitates  ducibus  et 
regibus  suis  sunt  dlgnae. 

Sing.  Nom.     dux  (x  =  c-s)  Plur.    du'ces 

Gen.     du'cis  du'cum 

Dat.      du'ci  du'cibus 


42                             A  STRAIGHT    ROAD  TO   CAESAR. 

Sing.  Ace.  du'cem  Plur.   du'ces 

Voc.  dux  du'ces 

Abl.  du'ce  du'cibus 

Sing.  Nom.  plia'lanx  (x=g-s)  Plur.    phalan'ges 

Gen.  phalan'gis  phalan'gum 

Dat.  pha  lan'gl  pha  lan'gi  bus 

Ace.  phalan'gem  phalan'ges 

Voc.  pha'lanx  phalan'ges 

Abl.  pha  lan'ge  pha  lan'gi  bus 

Like  dux  decline  rex,  gen.  re'yis,  pax,  gen.  pd'cis. 


60. 

1.  The  leader,  a  man  worthy  of  the  king,  was  arming  his  pha- 
lanx. 2.  The  king  summons  the  leader  with  his  phalanx  to 
Rome.  3.  The  phalanx  was  friendly  to  the  king  and  worthy 
of  its  leader.  4.  The  king  was  giving  the  leader  and  the  pha- 
lanx much  praise.  5.  The  friends  of  the  king  will  be  delighted 
by  the  valor  of  the  phalanx.  6.  The  friends  of  the  leader 
will  assist  the  king.  7.  Unfortunate  kings  were  desiring  peace. 
8.  Messengers  of  the  kings  tfere  sent  to  Rome  for  the  sake  of 
peace.  9.  A  decree  of  the  state  gives  peace  to  the  kings.  10.  Am- 
bassadors will  be  sent  to  the  kings.  11.  Peace  will  be  granted 
(given)  by  the  kings.  12.  Great  nations  are  delighted  with  peace. 


NOUNS  IN  -ES,  ALSO  URBS  AND  PLEBS  (I-STEMS). 
FEMININE  GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Case-endings  in  this  Exercise  are  the  same  as  in  Exer- 
cise 59.  The  i  of  the  stem  appears  only  before  the  case-ending  of  the  gen. 
plur.  (-ium)  and  within  the  case- ending  of  the  ace.  plur.  (regularly  -is 
instead  of  -§s). 

2.  For  the  meaning  and  use  of  the  word  stem,  read  A.  &  G.  21  and  foot- 
note 2  ;  H.  46  and  1. 

3.  Fert  is  irregular :  Pres.  fert,  ferunt ;  Imp.  ferebat,  ferebant ;   Fut. 
feret,  ferent. 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


43 


61. 

1.  Peiiculum  urbis  regem  monebit.  2.  Rex  urbi  milites  auxili 
causa 1  dat.  3.  Milites  cum  plebe  auxilium  ferunt.  4.  Plebs  cum 
militibus  urbem  fortitudine  servabat.  5.  Urbs  virtute  plebis  et 
militum  servabatur.  6.  Rex  plebem  iuvabat  et  homines  inimlcos 
ex  urbe  expellebat.  7.  Caedes  exsulum  urbibus  Italiae  persuade- 
bit.  8.  Causa  caedis  miserum  concili  decretum  est.  9.  Plebs 
caedi  et  faml  non  studebat.  10.  Caedes  et  fames  plebi  non 
persuadebunt.  11.  Urbes  inimicae  caede  et  fame  vastabantur. 

12.  Bellum    urbis    (-es)   nostras   vastabat   et   famis   causa  erat. 

13.  Principes  urbium   Romam   pacis   causa  veniebant.     14.  Pax 
famem  et  caedem  urbibus   nostris    expellet.     15.  Caedes   saepe 
famem  fert. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  l  245,  c. 

H.  :  iRule  XXII. 


Sing.  Nom.  cae'des    Plur.  cae'des 

Sing,  urbs 

Plur.  ur'bes 

Gen.   cae'dis              cae'dlum 

ur'bis 

ur'bi  um 

Dat.    cae'di                cae'dibus 

ur'bi 

ur'bi  bus 

Ace.    cae'dem           cae'dis  (§s) 

ur'bem 

ur'bis  (es) 

Voc.   cae'des            cae'des 

urbs 

ur'bgs 

Abl.    cae'de              cae'di  bus 

ur'be 

ur'bi  bus 

Notice  in  these  nouns,  -i  before  -um  in  the  gen.  plur.  (cae'des  sometimes 
omits  it),  and  the  endings  -Is  or  -es  in  the  ace.  plur.  Like  urbs  decline 
plebs ;  like  the  sing,  of  cae'des,  fa'mes. 


62. 

1.  The  slaughter  of  the  common  people  will  warn  the  cities  of 
the  province.  2.  The  cities  will  be  warned  by  the  slaughter  of 
the  common  people.  3.  The  danger  of  famine  will  persuade  the 
unfortunate  cities.  4.  The  guards  of  the  cities  will  be  warned  by 
famine.  5.  Famine  will  drive  the  populace  away  from  the  cities. 
6.  War  is  the  cause  of  famine  and  slaughter.  7.  The  unfortunate 
populace  desire  the  assistance  of  the  city.  8.  The  city  is  friendly 
to  the  populace  and  [does]  not  favor  famine  and  slaughter. 
9.  Assistance  drives  away  from  the  city  famine  and  slaughter. 


44  A  STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR. 

10.  The  city  is  praised  by  the  populace.  11.  The  populace  was 
giving  the  city  much  praise.  12.  The  nations  will  praise  the  city 
[of]  Rome. 


NOUNS  IN  -IS  (I-STEMS  CONTINUED),  ALSO  COHORS. 
FEMININE  GENDER. 

SUGGESTION.  —  In  8,  pro  hoste  habet  (he  holds  for  an  enemy)  is  to  be 
translated,  he  treats  as  an  enemy. 

63. 

1.  Erat  in  cohorte1  hostis.  2.  Caedes  partis  militum  host!  erat 
nota,  partis  ignota.  3.  Homo  indignus  parti  praefectomm  notus 
erat,  parti  Ignotus.  4.  Magna  cohortis  pars  host!  non  favebat. 
5.  Praefectus  cum  parte  cohortis  hostem  monebat.  6.  Laus 
hostis  cohort!  non  erat  accepta.  7.  Praefectus  cohortem  in  ini- 
micam  Galliae  partem  ducebat.  &  Cohors  praefectum  indl- 
gnum  pro  hoste  habet.  9.  Cohortes  hostium  multis  provinciae 
partibus  non  favebunt.  10.  Hostes  partis  (-es)  civitatis  vasta- 
bunt.  11.  Partes  civitatis  a  hostibus  vastabuntur,  partes  co- 
hortibus  nostris  servabuntur.  12.  Custodes  urbium  cohortibus 
auxilium  ferent.  13.  Virtus  cohortium  nostrarum  hostibus  per- 
suadebat.  14.  SociT  cohortis  (-es)  nostras  multis  in  provinciae 
partibus  iuvabunt. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  1258,  c,  1. 
IT.:  1425,  1. 

Sing.  Nom.  ho'stis  Plur.  ho'stes 

Gen.  ho'stia  ho'sti  um 

Dat.  ho'sti  ho'sti  bus 

Ace.  ho'stem  ho'stis  (es) 

Voc.  ho'stis  ho'stes 

Abl.  ho'ste  ho'sti  bus 

Sing.  Nom.     co'hors  Plur.   co  hor'tes 

Gen.      cohor'tis  cohor'tium  (um) 

Dat.      co  hor'ti  co  hor'ti  bus 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  45 


Sing.  Ace. 

co  hor'tem 

Plur.  co  hor'tis  (6s) 

Voc. 

co'hors 

co  hor'  tea 

Abl. 

co  hor'te 

co  hor'ti  bus. 

Like  co'hors  decline  pars,  gen.  par'tis.  It  has  also  an  adv.  ace.  par'tim, 
meaning  partly,  and  an  abl.  par'tl. 

64. 

1.  An  enemy  was  leading  the  cohort.  2.  The  leader  is  un- 
friendly to  a  large  part  of  the  cohort.  3.  The  leader  is  treated 
by  the  cohort  as  an  enemy.  4.  The  cohort  calls  the  leader  an 
enemy  of  the  Koman  people.  5.  The  cohort  will  not  favor  an 
enemy.  6.  The  bravery  of  the  leader  [does]  not  persuade  the 
cohort.  7.  Claudius  is  desirous  of  a  part  of  a  cohort,  Brutus  de- 
mands a  part.  8.  A  part  was  sent  to  Claudius,  a  part  to  Brutus. 
9.  The  danger  of  parts  of  the  province  is  well-known  to  our  co- 
horts. 10.  The  state  will  arm  its  cohorts  and  warn  its  enemies. 
11.  Many  cohorts  of  our  enemies  were  coming  into  parts  of  the 
province.  12.  Parts  of  the  province  were  laid  waste  by  our  ene- 
mies. 13.  Our  enemies  are  driven  from  a  large  part  of  the 
province  by  our  cohorts.  14.  The  valor  of  the  cohorts  is  not 
unknown  to  our  enemies. 


NOUNS   IN   -IS  (I-STEMS    CONTINUED)       FEMININE 
GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS. — 1.  Clvis,  cldsste  and  ndvis  (genitives  the  same)  show  the 
i-stem  in  the  abl.  sing.,  clvia  and  cldssia  occasionally,  ndvia  oftener.  Ndvia 
has  also  sometimes  the  ace.  sing,  ndvim. 

2.  The  dative  sometimes  means  for  (see  3,  4,  6,  8,  12  and  13). 

65. 

1.  Navis  magna  civem  Komanum  ad  Italiam  ferebat.  2.  Erat 
in  nave  (-1)  praefectus  classis  et  amicus  civis.  3.  Classis  magna 
praefecto1  a  cive  (-1)  noto  parabatur.  4.  Civis  praefecto  navem 
(-im)  novam  et  classem  magnam  parabit.  5.  Praefectus  classe  (-1) 


46  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

delectabitur  et  civ!  laudem  magnam  dabit.  6.  Praefectus  class! * 
suae  nautas  deligit.  7.  Filius  praefect!  deligitur  praefectus  navis. 
8.  Multitude  civium  et  fabrorum  navis  (-es)  et  classis  (-es)  consul! 
parabit.  9.  Classes  magnae,  multitude  navium,  a  c!vibus  arma- 
buntur.  10.  Nostrae  naves  et  consulem  et  c!v!s  (-es)  delectabunt. 
11.  Gives  classibus  et  navibus  delectabantur.  12.  Consules  classi- 
bus  praefectos,  navibus  nautas  multos  deligunt.  13.  Multitude 
classium  c!vibus  deliguntur. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  J  233,  a  ;  Rule  27. 
H.  :  1384,  1,  2). 

Like  ho'stis  decline  cl'vis,  elds' sis,  and  nd'vis.  They  also  have  the  abl. 
sing,  cl'vi,  clds'sl,  and  nd'vi.  Nd'vis  has,  besides,  the  ace.  sing,  no/vim. 

66. 

1.  Our  admiral  (commander  of  the  fleet)  is  worthy  of  a  new 
ship.  2.  An  illustrious  citizen,  an  engineer,  will  prepare  a  ship 
for  our  fleet.  3.  The  ship  will  be  equipped  (armed)  by  a  Roman 
citizen.  4.  The  assistance  of  the  citizen  will  be  acceptable  to  the 
state.  5.  Sailors  are  selected  for  the  ship  from  our  fleet.  6.  Our 
fleet  will  drive  the  enemy  away.  7.  The  nation  will  praise  the 
admiral  and  the  worthy  citizen.  8.  There  is  a  war ;  a  multitude  of 
citizens  are  demanding  the  assistance  of  our  ships  and  fleets.  9.  The 
admiral  selects  for  his  fleets  and  ships  many  sailors.  10.  Many 
ships  and  large  fleets  will  assist  our  citizens.  11.  Leading  men 
with  many  citizens  were  coining  to  our  fleets  and  ships.  12.  Many 
illustrious  citizens  will  be  protected  by  our  fleets  and  ships. 


NOUNS   IN  -IS  (I-  STEMS  CONTINUED).      FEMININE 
GENDER.      ALSO   LIGER  AND   ARAR. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Liger  and  Arar  have  the  i-stem  in  both  ace.  and  abl. 
Orbis  shows  the  i-stem  rarely  in  the  abl.  sing.,  finis  oftener.  They  are  of 
the  masculine  gender. 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  47 

2.  Orbis  terrae  (terrarum)  means  the  circle  of  the  land  (lands},  i.e.  the 
world. 

3.  Translate  transducit,  he  leads  across.    It  takes  two  accusatives.    See  3 
and  13. 

67. 

1.  Liger  et  Arar  sunt  in  Gallia.  2.  Erant  in  Arari  scaphae 
multae,  in  Ligerl  magnae  naves.  3.  Caesar  legiones  *  multas 
Ararim1  transducit.  4.  Finis  imperi  nostri  est  magnus  terrae 
orbis.  5.  Imperium  nostrum  orbeni  terrae  servat  et  fmem  rion 
habet.  6.  Magnum  in  orbe  (-1)  terrarum  est  imperium  populi 
Roman!.  7.  Populus  Eomanus  imperium  sine  fine  (-1)  habebit. 

8.  Fines  hostium  nostrorum  sine  fine  (-1)  non  sunt.     9.  Hostes 
finibus  novis  studebant.     10.    Hostes   milites  multos  e  finibus 
suis  in  finis  (-es)  nostros  ducebant.     11.  Milites  multl,  custodes 
finium   nostrorum,   hostes    provincia    expellebant.      12.    Milites 
multl  Ligerim  transducuntur.     13.    Praefecti  Ligerim  legionem 
transducuiit.     14.  Legio  Ararim  transducitur. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  *  239,  2  and  b  ;  Kule  33. 
H.:  !376. 

Sing.  Nom.    A'rar 

Gen.     A'ra  ris 

_  Like  A'rar   decline  Lfger,   gen.    Li'yens;    like 

ho'stis,  or'bis,  and  fi'nis.    These  have  also  the  abl. 
Ace.     A'ra  rim       .  .    ...  _ 

Voc.     A'rar          8mg<  °rbl  and  flHl' 
Abl.     A'rari 

68. 

1.  The  Sa6ne  and  the  Loire  were  well  known  to  our  sailors. 

2.  Messengers  were  sent  from  Geneva  to  the  Sadne  and  the  Loire. 

3.  Our  sailors  were  summoned  from  the  Sa6ne  to  Vesontio,  from 
the  Loire  to  Avaricum.     4.  There  is  in  the  great  world  much  ter- 
ritory.    5.  The  world  has  a  known  limit.     6.  The  valor  of  our 
legions  will  protect  the  world.     7.  The  nations  of  the  world  are 
not  without  limit.     8.    The  enemy  were  desiring  our  territory. 

9.  The  enemy  were  led  across  the  territory  of  our  allies.    10.  The 
allies  were   driving  the   enemy  from   our   cities  and  territory. 
11.  The  enemy  will  lead  their  allies  across  the  Sa6ne. 


48  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

NOUNS   IN  -E  AND   -AL  (I-STEMS  CONTINUED). 
NEUTER    GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  case-endings  of  all  neuter  nouns  of  the  third  de- 
clension are  as  follows  :  Nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  — ;  gen.  -is  ;  dat.  -I ;  and  abl. 
-e ;  pi.,  nom.,  ace.,  and  voc. .-a;  gen.  -um;  dat.  and  abl.  -ibus. 

2.  In  the  abl.  sing,  of  neuter  i-stems,  -I  takes  the  place  of  -e,  and  in  the 
nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  pi.,  -i  appears  before  -a. 

3.  In  the  nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  sing.,  i  of  the  stem  becomes  e  unless  it  is 
preceded  by  al  or  ar,  when  it  is  usually  dropped ;  e.g.  nom.  vectigali  becomes 
vectigal,  but  nom.  mari-  becomes  mare.    Verify  Suggestions  1,  2,  and  3  by 
the  declensions  below. 

4.  Translate  mare  nostrum,  Mediterranean  sea. 

6.  Translate  transit,  he  goes  over,  i.e.  he  crosses;  transeunt,  they  cross. 


69. 

1.  Magnum  est  mare  1  nostrum.  2.  Pars  marts  nostri  provin- 
ciae  fmitima  est,  pars  provinciae  mari  nostro.  3.  Caesar  magno 
cum  vectigali  mare  2  nostrum  transit.  4.  Vectigal  ad  Italiam  marl  3 
saepe  mittitur.  5.  Pars  vectigalis  ex  provincia,  pars  ex  Gallia  mlt- 
tebatur.  6.  Nationes  flnitimae  maribus  multis  vectigal  magnum 
Komam  mittunt.  7.  Sunt  in  orbe  (-1)  terrarum  maria  multa  et 
magna.  8.  Classes  nostrae  sunt  marium  nostrorum  et  vectigalium 
custodies.  9.  Nautae  nostri  cum  vectigalibus  magnls  maria  Igndta 
saepe  transeunt.  10.  Nostri  nautae  clari  maribus  classis  (-es) 
hostium  expellent.  11.  Vectigalia  magna  consulem  confirmabunt. 
12.  Gives  vectigalibus  magnls  non  erant  inimici.  13.  Legati  vecti- 
galia  accepta  Komam  ferebant. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :   l  65,  c.      2237,  d.    8258,  y,  and  Note; 

Rule  48. 
H.:  illl.     2372.    3  Ruie  XXV. 


Sing.  Nom.  ma're  Plur.  ma'ria  Sing,  vec  ti'gal  Plur.  vecti  ga'li  a 

Gen.  ma'ris  ma'rium  vectiga'lis  vec  ti  ga'li  um 

Dat.   ma'ri  ma'ribus  vec  ti  ga'li  vec  ti  ga'li  bus 

Ace.   ma're  ma'ria  vec  ti'gal  vectiga'lia 

Voc.  ma're  ma'ria  vec  ti'gal  vectiga'lia 

Abl.    ma'ri  ma'ribus  vec  ti  ga'li  vec  ti  ga'li  bus 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  49 

70. 

1.  Germany  is  adjacent  to  an  unknown  sea.  2.  The  Mediter- 
ranean sea  is  adjacent  to  Italy.  3.  A  fleet  crosses  the  Mediterra- 
nean sea  with  tribute.  4.  The  tribute  of  the  world  is  given  to  the 
Eoman  state.  5.  The  world  sends  tribute  to  the  city  [of]  Rome. 
6.  The  state  desires  large  tribute.  7.  A  large  part  of  the  Medi- 
terranean sea  will  be  protected  by  our  fleet.  8.  Parts  of  the  great 
seas  are  unknown  to  our  sailors.  9.  Fleets  often  cross  the  seas 
with  our  revenues.  10.  The  seas  are  often  unfriendly  to  our 
fleets.  11.  Our  fleets  will  drive  the  enemy  from  the  seas  and 
protect  our  revenues.  12.  A  part  of  our  revenues  is  sent  by  sea 
from  Gaul.  13.  The  nobility  desire  large  revenues. 


ADJECTIVES   IN  -IS  (I-STEMS),   THIRD   DECLENSION, 
TWO   TERMINATIONS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Omnia  has  but  two  forms  for  gender,  one  for  mascu- 
line and  feminine  nouns;  e.g.  (see  1)  omnia  honor;  omnia  gloria;  the 
other  for  neuters  ;  e.g.  omne  imperium.  These  two  forms  become  one  in 
the  gen.,  dat.,  and  abl.  sing,  and  pi. ;  e.g.  (see  2)  omwis  honoris,  omnia 
gloriae,  omnia  imperi. 

2.  The  masculine  and  feminine  form  of  omwis  is  declined  like  hostia,  but 
with  the  ending  -I  only,  in  the  dat.  and  abl.  sing. ;  the  neuter  form  is  declined 
like  mare. 

71. 

1.  Omnis  honor  et  omnis  gloria  et  omne  imperium  populo 
Romano  dabantur.  2.  Omnis  honoris  et  omnis  gloriae  et  omnis 
imperi  civitas  est  cupida.  3.  Omni  honor!  et  omni  gloriae  et 
omni  imperio  studebat  consul.  4.  Omnem  honorem  et  omnem 
gloriam  et  omne  imperium  Roma  habebat.  5.  Omni  honore  et 
omni  gloria  et  omni  imperio  dlgna  est  Roma.  6.  Omnes  legati  et 
omnes  copiae  et  omnia  auxilia  in  Galliam  mittentur.  7.  Omnium 
legatorum  et  omnium  copiarum  et  omnium  auxiliorum  magnum 
erit  periculum.  8.  Omnibus  legatls  et  omnibus  copiis  et  omnibus 
auxilils  socii  sunt  amlci.  9.  Omnis  (-es)  legatos  et  omnis  (-es) 


50 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


copias  et  omnia  auxilia  hostes  urbe  expellent.     10.   Omnibus  lega- 
tis  et  omnibus  copiis  et  omnibus  auxiliis  suis  digna  est  Italia. 

11.  Hostes    nobilitatem    omnem    et    omne     vulgus     armabunt. 

12.  Omnes  hostes  Arariin  transeunt.     13.  Omnis  nobilitas  cum 
hostibus  proelium  committit. 


M.  F. 

Sing.  Nom.  om'nis 
Gen.    om'nis 
Dat.    om'ni 
Ace.    om'nem 
Voc.    om'nis 
Abl.     om'ni 


omnis,  all; 

stem  omiii- 

N. 

M.  F. 

om'ne 

Plur.  om'nes 

om'nis 

om'ni  um 

om'ni 

om'ni  bus 

om'ne 

om'nis  (es) 

om'ne 

om'nes 

om'ni 

om'ni  bus 

N. 

om'ni  a 
om'ni  um 
om'ni  bus 
om'ni  a 
om'ni  a 
om'ni  bus 


72. 

1.  All  the  multitude  of  the  enemy  cross  the  Khine.  2.  The 
slaughter  of  all  the  nobility  brings  great  misfortune  to  every  part 
of  the  state.  3.  Caesar  persuades  every  enemy.  4.  Kome  will 
send  fleets  to  every  known  sea.  5.  Our  fleets  are  upon  every  sea. 
6.  Hostages  will  be  sent  to  Rome  from  all  nations.  7.  A  con- 
spiracy of  all  unfriendly  nations  brings  danger  to  our  allies. 

8.  Friendly  allies  will  lay  waste  all  the  territory  of  the  enemy. 

9.  All  [of]  the  towns  are  in  the  territory  of  the  enemy.     10.  Caesar 
was  giving  acceptable  assistance  to  all  our  allies.     11.  Our  legions 
were  protecting  all  parts  of  Gaul. 


ADJECTIVES   IN  -IS  (I-STEMS  CONTINUED),   TWO   TER- 
MINATIONS.     ALSO   THE   NOUNS    GENUS  AND 
ITER,   NEUTER   GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Genus  is  for  gener.  Since  the  nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  sing, 
of  neuter  nouns  have  no  case- ending,  the  use  of  us  instead  of  er  represents  a 
change  in  the  stem- ending.  This  change  occurs  in  many  neuter  stems.  Iter 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


51 


does  not  change  its  stem-ending,  but  the  letters  in  in  the  middle  of  the  stem 
(itiner-}  do  not  appear  in  the  forms  having  no  case-ending. 

2.  Translate  magna  itinera,  forced  marches.     See  7,  8,  9,  and  10. 


73. 

1.  Nobilitas,  genus  virorum  fortium,  iter  facit.  2.  Iter  erat 
plerum  periculi.  3.  Fortes  generis  omnis  viri  in  itinere  erant. 
4.  Dux/  omni  hominum  generl  acceptus,  itineris  causa  deligeba- 
tur.  5.  Dux  fidelis  itineii  bonum  custodum  genus  deligebat. 

6.  Nostri  custodes  fortes  ab  omni  populi  Roman!  genere  laudantur. 

7.  Magna   itinera   saepe   sunt   utilia.      8.  Nostri   mllites   fortes 
magna  itinera  saepe  faciunt.     9.  Omnia  hominum  genera  in  pro- 
vinciam  magnis  itineribus  venient.     10.  Pericula  magnorum  iti- 
nerum  ducibus  fortibus  sunt  nota.     11.    Bom  generum  omnium 
duces  itineribus  deligebantur.     12.  Nostri  duces  fideles  omnibus 
generibus  sunt  utiles.     13.  Laus  magna  nostris  ducibus  utilibus 
dabatur. 


DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  l  30. 
H.  :  !43,  2. 

genus,  a  clasi> 

iter,  a  march  ; 

utilis 

,  useful  ;  stem 

fit  ill-                          stem  gener- 

Btem  it(in)er- 

M.  F. 

N. 

Sing. 

Norn. 

utilis 

u'ti  le 

Sing,  ge'nus 

Sing.  i'ter 

Gen. 

u'ti  Us 

u'tilis 

ge'ne  ris 

iti'neris 

Dat. 

u'tili 

u'tili 

ge'ne  ri 

i  ti'ne  ri 

Ace. 

u'tilem 

u'tile 

ge'nus 

i'ter 

Voc. 

u'tilis 

u'ti  le 

ge'nus 

i'ter 

Abl. 

a  tin 

u'tili 

ge'ne  re 

i  ti'ne  re 

Plur. 

Nom. 

u'tiles 

u  ti'li  a 

Plur.  ge'ne  ra 

Plur.  i  ti'ne  ra 

Gen. 

u  ti'li  um 

u  ti'li  um 

ge'ne  rum 

i  ti'ne  rum 

Dat. 

uti'libus 

uti'libus 

gene'ribus 

i  ti  ne'ri  bus 

Ace. 

u'ti  Us  (es) 

u  ti'li  a 

ge'ne  ra 

i  ti'ne  ra 

Voc. 

u'ti  les 

u  ti'li  a 

ge'ne  ra 

i  ti'ne  ra 

Abl. 

uti'libus 

uti'libus 

gene'ribus 

iti  ne'ri  bus 

Like  om'nis  decline  for 'tis,  also  fide' Us,  whose  nom.  and  gen.  sing,  are  as 
follows  :  — 

M.  F.  Jide'iis,  N.  Jide'le;  M.  F.  and  y.fide'lis,  etc. 


52  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD    TO    CAESAR. 

74. 

1.  Every  class  of  our  citizens  was  desiring  war.  2.  The  Eo- 
man  people  were  preparing  faithful  legions  for  the  march. 
3.  Our  brave  legions  are  making  the  march  into  Gaul.  4.  Brave 
leaders  are  on  the  march  with  our  faithful  legions.  5.  The 
enemy  will  persuade  every  class  of  the  Roman  people.  6.  Our 
legions  will  protect  every  class.  7.  All  classes  of  revenues  are 
useful  to  the  state.  8.  The  state  desires  all  classes  of  revenues. 
9.  Large  revenues  will  encourage  all  classes.  10.  The  sea  is  use- 
ful to  many  classes  of  men.  11.  There  are  many  brave  sailors 
upon  the  sea.  12.  The  enemy  make  forced  marches  and  come  to 
the  sea. 


ADJECTIVES   IN  -ER  (I-STEMS  CONTINUED),   THREE 
TERMINATIONS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Acer  and  celer  have  three  forms  for  gender  in  the 
nom.  and  voc.  sing.;  e.g.  masc.  dominus  deer;  fern,  fames  acris;  neut.  frl- 
gus  acre :  masc.  equus  celer ;  fern,  ndvis  celeria ;  neut.  flumen  celere  (see 
1  and  6).  Otherwise  the  forms  and  declensions  are  similar  to  those  of  omnia. 

2.  With  nouns  below  denoting  persons  translate  acer,  active ;  elsewhere, 
violent,  bitter. 

3.  Neuter  stems  in  or  as  well  as  those  in  er  (see  Suggestion  1,  Ex.  73), 
often  have  us  in  the  nom.  sing.;  e.g.  stem  frigor,  nom.  frigus.    The  stem 
flumin  changes  i  to  e  in  the  nom.  sing. 

75. 

1.  Dominus  acer,  fames  dcris,  frigus  acre  est.1  .  2.  Servi  domini 
acris,  famis  acris,  frigoris  acris,  non  erant  cupidl.  3.  Libeii 
domino  acri,  fami  acri,  frlgori  acri  inimici  sunt.  4.  Gives  domi- 
nurn  acrem}  famem  acrem,  frigus  acre  non  postulant.  5.  Hostes 
domino  acri,  fame  acri,  fiigore  acri  digni  sunt.  6.  Erat  equus 
celer,  navis  celeris,  fluinen  celere  in  urbe.  7.  Puer  equl  celeris, 
navis  celeris,  fluminis  celeris  est  amicus.  8.  Faber  equo  celeri, 
navi  celeri,  flumini  celeri  non  est  inimlcus.  9.  Senator  equum 
celerem,  navem  (-im)  celerem,  fluinen  celere  laudabit.  10.  Nun- 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


53 


tins  equo  celerl,  nave  (-1)  celeri,  flumine2  celerl  Romam  mitte- 
batur.  11.  Celeria  Galliae  flumina  et  acria  Rheni  frigora  no- 
stros  non  delectabant.  12.  Galli  fluminibus  celeribus,  German! 
frigoribus  acribus  delectabantur.  13.  Peiicula  celerium  Galliae 
fluminum  et  acrium  Germaniae  frigorum  Caesarem  monent. 
14.  Galli  fluminibus  celeribus  Germaniae  et  frigoribus  acribus  nori 
student. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  *  205,  d.    2  258,  g  ;  Rule  48. 
H. :  1 463,  I.     2  Rule  XXV. 


acer,  active  ;  stem  acri- 


M. 


F. 

acris 


Sing.  Nom.   a'cer      a' 

Gen.    a'cris     a'cris 
Continue  like  om' 


N. 

a'cre 
a'cris 


celer,  swift ;  stem  celeri- 

M.  F.  N. 

Sing,   ce'ler        ce'leris          ce'lere 
ce'le  ris    ce'le  ris          ce'le  ris 
Continue  like  u'lilis. 


flumeii,  a  river  ;  stem  flumin- 

Plur.  flu'mina 
flu'mi  num 
flu  mi'ni  bus 
flu'mina 
flu'mi  na 


Sing.  Nom.  flu'men 
Gen.   flu'mi  nis 
Dat.    flu 'mi  nl 
Ace.    flu'men 
Voc.  flu'men 


Abl.    flu'mi  ne 


flu  mi'ni  bus 


f rigus,  cold  ;  stem  f rigor- 
Sing,  fri'gus     Plur.  frl'go  ra 
f  rT'go  ris          f  ri'go  rum 
f  ri'go  ri  fri  go'ri  bus 

fri'gus  frl'go  ra 

f rl'gus  frl'go  ra 


frl'go  re 


fri  go'ri  bus 


76. 

1.  A  brave  scout  with  a  swift  messenger  was  sent  to  the  river 
Rhone.  2.  A  swift  ship  bore  the  faithful  companions  to  the  pro- 
vince. 3.  The  active  scout  has  a  swift  boat.  4.  The  dangers  of 
the  many  swift  rivers  of  Gaul  will  warn  the  commander.  5.  The 
faithful  friends  with  the  boat  cross  many  swift  rivers.  6.  Swift 
ships  will  drive  the  enemy's  fleets  from  rivers  and  seas.  7.  The 
cold  of  Germany  is  bitter  (active).  8.  Many  unfortunate  men 
are  not  protected  from  the  bitter  cold.  9.  Our  legions  are  not 
desirous  of  cold  and  hunger.  10.  Our  forces  [do]  not  praise  the 
bitter  cold  weather  of  Germany.  11.  The  bitter  cold  weather  of 
Germany  [does]  not  assist  our  cause.  12.  The  soldiers  are 
not  encouraged  by  bitter  cold  weather. 


54  A    STRAIGHT   KOAD   TO    CAESAR. 


RECAPITULATION,    WITH    NEW   NOUNS    OF    THE    THIRD 
DECLENSION. 

SUGGESTION. — In-fert  means  he  brings  upon;  fert,  he  brings,  governs 
the  accusative,  and,  in  composition  with  in,  upon,  the  dative  (see  2,  10, 12). 

77. 

1.  Est  coniuratio  nova  in  Gallia.  2.  Calamitas  magna  populo  \ 
Romano  coniuratione  mfertur.  3.  Magnitude  coniurationis  civi- 
tatem  monebat.  4.  Legatus  cum  exploratore,  comite  digno,  in 
Galliam  mittebatur.  5.  Explorator  cum  legato  *Genavain  venit. 
6.  Legatus  fidelis  saluti  sociorum  studebit  et  obsides  postulii- 
bit.  7.  Prmceps  ab  Galliae  nationibus  supplex  Genavam  mitti- 
tur.  8.  Supplex  indignus  est  perfuga  et  sedem  in  Gallia  habet. 

9.  Perfuga    miser    legato    erit    notus    et    ad    mortem   ducetur. 

10.  Hostes  clvitati  calamitatem  magnam  mferunt.     11.  Explora- 
tores  fortes  magnitudinem    calamitatis   demonstrant.     12.  Mors 
exploratorum  provinciae  calamitates  novas  Infert.     13.  Supplices 
omnes  multis  cum  comitibus  Romam  veniebant.     14.  Supplices 
et  comites  sedibus  novis  in  provincia  studebant.     15.  Civitas  et 
supplicibus  et  comitibus  sedis  (-es)  novas  dabit.    16.  Salus  suppli- 
cuni  et  comitum  civitatem  delectat. 

DIRECTIOX.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  *228  ;  Eule  23. 
H.  :  i  386. 

Decline  explord'tor,  gen.  ex  plo  rd  to'ris,  like  ord'tor  (Ex.  43)  ;  coniu- 
rd'ti  o,  gen.  coniurdtid'nis,  like  nd'tio  (Ex.  45)  ;  cala'mitds,  gen.  ca  la- 
mi  td'tis,  like  cV vitas  (Ex.  47);  mdynitu'do,  gen.  md gni tu'di nis,  like 
fortitu'do  (Ex.  49)  ;  co'mes,  gen.  co'mitis,  like  ob'ses  (Ex.  55);  sa'liis, 
gen.  salu'tis,  like  vir'tus  (Ex.  57)  ;  se'des,  gen.  se'dis,  like  cae'des  (Ex.  61)  ; 
mors,  gen.  mor'tis,  like  urbs  (Ex.  61).  Sup'plex  has  gen.  sup'plicis,  dat. 
sup'pli  cl,  etc. 

78. 

1.  A  great  conspiracy  brings  war  upon  the  province.  2.  War 
is  a  misfortune  of  great  magnitude.  3.  Our  faithful  companions 
and  allies  are  driven  from  Gaul  by  the  misfortunes  of  war. 


A   STRAIGHT  BO  AD   TO  CAESAIl.  55 

4.  The    state  is   warned  by  the   magnitude   of  its   misfortunes. 

5.  The   state   arms  its  brave  cohorts  and  brings  safety  to  its 
allies.     6.  Leading  men  of  Gaul  were  coming  [as]  suppliants  to 
Kome.     7.  The  suppliants  were  desirous  of  safety  and  were  giving 
hostages.     8.  There  was  with  the  suppliants  a  wounded  scout. 
9.  The  unfortunate  scout,  a  companion  of  the  suppliants,  was  a 
robber.     10.  The  populace  will  demand  the  death  of  the  robber. 
11.  The  state  is  encouraged  by  the  death  of  the  conspiracy  and 
the  safety  of  our  allies. 


RECAPITULATION,   WITH   NEW   NOUNS,   PROPER 
NAMES. 

SUGGESTION.  — Translate  in  with  the  name  of  a  people,  e.g.  in  Sequanos, 
into  the  country  of  the  Sequani. 

79. 

1.  Dumnorix,1  frater  DivitiacI,  Helvetiis 2  favebit.  2.  Helvetii 
Dumnorigem  legatum  ad  Caesarem  mlttent.  3.  Ellia  Orgetorigis 
Dumnorigi  in  matrimonium  dabatur.  4.  Caesar  Divitiaco,  fideli 
Dumnorigis  f  ratri,  erat  amlcus.  5.  Orgetorix  Dumnorigi  persuade- 
bit.  6.  Potestas  1  Ariovist!  magna  erat.  7.  German!  a  Sequams 
in  Galliam  vocabantur.  8.  German!  in  Sequanos  ab  Ariovisto 
ducebantur.  9.  Ariovistus,  rex  Germanorum,  sed!s  (-es)  multas 
in  Belg!s  habet.  10.  Ehenus  Belgas  a  Germams  dividit.  11.  Bel- 
gae  suos  omnes  Khenum.  transducebant  et  Germams  belluin  mfere- 
bant.  12.  Agr!  Haeduorum  a  Helveti!s  vastabantur.  13.  Kho- 
danus  provinciam  nostram  ab  Helveti!s  d!vidit.  14.  Caesar  multas 
legiones  fort  is  (-es)  in  Haeduos  mittet.  15.  Nostr!  omnes 
Rhodanum  transibunt  et  Genavam,  oppidum  Allobrogum5  veni- 
ent.  16.  Helveti!  Allobrogibus  non  persuadebunt. 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G. :  *  75,  1  and  3.  276,  1  and  3,  last  sentence. 

88,  a. 
H.  :  USD,  I.,  1)  and  2).     2441. 


56  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


Allobroges  ; 

Divitiacus; 

Orgetorix  ;  stem  Orgetorig- 

stern  Allobrog- 

stem  Divitiaco- 

Sing.  Nom.  Or  ge'to  rix  (x  —  g-s) 

Plur.  Al  lo'bro  ges 

Sing.  Di  viti'acus 

Gen.    Orgeto'rigis 

Al  lo'bro  gum 

Di  vi  ti'a  ci 

Dat.    Orgeto'rigi 

Al  lo  bro'gi  bus 

Diviti'aco 

Ace.     Or  ge  to'ri  gem 

Al  lo'bro  ges 

Di  vi  ti'a  cum 

Voc.    Or  ge'to  rix 

Al  lo'bro  ges 

Di  viti'ace 

Abl.     Or  ge  to'ri  ge 

Al  lo  bro'gi  bus 

Di  vi  ti'a  co 

Like  Or  ge'to  rix  decline  Dum'norix,  gen.  Dum  no'rigis.  Ariom'stus  has 
gen.  Ariom'sti,  dat.  Ariovi'sto,  etc.  Bel'gae  is  declined  like  the  plural  of 
nau'ta.  Decline  the  following  adjectives :  Hel  ve'ti  us  and  Hae'du  us  (like 
sau'ci  us,  Ex.  25)  ;  Ger  md'nus  (like  a  ml1  CMS,  Ex.  29)  ;  Se'qua  nus  (like 
cn'pidus,  Ex.  27).  Their  masc.  plurals  are  used  as  nouns.  Decline  new 
nouns  of  the  first,  second,  and  third  declensions  whenever  introduced. 


80. 

1.  Dumnorix  was  a  brother  of  Divitiacus.  2.  Dumnorix  was 
unworthy  of  his  brother  Divitiacus.  3.  The  unworthy  brother 
has  a  wife,  the  daughter  of  Orgetorix,  from  the  Helvetii. 

4.  Orgetorix    gives    his    daughter    in    marriage   to   Dumnorix. 

5.  Ours  (our  forces)  are  not  assisted  by  Dumnorix.     6.  A  multi- 
tude  of    men    was   summoned   by   Orgetorix   from    the    fields. 
7.  Ambassadors  were  sent  to  Ariovistus.     8.  Faithful  messengers 
will  be  sent  to  the  state  of  the  Haedui.     9.  The  Koman  people 
call  the  Haedui  brothers.     10.  Caesar  was  leading  all  his  [forces] 
across  the  Rhine  into  the  territory  of  the  Allobroges.     11.  Our 
[forces]  were  led  across  the  Rhine  into  the   [country  of  the] 
Allobroges.     12.  The  Allobroges  will  cross  the  Rhone,  the  Ger- 
mans the  Rhine.     13.  The  Germans  make  war  upon  the  Belgae. 
14.  The  Rhine  separates  the  Germans  from  the  Helvetii. 


BELLUM   HELVBTIORUM. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Com-mittit  for  cum-mittit  means  with-sends,  sends  to- 
gether; i.e.  joins.  Translate  proelium  committit,  he  joins  battle.  In 
fugam  dat  means  he  gives  in  fliyht ;  i.e.  he  puts  to  flight. 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  57 

81. 

Orgetorix,  prlnceps  Helvetiorum,  potestatis  cupidus  et  agro- 
rum  novorum,  coniurationem  nobilitatis  omnis  facit.  Coniuratio 
civitati  accepta  est  et  multitude  horainum  cum  uxoribus  et  libeiis 
ad  Rhodanum  venit.  Nostri  socii  fideles  sunt  Rhodano  fmitimi 
et  peiiculum  provinciae  magnum  est.  Caesar  Orgetorigem  pro 
hoste  habet  et  bellum  parat.  Nostrae  legiones  fortes  amicis  et 
socils  auxilium  dant  et  hostes  Rhodanum  non  transeunt.  Hel- 
vetii  agris  Rhodano  fmitimls  expelluntur  et  ad  finis  (-es)  Sequa- 
norum  veniunt.  Sequani  Helvetiis  non  sunt  ignoti.  Dumnorix 
est  plebi  Sequanorum  acceptus.  Orgetorix  est  Dumnorigi  ami- 
cus,  et  fllia  Orgetorigis  est  Dumnorigis  uxor.  Dumnorix  magnam 
in  civitate  sua  potestatem  habet  et  Orgetorigi  et  Helvetiis  favet. 
Sequani  et  Helvetii  coniurationem  faciunt,  suos  in  Haeduos,  ami- 
cos  populi  Eomani,  ducunt,  agros  sociorum  nostrorum  vastant. 
Caesar  multis  cum  legionibus  fortibus  Haeduis  auxilium  fert  et 
ad  Ararim  venit.  Helvetii  miser!  suos  Ararim  transducunt. 
Caesar  proelium  cum  Helvetiis  committit  et  hostis  (-es)  in  fugam 
dat  et  homines  multi  pereunt.  Pars  Haeduorum  causae  nostrae 
inimica  est  et  Caesarem  non  iuvat.  Dumnorix  est  Haeduorum 
inimlcorum  prlnceps.  Caesar  Dumnorigem  monet,  suos  confirmat, 
proelium  cum  Helvetiis  committit,  hostis  (-es)  magna  cum  caede 
expellit.  Multitude  hostium  in  fuga  perit  et  fllia  Orgetorigis  et 
filius  in  Caesaris  potestatem  veniunt. 


THE    WAR   WITH   ARIOVISTUS. 

82. 

Ariovistus,  king  of  the  Germans,  has  many  friends  in  the  terri- 
tory of  the  Sequani.  Desirous  of  power,  the  active  king  demands 
new  fields  from  the  Sequani.  The  states  adjacent  to  the  Sequani 
[do]  not  favor  Ariovistus,  and  leading  men  come  to  Caesar  and 
desire  aid.  Caesar  sends  ambassadors  to  Ariovistus,  and  de- 
mands the  liberty  and  safety  of  all  our  allies.  The  ambassadors 
[do]  not  make  peace,  and  Caesar  leads  his  [forces]  into  the  ter- 


58  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR. 

ritory  of  the  Germans.  There  are  in  Gaul  many  forests  well- 
known  to  the  enemy.  The  magnitude  of  the  forests  brings 
danger  to  our  cohorts.  Caesar  shows  his  soldiers  the  danger  of 
flight  and  the  glory  of  our  cause,  and  encourages  the  cohorts. 
Caesar  has  a  faithful  legion  of  brave  men.  The  faithful  legion, 
worthy  of  its  leader,  assists  Caesar  and  persuades  the  unfortunate 
cohorts.  Caesar  joins  battle  with  the  enemy  and  puts  the  soldiers 
of  Ariovistus  to  flight.  The  wives  of  Ariovistus  and  a  daughter 
perish  in  the  flight.  Ariovistus  is  driven  from  the  territory  of 
the  Sequani,  and  crosses  the  Ehine.  The  Rhine  separates  Gaul 
from  Germany. 


ADJECTIVES    IN    -X,    ONE    TERMINATION. 
83. 

1.  Erat  legatus  audax,  phalanx  auddx,*  praesidium  audax,  in 
provincia.  2.  Calamitas  legati  auddcis,  phalangis  auddcis,  imperi 
auddcis  magna  erat.  3.  Cfvitas  legato  auddci,  phalangi  auddci, 
praesidio  auddci  laudem  dabit.  4.  Caesar  legatum  auddcem,  pha- 
langem  auddcem,  praesidium  auddx  E-omam  mittet.  5.  Socii 
legato  auddci  (-e),  phalange  auddci  (-e),  praesidio  auddci  (-e) 
digm  sunt.  6.  Sunt  praef ect!  auddces,  cohortes  auddces,  auxilia 
auddcia  in  Gallia.  7.  Virtus  praef ectorum  auddcium,  cohortium 
auddcium,  auxiliorum  auddcium  erat  magna.  8.  Sal  us  praef  ectis 
auddcibus,  cohortibus  auddcibus,  auxiliis  auddcfbus  est  accepta. 
9.  Consul  praefectos  auddcis  (-es),  cohortls  (-es)  auddcis  (-es), 
auxilia  auddcia  vocabat.  10.  Fuga  praefectis  auddcibus,  cohorti- 
bus auddcibus,  auxiliis  auddcibus  est  indigna.  11.  O  audax  faci- 
nus  et  indignum  !  12.  Vulgus  audacT  (-e)  Sullae  facinore  delecta- 
tur.  13.  Facinora  audacia  nationem  magnam  in  periculum  saepe 
ducunt.  14.  Sulla  calamitatem  magnam  civitati  facinoribus  suis 
inferet. 

DIRECTION.  —  Read  A.  &  G. :    ft  85  and  Note. 

H. :     a  156,  foot-note  1. 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  59 

audilx,  daring;  stem,  audac- 

M.   F.  N.  M.   F.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.                au'dax  (x=  c-s)  Plur.  au  da'ces  auda'cia 

Gen.                  au'da/cis  au  da'ci  um 

Dat.                 au'da'cl  au  da/ci  bus 

Ace.  au  da'cem                     au'dax  au  da'cis  (es)      au  da'ci  a 

Voc.                  au'dax  au  da'ces  auda'cia 

Abl.                  au  da'cf  or  au'da  ce  au  da'ci  bus 

Decline  fa'cin us,  gen.  fa  ci'no  ris,  likefrl'gus  (Ex.  75). 

84. 

1.  A  daring  citizen  is  elected  commander  of  a  new  legion. 

2.  The  brave  commander  is  sent  into  Gaul  to  our  faithful  allies. 

3.  Men  friendly  to  daring  crime  encourage  a  conspiracy.     4.  The 
well-known  commander  perishes  by  a  daring  crime.     5.  The  death 
of  the  daring  commander  was  a  great  misfortune.     6.  Enemies  of 
the   Koman   people   are   the   friends   of  conspiracy  and   crime. 
7.  Faithful  citizens  [do]  not  encourage  crime.     8.    The  robbers 
of  Italy  are  not  unfriendly  to  daring  crimes.     9.  A  multitude 
of  daring  crimes  warn  the  citizens.     10.    The  daring  crimes  of 
robbers  drive  many  people  from  the  city.     11.  Unworthy  men 
were  encouraging  daring  crimes.     12.  Faithful  citizens  were  not 
encouraged  by  the  daring  crimes  of  unworthy  men. 


ADJECTIVES    AND    PARTICIPLES    IN    -2VS,     ONE 
TERMINATION. 

85. 

1.  Erat  tribunus  dlligens,  cohors  dlligens,  agmen  dlligens  in 
urbe.  2.  Magna  tribuni  diligentis,  cohortis  diligentis,  agminis 
dlligentis  erat  virtus.  3.  Clvitas  tribuno  dlligentl,  cohort!  diligenti, 
agminl  dlligentl  fidelis  erat.  4.  Natio  tribunum  dilfgentem,  cohor- 
tem  dttigentem,  agmen  diligens  postulabat.  5.  Italia  tribuno  dlli- 
gentl (-e),  cohorte  dlligentl  (-e),  agmine  dlligentl  (-e)  digna  est. 


60  A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

6.  Tribuni  dlligentes,  cohortes  dlligentes,  agmina  dlligentia  civitati 
sunt  utiles.  7.  Comites  tribunorum  dlligentium,  cohortum  dlli- 
gentium, agminum  dlligentium  viri  digni  sunt.  8.  Plebs  tribunls 
dlligentibus,  cohortibus  diligentibus,  agminibus  dlligentibus  laudem 
magnain  dat.  9.  Vulgus  tribunes  dlllgentls  (-es),  cohortes  dlligen- 
tls  (-es),  agmina  dlligentia  laudat.  10.  Libertas  a  tribums  dlligen- 
tibus, cohortibus  dlligentibus,  agminibus  dlligentibus  servabatur. 
11.  Homo  potens  erat  Ariovistus,  rex  Germanorum.  12.  Calami- 
tas  magna  Haeduis  a  rege  potent!  (-e)  Tnferebatur.  13.  Auxilia 
nostra  fortia  sunt  et  potentia.  14.  Consul  duces  fidells  (-es)  et 
potentis  (-es)  deliget.  15.  Hostes  nostrl  suls  cum  ducibus  multls 
et  potentibus  pereunt. 

potens,  powerful ;  stern,  potent- 

M.  F.  N.  M.  F.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.              po'tens  Plur.   poten'tes  poten'tia 

Gen.               poten'tia  poten'tium 

Dat.               poten'ti  poten'tibus 

Ace.  poten'tem    po'tens  poten'tia  (ea)  poten'tia 

Voc.                po'tena  poten'tea  poten'tia 

Abl.  poten'ti  or  poten'te  poten'ti bua 


86. 

1.  The  Helvetii  with  their  powerful  chief  were  coming  into  the 
territory  of  the  Haedui.  2.  Orgetorix,  the  powerful  chief,  is  dili- 
gent in  war.  3.  Orgetorix  will  give  his  daughter  in  marriage  to 
Dumnorix,  a  powerful  chief  of  the  Sequani.  4.  Dumnorix  brings 
assistance  to  Orgetorix  and  encourages  the  diligent  chief. 
5.  Caesar  warns  Dumnorix  and  his  powerful  ally.  6.  Our  brave 
legions  were  protecting  the  faithful  Haedui.  7.  Caesar  joins 
battle  with  the  allies,  and  many  brave  soldiers  of  the  powerful 
chief  perish.  8.  Faithful  consuls  will  demand  [as]  hostages  the 
children  of  powerful  chiefs.  9.  Powerful  nations  were  sending 
hostages  to  our  diligent  consuls.  10.  Hostages  were  sent  from 
the  powerful  nations  adjacent  to  our  allies.  11.  The  hostages 
were  sent  to  Rome  with  faithful  guards.  12.  The  state  praises 
its  diligent  consuls. 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  61 

ADJECTIVES   WITH    OS-STEMS,  TWO   TERMINATIONS. 
COMPARATIVES. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Comparatives  change  the  stem-ending  OB  to  or,  except  in 
the  nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  neut.  sing.,  where  it  becomes  us. 

87. 

1.  Consul  melior  f  nobilitas  melior,  melius  civium  genus  a  civi- 
tate  postulatur.  2.  Plincipes  consulis  melioris,  nobilitatis  melio- 
ris, melioris  civium  generis  erant  cupidl.  3.  Urbs  consul!  meliorl, 
nobilitati  meliorl,  meliorl  civium  generi  non  erat  inimlca.  4.  Plebs 
consulem  meliorem,  nobilitatem  meliorem,  melius  civium  genus 
postulabit.  5.  Roma  consule  meliore  (-1),  nobilitate  meliore  (-f), 
meliore  (-1)  civiurn  genere  est  dlgna.  6.  Consules  meliores,  inuni- 
tiones  meliores,  meliora  civium  genera  civitatem  delectabunt. 
7.  Potestas  consulum  meliorum,  muriltionum  melidrum,  meliorum 
civium  generum  civitatem  servabit.  8.  Honor  magnus  consulibus 
melioribus,  munitionibus  melidribus,  melioribus  civium  genenbus 
dabatur.  9.  Oratores  consules  melioris  (-es),  munltiones  meli- 
oris (-es),  meliora  civium  genera  postulabant.  10.  Libertas  a  con- 
sulibus melidribus,  munitionibus  melidribus,  melidribus  civium 
generibus  servatur.  11.  Legio  fidelis  ducis  melioris  est  cupida. 
12.  Legio  ducem  meliorem  creat.  13.  Auxilia  habent  galeas 
melioris,  melioris  equos  nostri.  14.  Galeae  meliores  legionibus 
melioribus  dabantur. 

DIRECTION. —  Read  A.  &  G. :    a86,  a  and  b,  last  sentence. 
H. :   a  154,  Note  1,  first  sentence. 

melior,  better  ;  stem  melior-  for  melios- 

M.  F.  N.  M.    F.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.  me'lior             me'li  us  Plur.  melio'res           melio'ra 

Gen.  me  li  6'ris  me  li  6'rum 

Dat.  me  li  6'ri  me  li  6'ri  bus 

Ace.  melio'rem       me'li  us  melio'ris  (es)    melio'ra 

Voc.  me'lior             me'li  us  melio'res           melio'ra 

Abl.  melio'ri  or  melio're  melio'ribus 


62  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

88. 

1.  The  slave  of  Claudius  is  a  good  man,  the  slave  of  Brutus  is 
better.  2.  Claudius  favors  the  better  slave.  3.  Brutus  will  give 
Claudius  the  better  slave.  4.  The  consul  is  desirous  of  a  better 
decree.  5.  A  better  decree  is  demanded  from  the  council. 
6.  The  council  is  worthy  of  a  better  decree.  7.  Our  active  sailors 
were  desirous  of  better  boats.  8.  Faithful  engineers  will  prepare 
better  boats.  9.  Better  boats  will  be  given  to  our  active  sailors. 

10.  With   the   better   boats   the   sailors  will  cross  swift  rivers. 

11.  The  army  of  the  allies  is   good,  our   auxiliaries    [are]  bet- 
ter.     12.  Caesar    calls   the   army  good,  the   auxiliaries   better. 
13.  Our  commanders  will  favor  the  better  auxiliaries.     14.  The 
auxiliaries  are  worthy  of  better  commanders. 


COMPARATIVE  WITH   QUAM,  AND  WITH   THE  ABLATIVE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  In  the  study  of  comparative  sentences  the  terms  com- 
pared should  first  be  accurately  determined.  In  the  sentences  below,  from 
1  to  10,  inclusive,  both  terms  of  the  comparison  have  the  same  relation  to 
similar  words  ;  e.g.  in  1,  Caesar  is  the  subject  of  est  (expressed),  and  Sulla 
is  the  subject  of  est  (understood)  ;  in  7,  nobilitatem  and  plebem  are  objects 
of  habet  (expressed  or  understood).  In  such  sentences  quam  may  be 
used,  with  both  terms  in  the  same  case  (nom.  or  ace.),  or  quam  may  be 
omitted  and  the  last  term  be  put  in  the  ablative.  See  sentences  1,  2,  7,  9. 

2.  In  sentence  11,  theirs*  term  of  the  comparison  is  Caesar  (expressed), 
the  second,  Caesar  (understood),   while   legionum   and   auxiliorum  are 
merely  words  having  a  common  relation  to  cupidior  (expressed  or  under- 
stood).   In  sentence  12,  morte  and  libertate  are  not  terms  of  comparison, 
but  similar  constructions,  governed  by  dignior.     In  such  sentences  quam 
must  be  used. 

3.  Translate  habet,  regards ;  ducit,  considers. 

89. 

1.  Caesar1  clarior  est  quam2  Sulla.1  Caesar  est  Sulla*  clarior. 
2.  Supplex  dignior  erat  quam  perfaga.  Supplex  erat  perfuga  di- 
gnior. 3.  Divitiacus  populo  Romano  amicior  erit  quam  Ariovistus. 
4.  Virtus  est  potestate  melius.  5.  Legiones  auxilils  dlgniores 


9 

A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  63 

sunt.     6.  Senatores  sociis  nostris  amiciores  erant  quam  oratores. 

7.  Caesar  nobilitatem  amiciorem  quam  plebem  habebat.     Caesar 
nobilitatem  amiciorem  plebe  habebat.     8.  Consul  libertatem  melio- 
rem  quam  pacein  ducit.     9.  Auxilia  tribunes  clarions  (-es)  quam 
praefectos   habebant.      Auxilia   tribunos   clarions  (-es)  praefectis 
habebant.      10.  Populus  Romanus  Haeduos  dignioris  (-es)  quam 
Helvetios   ducebat.     11.  Caesar  legionum  fortium  erat  cupidior 
quam  auxiliorum.     12.  Latro  morte  dignior  erat  quam  libertate. 

DIRECTION.  —Learn  A.  &  G. :  *247,  a.    2208  and  a.     3247  ;  Rule  44. 
H.  :  1417,  1.     2309,  1.     3417  .  Ruie  XXIII. 

Like  me'lior  decline  ami'cior,  cld'rior,  cupi'dior,  and  di'gnior. 

90. 

1.  The  daughter  is  better  than  the  son.  2.  The  populace  was 
more  friendly  than  the  nobility.  3.  Our  cause  was  more  worthy 
than  yours.  4.  The  territory  of  the  Haedui  is  better  than  the 
fields  of  the  Germans.  5.  Our  consuls  are  more  illustrious  than 
your  leaders.  6.  The  Haedui  were  more  friendly  than  the  Ger- 
mans. 7.  The  state  regards  valor  [as]  better  than  bravery. 

8.  The   common   people  consider   the   senator  more  illustrious 
than  the  orator.     9.    The  orator  regards  fleets  [as]  better  than 
auxiliary  forces.     10.    The  nation  considers  the  prisoners  more 
worthy  than  the  deserters.    11.  Our  auxiliaries  were  more  useful 
to  the  Roman  people  than  to  our  allies.     12.  He  was  more  faith- 
ful to  the  consul  than  to  the  state. 


COMPARATIVES    (CONTINUED). 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Sentences  1-8,  inclusive,  have  two  forms.  Translate 
the  comparatives  in  sentences  9-12  by  too  or  rather,  with  the  positive. 

2.  In  sentences  13  and  14  the  terms  of  comparison  do  not  sustain  the  same 
relation  to  the  governing  words ;  in  14,  for  instance,  the  first  term,  militibus, 
is  in  the  ablative,  after  a,  while  the  second,  auxilia,  is  the  subject  of  a 
proposition.  In  such  sentences  use  quam  and  a  verb  with  the  second  term 
as  a  subject. 


64  A   STRAIGHT   HOAD   TO   CAESAR. 

91. 

1.  Filiae  diligentiores  filiis  sunt.  2.  Filii  audaciores  sunt 
quam  ffliae.  3.  Tribuni  potentiores  praefectis  erant.  4.  Legio- 
nes  fortiores  auxiliis  erant.  5.  Cicero  notior  Claudio  erat. 
6.  Caesar  vir  dignior  erat  quam  Sulla.  7.  Caesar  legiones  utili- 
orls  (-es)  quam  auxilia  ducit.  8.  Clvitas  consulem  fideliorem  tri- 
buno  habet.  9.  Nostri  audaciores1  erant.  Miles  audacior  erat. 
10.  Flumen  celerius  est.  Flumina  celeriora  sunt.  11.  Domini 
potentiores  sunt.  Dominus  potentior  est.  12.  Puer  acrior  erat. 
Pueri  acriores  erant.  13.  Populus  Romanus  cupidus  est  socio- 
rum  fideliorum  quam  sunt  Helvetii.  14.  Urbs  a  mllitibus  forti- 
oribus,  quam  sunt  auxilia,  servabitur. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 93,  a. 

H.:  1444  and  1. 

Like  me'li  or  decline  auda'cior,  diligen'tior,  Jide'lior,  for'tior,  no'tior, 
po  ten'ti  o?',  and  u  ti'li  or. 

92. 

1.  The  sailor  was  more  daring  than,  the  engineer.  2.  The 
engineer  is  more  diligent  than  the  sailor.  3.  The  scouts  were 
braver  than  the  messengers.  4.  The  Haedui  are  more  friendly 
than  the  Germans.  5.  Peace  is  more  acceptable  to  the  populace 
than  war.  6.  Caesar  regards  the  Helvetii  more  powerful  than 
the  Haedui.  7.  The  consul  considers  Italy  more  unfortunate 
than  the  province.  8.  The  nobility  will  be  too  powerful.  The 
enemy  will  be  too  powerful.  9.  The  horse  will  be  rather  fleet 
(swift).  The  horses  will  be  rather  fleet.  10.  The  citizen  was 
rather  active.  The  citizens  were  rather  active.  11.  Rome  will 
be  full  of  soldiers  more  daring  than  the  enemy.  12.  The  state 
will  give  the  authority  to  a  man  more  worthy  than  the  consul. 


SUPERLATIVES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.   Superlatives  are  declined  like  bonus,  and  are  trans- 
lated by  English  superlatives,  or  by  the  positive  with  very. 
2.  Similis  may  be  followed  by  the  genitive  or  dative. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  65 

93. 

1.  Meus  amicus  est  vir  clarus,1  tuus  clarior,  aniicus  Sullae  clor 
rissimus.  2.  Servus  tuus  erat  fidelis,  meus  fidelior,  servus  Caesaris 
fidelissimus.  3.  Auddx  erit  custos,  nuntius  audacior,  explorator 
auddcissimus.  4.  Celer2  est  Rhodanus,  celerior  Liger,  Arar  om- 
nium celerrimus.  5.  Claudius  sui  amici  similis3  est,  fratris 
similior,  filii  simillimus.  6.  Libeii  erant  comitum  suorum  simil- 
limi.4  Oppida  castris  simillima  sunt.  7.  Orator  consulem 
potentissimum  virum  et  dignissimum  appellat.  8.  Praefectus 
fortis  erat  vir  diligentissimus.  9.  Faber  classem  celerrimam  et 
utilissimam  parabat.  10.  Dominus  servis  fidelissimis  et  ainicis- 
simis  laudem  magnam  dabat.  11.  Consul  milites  audacissimos 
et  fortissimos  postulabat.  12.  Clvitas  militum  audacissimorum  et 
fortissimorum  cupida  erat.  13.  Clvitas  militibus  audacissimis  et 
fortissimis  erat  digna.  14.  Sunt  in  Helvetiorum  clvitate  flumina 
multa  et  celerrima.  15.  Nostri  milites  acerrimi  flumina  celerrima 
saepe  transeunt. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 89.  2 89,  a.  389,  6.   4  93,  6,  first  sentence. 
H.:  1162  and  Note.    2163andl.    3163and2. 
*  444  and  1. 

Audacissimus,  most  (very}  daring ;  stem  audacissimo- 

M.  F.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.  au  da  cis'si  mus  au  da  cis'si  ma  au  da  cis'si  mum 

Gen.    au  da  cis'si  mi  au  da  cis'si  mae  au  da  cis'si  ml,  etc. 

Continue  like  bo'nus;  so  decline  all  superlatives.  Decline  new  adjectives 
in  all  degrees  of  comparison  whenever  introduced. 


94. 

1.  The  captive  is  worthy,  the  hostage  more  worthy,  the  exile 
most  worthy.  2.  The  orator  was  powerful,  the  senator  more 
powerful,  the  victor  most  powerful.  3.  The  wife  will  be  dili- 
gent, the  sister  more  diligent,  the  daughter  most  diligent. 
4.  The  boy  is  active,  the  sailor  more  active,  the  engineer  most 
active.  5.  The  common  people  are  friendly,  the  council  more 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


friendly,  the  garrison  most  friendly.  6.  Our  allies  were  brave, 
the  nobility  braver,  the  legion  bravest.  7.  The  legion  is  worthy 
of  a  very  illustrious  and  very  faithful  leader.  8.  Our  forces  were 
faithful  to  their  very  worthy  leader.  9.  The  Germans  are  very 
brave  and  very  daring.  10.  The  state  is  desirous  of  very  active 
and  very  diligent  consuls.  11.  Italy  has  very  active  and  very  dili- 
gent consuls.  12.  The  diligent  engineer  was  preparing  very  use- 
ful ships.  13.  The  consul  will  give  much  money  to  the  very 
brave  and  very  faithful  soldiers.  14.  The  daughter  was  most 
like  her  brother. 


IRREGULAR     COMPARISON 

95. 

1.  Vir  bonus  est  praefectus,  tribunus  melior,  consul  optimus. 

2.  Homo    mains    erat   supplex,   latro  peior,    perfuga  pessimus. 

3.  Vir    magnus    erit    Claudius,    Brutus    maior,    Caesar    maxi- 
mus.     4.  Honor  serv!  est  parvus,  calonis  minor,  captiv!  minimus. 
5.  Tribunus   melior   erat  quam   praefectus.  consul  quam   tribu- 
nus.    6.  Civitas  Caesarem  meliorem  Bruto  ducit.     7.  FTlia  sena- 
toris  *  est  femmarum  2  optima.     8.  Orator  honore  maximo  dignus 
erat.    9.  Minima  erat  copiarum  nostrarum  calamitas,  hostium  ma- 
xima.   10.  Belgae  sunt  nationibus  maximis  finitimi.   11.  Senatores 
populi   Koman!   honoribus    maximis   sunt   digm.      12.    German! 
agrorum  optimorum  cupid!  sunt.      13.  Sulla  ad  auxilium  suum 
homines  pessimos  vocabit.     14.  Hostes  castra  minima  habebunt. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  !214,  a,  1.     2216,  and  a,  2  ;  Rule  16. 
H..»396,  1.    2 397  and  3;  Rule  XVI. 

96. 

1.  The  wife  of  the  senator  is  a  good  woman,  [his]  sister  better, 
[his]  daughter  best.  2.  The  power  of  the  commander  was  great, 
[that]  of  the  tribune  greater,  of  the  consul  greatest.  3.  The  prov- 
ince is  small,  the  state  of  the  Helvetii  less,  [that]  of  the  Allo- 
broges  the  least.  4.  Our  phalanxes  were  good,  our  cohorts  better, 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  67 

our  legions  best.  5.  The  dangers  of  our  cohorts  will  be  small, 
[those]  of  our  phalanxes  less,  of  our  legions  least.  6.  Our  allies 
were  very  good  soldiers.  7.  The  consul  regards  our  allies  very 
good  soldiers.  8.  Our  brave  soldiers  are  worthy  of  the  greatest 
praise.  9.  The  territory  of  Gaul  is  adjacent  to  very  large  seas. 

10.  Sulla  will  give  a  very  small  part  of  Italy  to  worthy  men. 

11.  Italy  is  desirous  of  the  greatest  glory. 


IRREGULAR   AND   DEFECTIVE   COMPARISON. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Translate  plus  honoris,  more  (o/)  honor  (see  1). 
Proximus  is  followed  by  the  dative  or  accusative  in  Caesar  (see  3,  11, 12). 
Quam  before  superlatives  makes  them  more  emphatic  (see  9  and  10)  ; 
translate  quam  plurimas,  as  many  as  possible ;  quam  optima's,  the  best 
possible. 

2.  Such  genitives  as  pluris,  minoris,  magni  and  parvi  (4  and  5),  are 
called  genitives  of  indefinite  value.  In  translating  them,  supply  some  such 
word  as  value  or  worth. 

97. 

1.  Honor  multus  concilio,  plus1  honoris2  senatoribus,  honor 
plurimus  consulibus  dabatur.  2.  Consul  prior  dux  bonus  uon 
erat;  omnium  ducum  primus  est  Caesar.  3.  Caesar  est  quam 
legatus  suus  propior  castra3  et  proximus  oppidum,3  Genavam. 

4.  Servus  pluris  4  erat  quam  scapha,  scapha  minoris  quam  equus. 

5.  Servus  magni  est,  scapha  parvi.     6.  Consul  auxilia  plura  po- 
stulabat.     7.  Populus  Eomanus  consules  prioris  (-es),  viros  claris- 
simos  ducebat.    8.  Honores  maxim!  consulibus  prioribus  a  populo 
Eomano  dabantur.     9.  Cousules  navis  (-es)  quam  plurimas 5  para- 
bant  et  nautas  quam  optimos  deligebant.     10.  Praefectus  castra 
quam  maxima  faciebat.     11.  Hostes  sunt  in  agris  proximis  pro- 
vinciae.     12.   Belgae  proximl  Germanis  sunt.     13.  Tribuni  suos 
ad  proxima  oppida  ducent. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :    1Q6,  b,  first  sentence.     2  216,  a,  2  and  3. 

3  234,  e.    4  252  and  a.     6  93  b,  second 
sentence. 

H. :  !165,   Note   1.     2397  and  3.    3433,  I., 
Note  2.     4  405.     6 170,  2  (2). 


68  A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

Plus,  more  ;  stem  plur-  for  plus- 

M.  F.  N.  M.  F.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.                            plus  Plur.  plu'res  plu'ra 

Gen.                              plu'ris  plu'rium 

Dat.  plu'ribus 

Ace.  —                    plus  plu'ris  (es)        plu'ra 

Voc.  plus  plu'res                plu'ra 

Abl.  —                   plu're  plu'ribus 

98. 

1.  Much  praise  will  be  given  to  the  cohorts,  more  (of)  praise  to 
the  legions,  most  praise  to  our  faithful  commanders.  2.  The 
former  leader  is  a  good  commander,  the  new  leader  the  first  of 
soldiers.  3.  The  province  is  nearer  Italy  than  the  territory  of  the 
Allobroges,  the  Allobroges  are  nearest  the  Sequani.  4.  Our  fleet 
was  of  great  [value],  the  fleet  of  the  enemy  of  little  [worth]. 
5.  Garrisons  are  of  more  [worth]  than  decrees,  decrees  of  less 
[value]  than  a  faithful  populace.  6.  The  common  people  give 
more  (of)  praise  to  our  soldiers  than  to  our  commanders.  7.  The 
state  is  desirous  of  more  allies  and  larger  revenues.  8.  The  Ro- 
man  people  will  prepare  as  many  auxiliary  [forces]  as  possible. 
9.  Caesar  was  arming  as  many  legions  as  possible  and  was  select- 
ing the  best  possible  leaders.  10.  The  great  leaders  are  worthy 
of  their  former  glory.  11.  Of  Roman  soldiers,  Caesar  was  the 
first  and  greatest.  12.  The  Germans  are  nearest  the  Rhine  and 
the  Belgae. 


IRREGULAR   AND    DEFECTIVE   COMPARISON 
(CONTINUED). 

SUGGESTIONS.  — 1.  Forms  from  the  positive  inferus  and  superus  are  used 
mostly  as  nouns. 

2.  Translate  summus  mons  (collis),  top  of  the  mountain  (hill}  ;  Infimus 
collis  (mons) ,  foot  of  the  hill  (mountain};  the  ablatives  magnitudine,  vir- 
tute  (see  1,  2,  14),  in  respect  to,  in ;  magis  idoneus,  maxime  idoneus,  etc., 
more  suitable,  most  (very)  suitable,  etc. 

3.  Collis  and  mons  are  of  the  masculine  gender. 


A   STRAIGHT  ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  69 

99. 

1.  Mons  est  magnitudine l  superior.  Summus  (supremus)  mons 
plenus  est  mllitum.  2.  Collis  est  magnitudine  inferior.  Infimus 
(Imus) 2  collis  est  in  Helvetiorum  flnibus.  3.  Collis  Infimus 
magis 3  idoneus  castrls  erat  quam  summus  mons.  4.  Pars  collis 
est  in  Sequanorum  fmibus,  pars  montis  in  Helvetiorum  clvitate. 
5.  Civitas  Allobrogum  colli 4  et  montl  est  proxima.  6.  Nostrl  ad 
collem,  hostes  ad  montem,  castra  faciebant.  7.  Erant  sub  infimo 
monte  et  summo  in  colli  (-e)  silvae  maximae.  8.  Montes  Sequano- 
rum sunt  maiores  et  arduiores  quam  colles  Allobrogum.  9.  Fines 
Helvetiorum  fluminum  celerium,  montium  maximorum,  collium 
arduorum  plenae  sunt.  10.  SequanI  montibus  multls  et  collibus 
sunt  fiiiitiml.  11.  Helvetil  sedls(-es)  ada  montis  (-es)  et  collis  (-es) 
arduissimos  habent.  12.  Sunt  sub  arduls  montibus  et  summls  in 
collibus  hostes  multl.  13.  Summus  collis  non  est  arduissimus  et 
castrls  maxime 3  idoneus  est.  14.  Consules  hostis  (-es)  multitu- 
dine  hominum  superiorls  (-es),  Inferiorls  (-es)  virtute  habebant. 

DIRECTION.  —  Read  A.  &  G. :  a258,  c,  2,  Note  1. 

H. :  a433,  I.  ad  (2). 
Learn  A.  &  G. :  *253;   Rule  53.    2  193 ;  Rule  5.    389,  d. 

*  234  and  a  ;  Rule  28. 

H.:  1424  and  Note  1;  Rule  XXIX.  2440,  2, 
Notes  1,  2.  3 169,  2  ;  170.  4  391  and  I. ; 
Rule  XIV. 


100. 

1.  The  consul  is  superior  in  power.  2.  The  highest  safety  of 
the  state  summons  the  consul  to  Rome.  3.  The  mountain  is  not 
inferior  in  magnitude.  4.  The  foot  [of]  the  mountain  was  more 
suitable  for  a  camp  than  the  top  [of]  the  hill.  5.  The  sea  is  very 
near  the  foot  [of]  the  hill  and  the  mountain.  6.  Ours  (our  forces) 
have  the  foot  [of]  the  mountain  ;  the  enemy,  the  top  [of]  the 
hill.  7.  Our  camp  was  protected  by  a  mountain  and  a  very  rugged 
hill.  8.  The  tops  [of]  the  hills  and  mountains  are  not  suitable  for 
a  camp.  9.  Faithful  legions  are  the  guards  of  our  mountains  and 
hills.  10.  Ours  (our  forces)  come  to  the  mountains  and  hills  of 


70  A   STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 

the  Sequani.  11.  The  enemy  are  driven  from  the  mountains  and 
hills  into  the  territory  of  the  Helvetii.  12.  The  Helvetii  will 
summon  as  many  auxiliaries  as  possible. 


IRREGULAR   AND    DEFECTIVE   COMPARISON 
(CONTINUED). 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Senex  and  iuvenis  are  adjectives,  with  the  compara- 
tives senior  and  iunior,  but  they  are  mostly  used  as  nouns.  For  their 
adjective  use,  see  1  and  2,  below. 

2.  Invitus  has  no  comparative ;  laetus  has  regular  comparison.  Trans- 
late the  forms  of  these  words  in  the  sentences  below  as  adverbs  ;  e.g.  invitus 
unwillingly ;  laetissinaus,  very  gladly. 

101. 

1.  Exsul  iuvenis  est,  obses  iunior x  quam  exsul.  2.  Praefectus 
senex  erat,  tribunus  senior 1  quam  praefectus.  3,  Senex 2  invitus,3 
iuvenis2  invitissimus3  perfugam  iuvabit.  4.  Puer  iter  laetus,3 
iuvenis  laetior,3  senex  laetissimus  faciet.  5.  Fortitude  senis 
et  virtus  iuvenis  civitati  salutem  ferent.  6.  Honor  et  sen!  et 
iuvenl  est  acceptissimus.  7.  Concilium  senem  laude  digniorem 
quam  iuvenem  ducebat.  8.  Facinus  audax  sene  et  iuvene  erat 
indignum.  9.  Senes  laeti,  iuvenes  non  inviti,  captivo  auxilium 
ferunt.  10.  Civitas  non  invita  virtutem  iuvenum,  fortitudinem 
senum  laudabit.  11.  Laudes  civitatis  et  senibus  et  iuvenibus 
erunt  acceptissimae.  12.  Civitas  a  senibus  confirmabatur,  a 
iuvenibus  servabatur.  13.  Consul  iuvenes  bello  magis  idoneos 
quam  senes  ducit.  14.  Iuvenes  nostri  virtute  superiores  erunt, 
fortitudine  senes. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 91,  c,  first  sentence.  2  188  and  a.  3 191. 
H. :  1 168,  4.    2  62,  V.  and  foot-note  3.    3  443 
and  Note  1  (1). 


A 

STRAIGHT   ROAD 

TO   CAESAR. 

71 

iuvenis,  a  young  man  ; 

stem  iuveni- 

M.  (F.) 

Sing.  Nom. 

iu've  nis 

Plur.    iu've  nes 

Gen 

iu've  nis 

iu've  num 

Dat. 

iu've  ni 

iuve'nibus 

, 

Ace. 

iu've  nem 

iu've  nis  (es) 

Voc. 

iu've  nis 

iu've  nes 

Abl. 

iu've  ne 

iu  ve'ni  bus 

senex,  an  old  man ;  stem  senec-  and  seni- 

M.  (p.) 

Sing.  Nom.  se'nex  (x  =  c-s)  Plur.    se'nes 

Gen.  se'nis  se'num 

Dat.  se'ni  se'nibus 

Ace.  se'nem  se'nes 

Voc.  se'nex  se'nes 

Abl.  se'ne  se'ni  bus 

102. 

1.  The  sister  of  the  senator  is  young,  the  senator  younger  than 
[his]  sister.  2.  The  slave  was  old,  the  master  older  than  the 
slave.  3.  The  wife  of  the  orator  will  come  gladly,  the  daughter 
more  gladly.  4.  The  consul  unwillingly,  the  state  most  unwil- 
lingly was  preparing  war.  5.  The  old  [man]  was  a  friend  of  the 
youth,  the  youth  a  companion  of  the  old  [man].  6.  The  children 
were  very  friendly  both  to  the  youth  and  to  the  old  [man].  7.  All 
the  children  will  praise  the  youth  and  the  old  [man].  8.  The 
boys  were  warned  by  the  youth  and  by  the  old  [man].  9.  The 
companions  of  the  young  [men]  and  the  friends  of  the  old  [men] 
will  assist  the  nation  very  gladly.  10.  The  nation  was  very  faith- 
ful both  to  its  old  [men]  and  to  its  young  [men].  11.  The 
nation  was  arming  its  young  [men]  and  protecting  its  old  [men]. 
12.  Both  young  and  old  are  not  inferior  in  valor. 


COMPARISON   OF   ADVERBS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Adverbs  formed  from  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second 
declensions  are  mostly  compared  like  cupide  and  bene  (see  1  and  6)  ;  those 


72  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

formed  from  adjectives  of  the  third  declension,  like  audacter,  diligenter, 
and  fortiter  (see  3,  4,  and  5). 

2.  Or  do  is  of  the  masculine  gender  ;  arbor  is  feminine. 

103. 

1.  Cohors  cupide,1  phalanx  cupidius,2  legio  cupidissime 2  proelium 
committit.  2.  Italia  saepe,3  provincia  saepius,  Gallia  saepissime 
auxilium  postulabat.  3.  Socii  audacter,*  auxilia  audacius,  nostii 
audacissime  fines  hostium  vastabant.  4.  Haedui  diligenter,  HelvetiT 
diligentius,  populus  Romanus  quam  diligentissime  bellum .  parabat. 
5.  Belgae  fortiter,  Haedui  fortius,  nostri  fortissime  Germanis  bel- 
lum mferent.  6.  Praefectus  urbem  bene,  tribunus  melius,  consul 
quam  optime  servabit.  7.  Est  summo  in  colle  ordo  militum  for- 
tissimorum.  8.  Pars  ordinis  ducem  maxime  delectat.  9.  Caesar 
ordini  militum  fidelium  auxilium  acceptissimuni  dabat.  10.  Duces 
ordinum  nostrorum  proelium  fortissime  committunt.  11.  Milites 
multi  et  saucii  in  ordinibus  pereunt.  12.  Est  summo  in  colle 
arbor  maxima.  13.  Sunt  ad  arborem  exploratores  audacissimi. 
14.  Magnitudo  arborum  summo  in  monte  minima  erat.  15.  Sum- 
mus  mons  arboribus  magms  minime  idoneus  est.  16.  Erat  sub 
infimo  monte  ad  arbores  multas  et  magnas  ager  castris  idoneus. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :   1 148  and  a.     292.    3148,/.    4 148  and 

b  ;  207  ;  Rule  10. 

H. :  1 304  and  II.  2.  2306.  3306,  4.  4304, 
IV. ;  551 ;  Rule  LXI. 

104. 

1.  A  well-known  commander  bravely  leads  tke  company. 
2.  Ours  (our  forces)  make  the  march  very  quickly.  3.  The  com- 
panies were  very  carefully  prepared.  4.  There  was  very  near  the 
foot  of  the  hill  a  large  tree.  5.  Ours  (our  forces)  were  near  the 
tree.  6.  Guards  were  protecting  the  tree  as  carefully  as  possible. 
7.  There  was  in  the  top  of  the  tree  an  active  scout.  8.  There 
were  very  many  trees  upon  the  hill.  9.  Our  companies  will  be 
protected  from  the  enemy  by  the  trees. 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  73 


NOUNS    OF   THE   FOURTH   DECLENSION.      MASCULINE 

GENDER. 

SUGGESTION.  —  The  case-ending  of  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing,  is  -us  ;  gen.  -us ; 
dat.  -ui  (-u)  ;  ace.  -um  ;  abl.  -u.  The  case-ending  of  the  nom.,  ace.,  and  voc. 
pi.  is  -us  ;  gen.  -uum  ;  dat.  and  abl.  -ibus  (-ubus). 

105. 

1.  Senates  exercitwm  quam  celerrime  parabat.  2.  Pars  exer- 
citus  impetum  in  hostis  (-es)  audacter  facit.  3.  Senat?<s  impe- 
tm  (-u)  favet.  4.  Prmcipes  senates  exercitum  laudabunt.  5.  Exer- 
citus  senat?m  impetu  audacissimo  delectat.  6.  Exercitws  erit 
senatm  (-u)  fidelissimus.  7.  Clvitas  et  exercitu  et  senate  quam 
diligentissime  servabitur.  8.  Laus  exercit?^(-?1)  forti  dabatur. 

9.  Exercitws    impetus    multos    in    hostis  (-es)    acriter    facient. 

10.  Impetus  mult!  exercitus  hostium  dividunt.     11.  Hostes  im- 
peiibus  exercitimw  nostrorum  in  fugam  dabantur.     12.  Senates 
multi  et  clarissimi  exercitiTms  nostris  laudem  dabant.     13.  Honor 
et  senattTws  et  exercit/6ws  populi  Komam  dabitur.     14.  In  sena- 
tibus  senatores  multi  impetibus  audacibus  f avebunt.     15.  Kationes 
flnitimae  senates  clarissimos  habent. 

sen^tus,  senate;  stem  senatn- 

M. 

Sing.  Nom.  sena'tus  Plur.   sena'tus 

Gen.  sena'tus  sena'tuum 

Dat.  sena'tui(-u)  sena'tibus 

Ace.  se  na/tum  se  na'tus 

Voc.  se  na'tus  se  na'tus 

Abl.  se  na'tu  se  na'ti  bus 

impetus,  attack  ;  stem  impetu- 

M. 

Sing.  Nom.    im'pe  tus  Plur.    im'pe  tus 
Gen.      im'pe  tus 

Dat.      im  pe'tu  i  (im'pe  tu)  im  pe'ti  bus 

Ace.      im'pe  turn  im'pe  tus 

Voc.      im'pe  tus  im'pe  tus 

Abl.      im'pe  tu  im'pe  ti  bus 

Like  im'pe  tus  decline  exer'citus. 


74  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

106. 

1.  Both  the  army  and  the  senate  favor  an  attack.  2.  The 
attack  was  worthy  of  the  army  and  the  senate.  3.  The  power  of 
the  senate  and  the  bravery  of  the  army  were  very  great.  4.  Our 
leaders  will  be  friendly  to  the  senate  and  faithful  to  the  army. 
5.  Leading  men  were  desirous  of  an  attack  and  were  encouraging 
both  the  senate  and  the  army.  6.  Our  senates  are  worthy  of 
their  armies.  7.  Our  armies  by  swift  attacks  encourage  our  sen- 
ates. 8.  The  valor  of  the  armies  and  the  power  of  the  senates  are 
our  glory.  9.  Leaders  suitable  for  our  armies  were  selected  by 
illustrious  senates.  10.  Brave  attacks  will  bring  safety  to  our 
senates.  11.  The  danger  of  the  state  summons  our  armies  to 
brave  attacks.  12.  The  leaders  of  our  armies  are  desirous  of  dar- 
ing attacks.  13.  Great  praise  will  be  given  to  the  senates  and 
armies  of  the  Koman  people. 


NOUNS    OF   THE  FOURTH   DECLENSION  (CONTINUED). 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Domus  is  of  the  feminine  gender.  Cornu  is  neuter, 
and  its  case-signs  are  nom.,  dat.,  ace.,  voc.,  and  abl.  sing,  -u ;  gen.  -u  (-us)  ; 
nom.,  ace.,  and  voc.  pi.  -ua  ;  gen.  -uum  ;  dat.  and  abl.  -ibus. 

2.  In  9  and  10  translate  donil,  at  home ;  domum,  home ;  domo,  from 
home. 

3.  Genavae,  Avarici,  Vesontioni  (Vesontione),  in  11,  are  called  loca- 
tive forms,  and  are  to  be  translated  at  Geneva,  at  Avaricum,  etc. 


107. 

1.  Domus0'  mea  maior  domo  (domu)  tua  est.  2.  Praefectus 
domus  maximae  cupidus  erat.  3.  Domus  legati  domui  (domo) 
praefectl  est  finitima.  4.  Praefectus  domum  legato  deligit. 
5.  Domus  provinciae  domibus  nostrls  simillimae  sunt.  6.  Urbs 
domuum  (domdrum)  maximarum  plena  erat.  7.  Domus  nostrae 
legatorum  domos  (domus}  servant.  8.  Legati  domibus  suls  nml- 
titudine  hostium  expellebantur.  9.  Consul  domi*  erat,  exsul 
domo l  Komam 2  veniebat.  10.  Exsul  domum 2  Roma  mittebatur. 


A  STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  75 

11.  Captivus  Genavae,3  obses  Avarici,3  senator  Vesontiom3  (Ve- 
sontione)    erat.      12.  Cornu    dextrum    magno  in   periculo   erit. 

13.  Caesar   auxilium   a   sinstro  cornu  ad  cornu  dextrum  mittet. 

14.  Pars   cornu  (-us)   dextri   in  fuga  erat.     15.  Auxilium  cornu 
dextro  dabatur.     16.  Cornua  exercitus  flumine  et  colle  servabun- 
tur.    17.  Duces  cornuum  viii  clarissimi  erant.    18.  Legiones  fortes 
cornibus  auxilium  ferebant.     19.  Hostes  cornibus  virtute  legionum 
expellentur. 

DIRECTION.  —  Read  A.  &  G. :  a  68  ;  69. 

H.:  al!6  and  1;  118. 

Learn  A.  &  G. :  1258,  a.  2258,  b.  3258,  c,  2,  both  sen- 
tences ;  36,  c ;  40,  a ;  62  ;  70,  g ; 
Rule  57. 

H.:i4l2,II.l.   2380,  II.  2,  1).   3426,2;  48,4; 
51,  8  ;  66,4  ;  119,  1 ;  Rule  XXX. 


domus,  house  ; 

stem  doinu- 

F. 

F. 

Sing.  Nom. 

do'mus 

Plur.  do'mus 

Gen. 

do'mus  (I) 

do'mu  um  (o'runi) 

Dat. 

do'mui  (o) 

do'mi  bus 

Ace. 

do'mum 

do'mos  (us) 

Voc. 

do'mus 

do'mus 

Abl. 

do'mo  (u) 

do'mi  bus 

cornu,  wing  (of  an  army)  ;  stem  cornu- 

N.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.  cor'nu  Plur.   cor'nua 

Gen.  cor'nu  (us)  cor'nu  um 

Dat.  cor'nu  cor'ni  bus 

Ace.  cor'nu  cor'nu  a 

Voc.  cor'nu  cor'nua 

Abl.  cor'nu  cor'ni  bus 

Hereafter  decline  all  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  whenever  introduced. 


108. 

1.  The  commander's  house  was  smaller  than  my  house.  2.  A 
part  of  my  house  was  protected  by  large  trees.  3.  The  Mediter- 
ranean Sea  is  adjacent  to  my  house.  4.  Many  large  trees  protect 


76  A    STRAIGHT  BOAD  TO   CAESAR. 

my  house.     5.  The  houses  of  the  city  were  riot  like  the  houses  of 
the  province.     6.  There  is  a  multitude  of  houses  in  a  large  city. 

7.  The  common  people  will  regard  our  houses  [as]  very  large. 

8.  In   our   houses  are  many  faithful  friends.     9.  The   wounded 
soldier  will  be  sent  home  from  Vesontio.     10.  The  scout  was  sum- 
moned from  home  and  sent  to  Avaricum.     11.  The  sailor  was  at 
Geneva,  the  engineer  at  Vesontio.     12.   The  messenger  was  at 
home,  the  scout  at  Avaricum.     13.  The  left  wing  of  the  army  is 
near  the  sea.     14.  The  commander  was  leading  his  cohort  from 
the  right  to  the  left  wing.     15.  The  leader  of  the  left  wing  was 
wounded.     16.  Assistance  was  very  acceptable  to  the  left  wing. 
17.  The  wings  eagerly  joined  battle  with  the  enemy.     18.  The 
safety  of  the  wings  will  encourage  the  army.     19.  The  auxiliaries 
are  near  the  wings.     20.  The  army  was  protected  by  its  wings. 


NOUNS    OF    THE    FIFTH    DECLENSION.     FEMININE 
GENDER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  case-signs  of  this  declension  are  sing.,  nom.  -es ; 
gen.  -Si  ;  dat.  -ei ;  ace.  -em  ;  voc.  -es  ;  abl.  -e  ;  plural,  nom.  -es  ;  gen.  -erum  ; 
dat.  -ebus;  ace.  -es ;  voc.  -es ;  abl.  -ebus.  In  the  gen.  and  dat.  sing,  of 
res,  i  before  e  is  short  by  exception. 

2.  Dies  is  sometimes  feminine  in  the  singular.  Diem  ex  die  ducit 
(see  4)  means  delays  from  day  to  day  ;  res  novae,  new  things,  i.e.  a  revo- 
lution. 

109. 

1.  Dies*  libertatis  celerriine  veniet.  2.  Vulgus  diel  (die)  ma- 
xime  cupidum  est.  3.  Nobilitas  laeta  diel  (die)  honorem  magnum 
dabit.  4.  Consul  indlgnus  libertati  est  inimicus  et  diem  ex  die 
ducit.  5.  Laeti  libertatis  dies  vulgus  confirmabunt.  6.  Omnes 
dierum  laetissimorum  sunt  cupidi.  7.  Civitas  multis  libertatis 
diebus  cupide  studebit.  8.  Bom  dies  libertatis  laetos  dies  appel- 
labunt.  9.  Bom  diebus  multis  sunt  digm.  10.  J^espublica  magno 
in  periculo  est.  11.  Magnum  est  mpublicae  perlculum.  12.  Gives 
acres  mpublicae  auxilium  dabunt.  13.  Copiae  nostrae  rempubli- 
cam  fortiter  servabunt.  14.  Hostes  libertatis  republics,  expelle- 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  77 


bantur.  15.  Res  novae  copias  Romam  vocabunt.  16.  Viri  multi 
rerum  novarum  sunt  cupidi.  17.  Nobilitas  rebus  no  vis  studebat. 
18.  Prmcipes  civitatis  res  novas  parabant.  19.  Homines  multi  et 
indigni  no  vis  in  rebus  pereunt. 

DIRECTION.  —  Read  A.  &  G. :  a  72  ;  73  ;  74,  c  and  d. 

H.:  a  120  and  1  ;  122,  1;  123. 

res,  thing  ;  stem  re-  dies,  day  ;  stem  die- 

F.  M.  and  F. 

Sing.  Nom.  res  (pu'bli  ca)     Plur.  res  (pu'bli  cae)  Sing,  di'es 

Gen.  re'i  (pu'bli  cae)  re'nim  (pu  bli  ca'rum)  die'I(di'e) 

Dat.   re'i  (pu'bli  cae)  re'bus  (pu'bli  cis)  die'i(di'e) 

Ace.   rem  (pu'bli  cam)          res  (pu'bli  cas)  di'em 

Voc.   res  (pu'bli  ca)  res  (pu'bli  cae)  di'es 

Abl.   re  (pu'bli  ca)  re  bus  (pu'bli  cis)  di'e 

The  plural  of  di'es  has  nom.  di'es,  gen.  di  e'rum,  etc. 

Decline  all  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  whenever  introduced. 


110. 

1.  The  day  is  suitable  for  a  journey  (march).  2.  Caesar  will 
make  a  day's  journey.  3.  The  journey  is  suitable  for  the  day. 
4.  The  enemy  [do]  not  make  an  attack,  they  delay  from  day  to 
day.  5.  The  days  of  peace  were  many  and  joyful.  6.  The  com- 
mon people  are  desirous  of  joyful  days.  7.  The  orator  gives 
praise  to  the  joyful  days.  8.  The  good  will  call  the  days  of 
peace,  very  joyful  days.  9.  The  good  are  worthy  of  many  (and) 
joyful  days.  10.  The  commonwealth  will  demand  faithful  citi- 
zens. 11.  The  power  of  the  commonwealth  is  very  great. 
12.  The  populace  gives  the  commonwealth  great  praise.  13.  All 
praise  the  commonwealth.  14.  The  populace  is  assisted  by  the 
commonwealth.  15.  A  revolution  will  bring  danger  to  the  nobil- 
ity. 16.  The  friends  of  the  revolution  were  summoned  to  Eome. 
17.  The  leaders  of  our  armies  will  favor  a  revolution.  18.  The 
nobility  will  not  demand  a  revolution.  19.  New  power  will  be 
given  to  the  common  people  by  the  revolution. 


78  A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


DEMONSTRATIVE   PRONOUNS.     IS,  EA,  ID,  SINGULAR 
NUMBER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Is,  ea,  id  is  a  demonstrative,  meaning  that,  this;  e.g. 
Caesarjribunos  in  earn  civitatem  mlttit,  Caesar  sends  tribunes  into  this  state. 

2.  Eius  consulis  in  2  means  of  this  consul;  el  testi,  in  3,  to  this  witness; 
and  so  on. 

3.  Observe  that  the  demonstrative  usually  precedes  its  noun. 

4.  The  paradigm  of  is  is  given  under  Exercise  113. 

111. 

1.  Is  tribunus  et  ea  legio  et  id  praesidium  laudabantur. 
2.  Auctoritas  eius  consulis,  eius  legationis,  eius  concili  erat  plebi 
acceptior  quam  Caesari.  3.  El  testi,  el  feminae,  el  concilio  auc- 
toritas  dabatur.  4.  Exercitus  eum  agrum,  earn  provinciam  id 
flumen  transibat.  5.  Ed  die,  in  ea  urbe,  in  eo  concilio  bellum 
parabatur.  6.  Legion  es  novae  in  earn  part  em  Galliae  mlttebantur ; 
ea  res  hostibus  nota  erat.  7.  Ad  eum  prmcipem  Caesar  lega- 
tionem  mlttit ;  eius  legationis  Galba  est  dux.  8.  Eius  rei 1  popu- 
lus  Komanus  erat  testis.  9.  Id  concilium  plus  auctoritatis  habe- 
bit  in  Gallia  quam2  in  ea  urbe.  10.  Testis  el  legato  et  el 
legation!  persuadet.  11.  Consul  est  eo  teste 2  melior.  12.  Exer- 
citus noster  propior  earn  urbem  erat  quam  Romam.  13.  Id 
oppidum  propius  monti  est  quam  Romae.  14.  Senatus  eo  honore 
dlgnior  erat  quam  consul.  15.  Auctoritas  senatus  plebi  acceptior 
erat  quam  consulis. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &G. :  x  213,  land  2;  217;  Rule  17.   2  247  and  a; 

Rule  44. 
H.:  !  396,  II.  and  III.  2  417  and  1;  Rule  XXIII. 

112. 

1.  The  consul  will  give  this  embassy  new  authority.  2.  The 
authority  of  this  leader  was  more  acceptable  to  our  soldiers  than 
(that  of)  Caesar.  3.  That  commander  will  have  authority  by 
a  decree  of  the  council ;  of  this  fact  the  Roman  people  will  be  a 
witness.  4.  Caesar's  army  crosses  that  swift  river ;  this  fact  is 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


79 


known  to  the  enemy.  5.  This  river  is  often  crossed  by  our  army. 
6.  To  that  ambassador  the  senate  will  give  more  authority  than 
to  the  consul.  7.  Caesar  is  a  better  commander  than  this  consul. 
8.  This  embassy  is  nearer  to  the  city  than  to  our  camp.  9.  Our 
authority  was  greater  in  Eome  than  in  this  city. 


IS,  EA,  ID,  PLURAL   NUMBER. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Is,  ea,  id  means  in  the  plural  those,  these. 

2.  Translate  reliquus,  in  8  and  9,  the  rest  of;  so,  for  such  expressions  as 
the  rest  of  the  soldiers,  say,  in  Latin,  not  reliqui  mill  turn,  but  reliqui 
milites. 

113. 

1.  I  (el)  milites,  eae  munltiones,  ea  oppida  in  nostra  potestate 
sunt.  2.  Auctoritas  eorum  consulum,  earum  civitatum,  eorum 
conciliorum  erat  maior  quam  populi  Komam.  3.  Domus  els  (is) 
servis,  els  (is)  flliabus,  els  (is)  praesidiis  dabatur.  4.  Hostes  eos 
praefectos,  eas  copias,  ea  praesidia  terrent.  5.  In  els  (is)  agris  et  in 
els  (is)  urbibus  et  in  els  (is)  oppidis  multi  hostes  erant.  6.  I  (el) 
milites  veniebant  et  eius  rei  causa  erat  peiiculum.  7.  Is  consul 
in  castiis  homines  fidells  (-es)habet;  ex  els  (Is)  hominibus  lega- 
tum  deliget.  8.  Eorum  militum  fuga  reliquus x  exercitus  terretur. 
9.  Ob  earn  rem  Caesar  ad  omnia  ea  oppida  reliqua  legationes 
mittebat.  10.  Caesar  maior  est  eo  duce.  Caesar  maior  est  quam 
is  dux. 


DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A. 


G. :  !193;  RuleS. 

H. :  !440,  2,  Notes  1  and  2. 


Sing.  Nom.  is 
Gen.    e'ius 
Dat.    e'l 
Ace.    e'um 

yoc      

Abl.    e'6 


e'a 

e'ius 

e'l 

e'am 

e'a 


N.  M. 

id  Plur.  I(ei) 

e'ius  e  6'rum 

e'l  e'ls  (Is) 

id  e'os 


e'6 


F. 

e'ae 
ea'rum 
e'ls  (is) 
e'as 


N. 

e'a 
eo'mm 

e'ls  (is) 
e'a 


e'ls  (is)        e'ls  (is)        e'ls  (is) 


80  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

114. 

1.  The  enemy  desire  those  fields,  those  provinces,  those  towns. 
2.  Caesar  has  many  legions ;  of  these  he  will  send  the  largest  to 
Rome.  3.  These  soldiers  come  from  that  town  to  our  province 
and  terrify  the  citizens.  4.  The  rest  of  the  soldiers  are  worthy 
of  these  leaders  and  these  decrees.  5.  The  towns  of  the  allies 
are  large  j  to  these  the  consul  will  send  the  rest  of  the  legions. 
6.  In  these  towns  there  were  witnesses  of  these  things ;  on  this 
account  Caesar  sends  ambassadors.  7.  Practice  giving  in  Latin  : 
This  man,  these  sailors,  in  those  states,  to  (or  for)  this  slave,  of 
this  commander,  of  those  towns,  to  (or  for)  these  witnesses,  into 
that  city,  on  account  of  these  things,  this  fact,  of  that  legion,  to 
(or  for)  this  embassy,  with  these  auxiliary  [forces],  this  decree, 
of  these  witnesses,  in  company  with  this  witness. 


HIC,    HAEC,    HOC. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  demonstrative  hie,  haec,  hoc  means  this,  and 
refers  to  a  person  or  thing  near  at  hand. 

2.  In  the  plural  number,  hie  has  the  case-endings  of  bonus  with  haec 
(not  ha)  in  the  nom.  and  ace.  neut. 

115. 

1.  Hie  exercitus,  haec  phalanx,  hoc  praesidium  in  servitutem 
imttebatur.  2.  Duces  huius  exercitus,  huius  phalangis,  huius 
praesidl  Romam  iter  facient.  3.  Huic  exercitui  (-u),  huic  phalangl^ 
huic  praesidio  Caesar  persuadebat.  4.  Praefectus  hunc  exerci- 
tum,  hanc  navem  (-im),  hoc  praesidium  armabit.  5.  Hoc  honore, 
hac  spe,  hoc  decreto  consul  milites  acris  (-es)  confirmabit.  6.  Nos- 
trl  hoc  flumen  inviti  transibant.  7.  Hie  locus  ab  hoste  passus l 
sexcentos2  abest.  8.  Infimus  collis  ab  hac  urbe  passus  multos 
aberat.  9.  Hoc  flumen  multis  locis  3  transitur.  10.  Hae  silvae 
et  haec  flumina  in  nostra  provincia  sunt.  11.  Haec  loca  a  suinmo 
monte  milia4  passuum5  VI.6  (sex)  absunt.  12.  Nostri  ab  hoc 
loco  milia  passuum  octo  aberant.  13.  Multitude  hostium  acrium 
omnia  haec  loca  transeunt.  14.  Haec  urbs  Romae  simillima  est. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  81 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  *  257  ;  Rule  36.    2  94,  d.    3  258,  /,  1  and  2. 

4  94,  e  and  Note.    5  216,  a,  2.    G  94,  c. 
H.:  J379  ;  Rule  IX.     2177.    3425,  II.  and  2. 
4 178.    5  397  and  2.    6176. 


M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

Sing.  Nom. 

Me 

haec 

hoc 

Plur.  hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

hu'ius 

hu'ius 

hu'ius 

ho'rum 

ha'rum 

ho'rum 

Bat. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

his 

his 

his 

Ace. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

hos 

has 

haec 

VOP 

V  UO. 

Abl. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

his 

Ms 

Ms 

116. 

1.  The  leader  was  giving  helmets  to  this  legion,  to  these  aux- 
iliary [forces],  to  this  commander.  2.  These  citizens,  these 
councils,  these  states  have  the  greatest  honors.  3.  To  this  state, 
to  this  citizen,  to  this  council  the  consul  will  give  very  great 
honors.  4.  This  place  is  in  the  hands  of  Romans.  5.  Our  sol- 
diers very  often  cross  these  swift  rivers.  6.  These  places  are 
six  miles  distant  from  Rome.  7.  There  are  many  very  swift 
rivers  in  this  province.  8.  The  attack  of  these  auxiliary  [forces], 
of  this  cohort,  of  this  leader,  is  more  acceptable  to  our  brave  sol- 
diers than  to  the  enemy.  9.  This  legion  is  six  hundred  paces 
from  the  city.  10.  These  rivers  are  in  many  places  known  to  the 
enemy.  11.  For  this  reason  the  slave  is  more  useful  than  this 
soldier.  12.  This  hope,  to  these  places,  of  this  cohort,  of  these 
states,  in  these  places,  to  (or  for)  these  leaders,  in  these  cities, 
to  (or  for)  this  army,  by  means  of  this  authority,  to  (or  for)  this 
witness,  into  this  swift  river,  by  this  decree,  in  this  place,  this 
sea,  of  these  decrees,  into  these  provinces. 


ILLE,  ILL  A,  ILLUD. 

SUGGESTIONS.  — 1.  Ille,  ilia,  illud  is  a  demonstrative,  meaning  that, 
yonder.  It  differs  in  declension  from  bonus  only  in  the  forms  given  in 
sentences  1-5. 


82 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


2.  Hie,  this,  refers  to  something  near  at  hand ;  ille,  that,  to  something 
more  remote  ;  e.g.  Hie  locus  est  in  provincia  nostril,  ille  in  vestra,  This  place 
is  in  our  province,  that  in  yours. 


117. 

1.  Ille  honor,  ilia  gloria,  illud  imperium  est  Caesaris.1  2.  Salus 
illlus  custodis,  illlus  feminae,  illlus  praesidi  est  in  manibus  meis. 
3.  Illl  militi,  illl  cohort!,  illl  praesidio  honor  dabatur.  4.  Hoc 
lltus  regem  delectat,  illud  noil.  5.  Omnes  homines  illud  foedus 
pro  facinore  habebunt.  6.  Ob  earn  rem  duces  illlus  exercitus 
quain  hums  fideliores  erant.  7.  Impetus  hums  phalangis  regi 
utilior  erat  quam  illlus.  8.  Hlc  locus  a  summo  monte  milia  pas- 
suum  VII.  (septem)  aberat,  ille  X.  (decem).  9.  Consules  poten- 
tes  huic  iuveni  equum,  galeam  ill!  dant.  10.  Latro  ilia  spe 
testis  (-es)  reliquos  confirm abit.  11.  Hoc  foedus  utilius  erit  quam 
illud.  12.  HI  duces  illis  peiores  sunt.  13.  Consul  illl  legion! 
meliorem  ducem  quam  huic  dabit. 


DIRECTION.  — Learn  A. 


M.  F. 

Sing.  Norn,  ille  il'la 

Gen.  illi'ua  illi'us 

Dat.  n'H  il'li 

Ace.  il'lum  il'lam 

Voc.  

Abl.  il'16 


G. :  i  214,  c. 

H. :  1 401 ;  Rule  XVIII. 


N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

il'lud     Plur. 

illl 

illae 

ilia 

il  II'UB 

illo'rum 

illa'rum 

illo'rum 

nn 

illis 

illis 

illis 

illud 

illoa 

illas 

ilia 

ilia         il'16 


illis 


illis 


il'lls 


118. 

1.  With  that  treaty  the  commander  will  encourage  the  faithful 
soldiers.  2.  On  this  account  the  senators  were  more  friendly  to 
this  commander  than  to  that.  3.  This  treaty  was  more  useful  to 
our  soldiers  than  that.  4.  This  army  will  have  more  commanders 
than  that.  5.  The  guards  of  yonder  city  were  braver  than  [the 
guards]  of  this.  6.  There  are  more  swift  ships  on  that  shore  than 
on  this.  7.  This  shore  is  nearer  to  Italy  than  to  Germany. 
8.  Our  soldiers  will  be  faithful  to  this  very  worthy  leader.  9.  On 
this  account,  the  consul  considers  these  soldiers  braver  than  those. 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  83 

10.  Of  this  place,  of  those  places,  to  (or  for)  that  witness,  by 
means  of  this  authority,  on  these  shores,  those  treaties,  to  (or 
for)  the  rest  of  the  soldiers,  of  these  embassies,  of  this  very  use- 
ful council,  to  that  city,  to  those  places,  by  means  of  that  treaty, 
on  this  account. 


IS,  HIC,  AND   ILLE  AS  SUBSTANTIVE  PRONOUNS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Is,  hie,  and  ille  are  used  not  only  as  adjective  pro- 
nouns ihodifying  nouns,  but  also  alone  as  substantive  pronouns  ;  e.g.  Huic 
persuadet  Caesar,  Caesar  persuades  Mm  (this  one). 

2.  Translate  terra  marique,  in  7,  by  land  and  sea. 

119. 

1.  El  legation!  Ariovistus  respondet;  iterum  ad  eum  Caesar 
legatos  mittit.  2.  Est  flunien  idque 1  multis  locis  vado 2  transiba- 
tur.  3.  Mult!  flumen  vado  transibant;  in  his  Ariovistus  erat. 
4.  Caesar  milites  acris  (-es)  in  urbe  habet;  ex  els  (is)  Galbam  ad 
hostis  (-es)  mittet.  5.  Eorum  feminae  liberique  in  servitutem 
ducebantur ;  eius  re!  populus  Eomanus  erat  testis.  6.  Ab  castris 
oppidum  hostium  abest  milia  passuum  no  vein;  id  summa  vi3 
nostri  oppugnant.  7.  I  (el)  urbls  (-es)  nostras  terra  marique 
acriter  oppugnant.  8.  Hunc  Caesar  prohibet  ab  els  (is)  locis. 
9.  Huic  Ariovistus  iterum  iterumque  respondebat.  10.  Multi 
illud  flumen  transibant ;  illos  Caesar  Komam  mittebat.  11.  Ger- 
man! erant  fmitim!;  apud  eos  erat  rex  Ariovistus.  12.  Apud 
Helvetios  nobilissimus  erat  Orgetorix ;  is  coniurationem  nobilita- 
tis  faciebat.  13.  Consul  ob  earn  rem  calones  et  custodes  vocabat ; 
hos  laudabat,  monebat  illos.  14.  Eius  bell!  femina  est  causa ;  ea 
tribimos  militum  in  eas  civitates  m!ttit. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 156,  a.     2  258,  g.     3  248 ;  Rule  46. 

H. :  1 554, 1. ,  2  and  3.  2  Rule  XXV.  3  419,  III. ; 
Rule  XXIV.,  III. 

120. 

1.  Caesar  storms  all  those  towns  by  land  and  sea,  and  keeps 
the  force  of  the  enemy  from  his  own  camp.  2.  The  Germans 


84  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

were  adjacent;  of  them  the  noblest  were  sent  to  Caesar. 
3.  These  states  again  were  sending  their  chiefs  as  ambassadors 
to  Rome ;  this  was  known  to  our  soldiers.  4.  The  king's  daugh- 
ter is  in  Geneva ;  she  will  send  a  slave  to  Eome.  5.  There  is  a 
bridge  upon  that  river;  to  it  the  Germans  send  a  large  army. 
6.  This  chief  again  and  again  responds  to  that  commander  and 
his  soldiers.  7.  Ariovistus  keeps  the  force  of  the  enemy  from 
his  camp  all  these  days.  8.  Among  them  are  deserters  and 
guards  ;  these  he  will  praise,  those  he  will  warn.  9.  Caesar  will 
choose  for  his  camp  a  more  suitable  place  than  the  top  of  a  moun- 
tain. 10.  Caesar  sends  to  the  city  more  captives  than  Sulla. 


IPSE,    ISTE,    IDEM. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Iste,  that,  that  of  yours,  is  declined  like  ille.  Ipse,  self, 
is  similarly  declined,  but  lias  the  form  ipsum,  nom.  and  ace.  sing.  neut. 
Idem,  the  same,  is  the  demonstrative  is  plus  the  affix  -dem  ;  it  lias  idem 
for  isdem,  idem  for  iddem,  and  changes  m  to  n  before  d,  as  in  euiidem  for 
eumdem. 

121. 

1.  Ipse  l  in  Italiam  magms  itineribus  contendit.  2.  Salus  tuae 
cohortis  ipsius2  in  manibus  tuis  erat.  3.  Mult!  plus  potestatis 
habebant  quam  magistratus  ipsi.  4.  Iterum  oppidum  ipsum 
nostri  oppugnabant  terra  maiique.  5.  Ipse  erat  Dumnorix, 
summa  audacia,3  magna  apud  plebem  gratia,  cupidus  rerum  nova- 
rum.  6.  Merces  istws*  facinoris  mors  erit.  7.  Femina  istl  calom 
misero  non  respondebit.  8.  Ista  merces  exsules  non  confirmat. 
9.  Magistratus  ipsi,  summa  audacia,  magna  gratia,  ad  urbem  con- 
tendunt.  10.  Iste  locus  testibus  miseris  datur,  merces  magm 
facinoris.  11.  Exercitus  nostri  urbem  ipsam  accerrime  oppugna- 
bunt.  Idem  facient  socii.  12.  Caesar  Romam  contendebat. 
Idem5  senatores  vocat.  13.  Caesar  et  Ariovistus  ad  eundem 
locum  contendent.  14.  Magistratus  omnes  earundem  mercedum 
cupidl  erant. 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


85 


DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  1 195,  g.   2 195,  /.  3  251 ;  Rule  61.    4 102,  c, 

last  sentence.    5 195,  e. 

H.:  !452.  2  438  and  1.   3419,  II. ;  Rule  XXIV., 
II.    4450,  1,  Note.     5451,  3. 


M.  F.  N.  M. 

Sing.  Nom.  i'pse       i'psa       i'psum  Plur.  i'psi 
Gen.   ipsi'us  ipsi'us  ipsi'us 
Dat.    i'psi        i'psi        i'psi 
Ace.    i'psum  i'psam   i'psum 
Voc.   i'pse       i'psa       i'psum  i'psi 


F.  N. 

i'psae  i'psa 

ipso'rum    ipsa'rum  ipso'rum 

i'psis  i'psis  i'psis 

i'psos  i'psas  i'psa 

i'psae  i'psa 


Abl.    i'pso      i'psa       i'pso 


i'psis 


i'psis          i'psis 


Sing.  Nom.  i'dem 
Gen. 
Dat. 

Ace.  e  un'dem 

Voc.  

Abl.  e  6'dem 


F.  N. 

e'a  deni  i'dem 

(M.  F.  N.)  eius'dem 
(M.  F.  N.)  e  i'dem 

e  an'dem  i'dem 


ea'dem 


e  6'dem 


M.  F.  N. 

Plur.  Nom.  i'dem  (ei-)          eae'dem  e'adem 

Gen.  e  6  run'dem        e  a  run'dem  e  6  run'dem 

Dat.  (M.  F.  x.)  eis'dem  or  Ts'dem 

Ace.  eos'dem  eas'dem  e'adem 

Voc.  

Abl.  (M.  F.  N.)  eis'dem  or  is'dem 

Like  il'le,  decline  M.  is'te,  F.  is'ta,  N.  is'tud. 


122. 

1.  The  honor  of  the  witness  himself  was  in  our  hands.  2.  The 
victor  [does]  not  respond  to  that  slave  of  yours.  3.  The  citizen 
was  braver  than  the  magistrate  Jiimself ;  for  this  reason  he  was 
[a  man]  of  great  influence  among  the  populace.  4.  These  citi- 
zens [do]  not  praise  that  witness  of  yours ;  this  is  known  to  the 
magistrate  himself.  5.  The  same  leader,  [a  man]  of  great  bold- 
ness and  of  the  highest  popularity  among  them,  was  hastening  to 
Italy  itself.  6.  The  decree  itself  will  have  great  authority  among 
those  citizens  of  yours.  7.  The  orator  by  the  same  oration  was 


A   STRAIGHT   KOAD   TO   CAESAR. 


persuading  the  senate  itself.  8.  The  rest  of  the  soldiers  actively 
storm  the  town  and  keep  the  force  of  the  enemy  from  the  city 
itself.  9.  Caesar  hastens  into  Gaul ;  he  (the  same)  summons  the 
council.  10.  All  the  magistrates  were  desirous  of  the  same 
good  things. 


ALIUS,  NULLUS,  UNUS,  ALTER. 

SUGGESTION. — Alius,  nullus,  unus,  and  alter  have  the  gen.  sing,  in  -Tus 
(alter,  in  -ius)  and  the  dat.  sing,  in  -I,  like  ille.  Alius  is  also  like  ille  in  the 
nom.  and  ace.  neut.  sing. ;  e.g.  in  5. 

123. 

1.  Exercitus  duo1  in  nostiis  finibus  erant ;  milites  unms2  auda- 
ces  erant,  alterius3  non.  2.  Nullmslau.s  populo  Komano  acceptior 
erit  quam  consulis.  3.  Galliae  factiones  erant  duae ;  harum 
alterius  prmcipatum  habebant  HaeduT,  alterius  ArvernT.  4.  Alte- 
rius factionis  prmcipes  sunt  HaeduT,  alterius  Sequani.  5.  Aliud 
iter  Helvetii  habent  nullum.  6.  Erant  itinera  dua:  unum  per 
Sequanos,  alterum  per  provinciam  nostram.  7.  Consul  uni  equum 
dabit,  alii  domum,  alii  servum ;  idem  summa  apud  plebem  gratia 4 
est.  8.  Audacia  unms  magistrates  laudabatur,  auctoritas  alterius. 
9.  Alii  vim  hostium  ab  his  locis,  aliT  ab  illis  prohibent.  10.  Plus 
honoris  ill!  magistratuT  dabatur  quam  consulT  ipsT.  11.  Tribunus 
melior  erat  quam  praefectus.  12.  FTlia  eius  senatoris  erat  femi- 
narum  optima.  13.  CTvitas  istos  perfugas  homines  pessimos 
habebat. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 94,  b.  2  83  (commit  list).  3  203.  *  Rule  61. 
H. :  !175.    2 151  and  1  (commit  list).    3459. 
4  Rule  XXIV.  II. 

M.  •      F.  N. 

u'num 


Sing.  Nom. 

u'nus 

u/na 

Gen. 

(M.  P. 

N.)  u  ni'us 

Dat. 

(M.  F. 

N.)  u'ni 

Ace. 

u'num 

u'nam 

Vnr> 

V  OL. 

Abl. 

u'no 

u'na 

u'num 

u'no 
Complete  the  declension  like  that  of  bo'nus,  Lesson  23. 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


87 


M. 

F. 

N. 

Plur.  Nom. 

du'o 

du'ae 

du'o 

Gen. 

duo  'rum 

du  a'rum 

duo  'rum 

Dat. 

duo'bus 

du  a'bus 

du  6  'bus 

Ace. 

du'os  (duo) 

du'as 

du'o 

Voc. 

Abl. 

du  6'bus 

du  a'bus 

duo  'bus 

Du'o  has  no  singular. 
a'lius,  other. 

M.  F. 

Sing.  Nom.  a'li  us        a'li  a 
Gen.      (M.  F.  N.)  alT'us 
Dat.      (M.  F.  N.)  a'lii 
Ace.    a'lium       a'li  am 
Voc.   


al'ter,  the  other. 

N.  M.  F.  N. 

a'li  ud     Sing,  al'ter         al'te  ra        al'te  rum 
(M.  F.N.)  alte'rius 
(M.  F.  N.)  al'te  ri 
a'liud  al'te  rum  al'te  ram     al'te  rum 


Abl.    a'li  6 


a'li  a        a'li  6 


Complete  the  declension  like  that  of 
sau'cius,  Exercise  25. 


al'te  ro       al'te  ra        al'te  ro 

Complete  the  declension  like  that  of 
cu'pidus,  Exercise  27. 


124. 

1.  There  were  two  parties;  the  leader  of  one  was  known  to 
the  magistrates,  [the  leader]  of  the  other  [was]  not.  2.  To  no 
citizen  was  more  authority  given  than  to  Dumnorix.  3.  There 
were  two  exiles  in  the  camp ;  one  was  more  friendly  than  the 
other.  4.  The  popularity  of  no  friend  is  dearer  to  the  consul 
than  the  liberty  of  the  state  itself.  5.  To  one  of  these  daring 
men  the  leader  gives  a  horse,  to  another  a  helmet,  to  another  a 
slave.  6.  Some  will  quickly  storm  this  town,  others  that. 
7.  The  approach  of  this  one  daring  youth  terrifies  the  magis- 
trates. 8.  Again  this  consul,  a  man  of  great  boldness,  was  hasten- 
ing to  the  city.  9.  The  leaders  of  one  faction  were  soldiers,  of 
the  other,  citizens.  10.  The  same  man,  of  the  same  magistrates, 
to  this  one  place,  of  the  same  rewards,  of  the  state  itself,  to  (or 
for)  the  rest  of  the  citizens,  of  the  other  consul,  to  another  city, 
in  company  with  the  king  himself,  of  the  magistrate  alone. 


88  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


THE   REFLEXIVE   SUI. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Reflexives  refer  to  the  subject  of  the  sentence.  Sui,  of 
himself  (herself,  itself),  is  the  reflexive  of  the  third  person  ;  e.g.  Caesar  equi- 
tation omnem  ante  se  mittit,  Caesar  sends  all  the  cavalry  before  him  (self). 

2.  Distinguish  carefully  sui,  referring  to  the  subject  of  the  sentence,  and 
is,  hie,  ille,  referring  to  some  other  person  or  thing.     See  9  and  12.     Dis- 
tinguish sui  from  the  genitive  of  the  adjective  suus. 

3.  The  character  w  signifies  that  the  vowel  over  which  it  is  placed  —  e.g. 
sib!  in  2  —  is  common  in  quantity.     See  page  14,  3  (under  quantity). 

125. 

1.  Caesar  magno  sui1  (gen.  sing.)  cum  periculo  Eomam  con- 
tendet.  2.  Vir  bonus  multa  faciet  non  sibl  (dat.  sing.)  sed  aliis. 
3.  Caesar  se  non  laudat,  sed  alterum.  4.  Cicero  a  se  et  ab  aliis 
laudabatur.  5.  Nationes  magno.  sui  cum  periculo  bellum  gerunt. 
6.  Omnes  homines  sib!  utiles  sunt.  7.  HI  omnes  se  victores  ap- 
pellant. 8.  German!  et  a  se  et  a  populo  Romano  fortes  appellan- 
tur.  9.  Caesar  ipse  quam  maximis 2  itineribus  ad  eos  contendit 
equitatumque  omnem  ante  se  mittit.  10.  Orgetorix  Dumnorigi 
persuadet  eique  filiam  suam  in  matrimonium  dat.  11.  Helvetil 
in  Haeduorum  fines  veniunt  eorumque  agros  vastant.  12.  Haedui 
se  suaque  ab  eis  (is)  non  defendunt.  13.  Caesar  cum  Germanis 
audacter  bellum  gerit.  14.  Omnis  miles  comites  tres3  secum4 
habebit. 

DIRECTION. —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 196  ;  217  ;  Rule  7.    293,  b,  last  sentence. 

3  94,  c.    499,  e. 

H. :  >  396,    III.  ;    448  ;     449  ;    Rule    XXXV. 
2 170,  2,  (2).     3175.     4184,  6. 

su'I  (nora.  and  voc.  wanting). 

Gen.  (both  numbers),  su'I,  of  himself,  of  herself,  of  itself,  of  themselves. 

Dat.       "  "  si'bl,  to        "       to       "       to     "      to 

Ace.      "  "          se(se'se), 

Abl.      "  "          se(se'se),  by       «       by      "      by     "     by 

For  the  Reflexive  Possessive  Pronoun  su'us,  see  Lesson  31. 

tres,  three. 

Nom.  M.  F.  trgs,  N.  tri'a ;  Gen.  M.  r.  N.  tri'una ;  Dat.  and  Abl.  M.  F.  N.  tri'- 
bus  ;  Ace.  M.  F.  tres  (tris),  N.  tri'a. 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.    .  89 

126. 

1.  Caesar  makes  himself  commander  of  the  soldiers  and  carries 
on  war  with  the  Gauls.  2.  Good  men  do  not  praise  themselves. 
3.  The  master,  with  great  danger  to  himself,  boldly  defends  his 
slaves  and  their  children  ;  for  this  reason  he  has  great  popularity 
among  them.  4.  Sulla  will  hasten  by  the  longest  marches  pos- 
sible to  his  own  city  and  send  all  the  slaves  before  him. 
5.  Every  soldier  was  arming  himself.  6.  The  populace  gave 
themselves  and  their  property  to  the  consuls.  7.  The  guard 
himself,  a  man  of  great  boldness,  makes  himself  a  helmet. 
8.  Every  soldier  will  have  a  helmet  with  him.  9.  Our  men 
hasten  to  the  territory  of  the  Helvetii,  and  carry  on  war  with 
them.  10.  The  Haedui  boldly  defend  themselves  and  their  prop- 
erty from  the  Helvetii.  11.  The  people  will  give  the  consul  his 
property  and  defend  their  own. 


THE   RELATIVE,   QUI,  QUAE,    QUOD,  WHO,  WHICH 

SUGGESTION.  —  The  paradigm  of  Qui  is  given  under  Exercise  129. 

127. 

1.  Magistratus,  qul  1  erat  in  castris  nostiis,  est  vir  magnae  vir- 
tutis  ;  femina,  quae 2  erat  causa  hums  belli,  non  laudatur ;  oppi- 
dum,  quod  est  propius  lacum,  Genava  appellatur.  2.  Magistratus, 
cuius  auctoritas  est  magna ;  urbs,  cuius  elves  sunt  utiles ;  praesi- 
dium,  cuius  dux  est  fortis,  in  hoc  decreto  laudabatur.  3.  Magi- 
stratus cul,  factio  GUI,  praesidium  GUI  haec  auctoritas  nunc  datur, 
magno  in  periculo  est.  4.  Is  quern,  ea  quam,  id  quod  omnes 
elves  boni  nunc  laudant,  a  consuls  laudatur.  5.  Is  a  quo,  legio  a 
qua,  concilium  a  quo  civitas  nunc  servatur,  magno  in  honore  est. 
6.  In  eo  itinere  persuadet  Castico,  cuius  pater  a  senatu  populi 
Komani  amicus  appellatur.  7.  Ea  legione  quam  secum  habet, 
murum  in  altitudinem  pedum3  sedecim  perducit.  8.  Lacus  in 
quern  flumen  Influit,  in  finitima  provincia  est.  9.  Flumen  est 


90  ,     A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

Arar,  quod  per  fines  Haeduorum  in  R-hodanuin  mfluit.  10.  Cae- 
sar, a  lacu  qui  in  flumen  Rhodanum  mfluit  ad  montein  qui  fines 
Sequanorum  ab  Helvetiis  dividit,  murum  perducit.  11.  Ariovi- 
stus  legates  ad  eum  mittit ;  in  qua  legatione  est  proconsul. 
12.  Caesar  castra  movebit  ad  eum  locum  in  quo  loco 4  Germanl 
sunt.  13.  Potestas  cuT  consul  bonus  studet  in  manibus  populi 
Roman!  est.  14.  Locus  in  quo  Caesar  bellum  gerit  a  castiis  no- 
stris  mllia  passuum  V  (quinque)  abest. 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G.:   1197,  5  (coarse  print).    2198;    Rule  3, 

3  215,  6  ;  257,  a.    4200  and  a. 
H. :    1187.      2445,   Note  and   1.    3396,  V.; 
419,111.  2.  1).     4445,  8. 

128. 

1.  The  lake  which  flows  into  the  river  Rhone  is  called  Leman- 
nus.  2.  The  slave  to  whom  Brutus  was  giving  freedom  is  a  man 
of  great  boldness.  3.  The  treaty  which  the  ambassadors  are 
making  is  praised  by  many  citizens.  4.  The  wall  which  Caesar 
is  constructing  is  sixteen  feet  in  height ;  it  is  six  miles  distant 
from  the  lake.  5.  The  sea  whose  shores  are  in  Italy  is  called 
"the  great  sea."  6.  This  woman,  who  praises  herself,  is  not 
praised  by  others.  7.  The  legion  with  which  Caesar  is  construct- 
ing the  wall  is  equipped  with  large  helmets.  8.  That  place  in 
which  our  soldiers  were,  was  protected  by  a  wall  sixteen  feet  in 
height.  9.  The  wall  which  divides  their  province  from  ours  is 
six  feet  in  height. 


QUI,  QUAE,  QUOD,  PLURAL   NUMBER. 

129. 

1.  Praefecti  qm,  legion es  quae,  auxilia  quae  in  hoc  loco  bellum 
gerebant,  a  nobilibus  laudabantur.  2.  Gives  quorum  agii  a  Ger- 
mams  vastabuntur,  audacisshne  bellum  gerent ;  nationes  quarum 
oppida  oppugnabuntur  pacem  facient;  auxilia  quorum  equi  hoc 
flumen  translbunt,  in  metu  magno  erunt.  3.  Senatores  quibus, 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


91 


feminae  quibus,  concilia  quibus  hoc  decretum  demonstrabatur,  ad 
urbem  contenclebant.  4.  Agii  quos,  provinciae  quas,  flumina  quae 
nostri  transeunt,  Caesaris  sunt.  5.  Agii  in  quibus,  urbes  in  qui- 
bus, oppida  in  quibus  milites  castra  facient,  in  nostra  provincia 
sunt.  6.  Allobroges,  qui  trans  Ehodanum  possessiones  habent, 
ad  Caesarem  veniunt.  7.  Partem  unam  incolunt  Belgae,  aliam 
Aquitam,  tertiam  (el,  I)  qui  ipsorum  lingua  Celtae,  nostra  Galll 
appellantur.  8.  Hostes  prohibentur  possessionibus  quas  sociT 
habent.  9.  Flumina  quae  nostri  transibant  in  fmibus  Galliae 
sunt.  10.  Feminae  qulque  ad  bellum  inutiles  sunt,  in  uno  loco 
conlocantur.  11.  Haedui  Boios  suis  in  finibus  conlocant ;  quibus 
ill!  agros  dant.  12.  Hostes  ad  eum  locum  veniunt ;  quorum  pars 
castra  movet,  pars  in  nostros  impetuin  facit.  13.  Lingua  Koma- 
norum  utilis  est.  14.  Inter  fines  Helvetiorum  et  Allobrogum,  qui 
sunt  socii  nostri,  Khodanus  fluit,  isque  multis  locis  vado  transitur. 
15.  Flumen  est  Ehodanus  quod  inter  fines  Helvetiorum  et  Allo- 
brogum  fluit. 

quT,  who. 


M. 


Sing.  Nom.  qui        quae         quod      Plur.  qui 


quae 


N. 


quae 


Gen.  cu'ius   cu'ius       cu'ius 

Dat.  cui        cui  cui 

Ace.  quern    quam        quod 

Voc. 

Abl.  quo       qua  qu5 


quo 'rum     qua'rum     quo'rum 
qui'bus       qui'bus       qui'bus 
quos  quas  quae 


qui'bus       qui'bus       qui'bus 


130. 

1.  The  soldiers  whose  attack  was  delighting  Caesar  are  [those] 
of  the  third  legion.  2.  The  fields  which  our  commanders  desire 
are  in  the  enemy's  country  and  are  six  miles  from  our  camp. 
3.  They  who  inhabit  this  territory  are  called  Germans  in  our  lan- 
guage. 4.  This  is  the  boundary  of  the  places  which  our  citizens 
inhabit.  5.  Those  nations  which  -were  bravely  protecting  their 
possessions  in  Gaul  are  our  allies.  6.  A  third  part  of  the  cavalry 
is  placed  in  the  territory  which  is  [the  territory]  of  the  Aedui. 
7.  The  allies  with  whom  Caesar  is  coining  to  Eome  are  terrified 
by  the  attack  of  the  enemy.  8.  The  councils  whose  decrees  are 


92  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

in  our  hands  will  be  praised  by  our  citizens.  9.  The  people,  who 
in  their  own  language  are  called  Celts,  are  placed  in  the  province 
which  is  called  Gaul.  10.  The  river  which  flows  between  the 
territory  of  the  Helvetii  and  the  Allobroges  is  called  the  Rhone. 


THE  INTERROGATIVES,  QUIS  AND  QUI,  NE,  NONNE,  NUM. 

SUGGESTION.  —  Praeest  is  to  be  translated  is  at  the  head  of,  is  in  charge 
of;  praeficit  (f ut.  praeticiet) ,  places  at  the  head  of,  places  in  charge  of. 

131. 

1.  Quis1  apud  Helvetios  nobilissimus  erat  ?  Orgetorix  erat 
apud  Helvetios  nobilissimus.  2.  Cuius  pater  a  senatu  populi 
Roman!  amicus  appellabatur  ?  3.  Cut  in  eo  itinere  persuadebat 
Orgetorix  ?  Orgetorix  persuadebat  Castico.  4.  Quo  itinere 
Helvetii  domo  exeunt  ?  Eo  itinere  quod  per  Sequanos  ducit. 
5.  Quid  habet  Caesar  in  manibus  ?  6.  Cm  munition!2  Caesar 
Labienum  praeficit  ?  E!  munition!  quae  est  inter  lacum  et  mon- 
tem.  7.  Quis  e!s  munitionibus 2  quas  Caesar  nunc  habet  praeerat  ? 
8.  Quod  oppidum  in  potestate  regis  nostr!  est  ?  9.  Ducuntne3 
Helveti!  suas  copias  in  Sequanorum  fines?  10.  Nonne*  est  vir 
acceptissimus  qu!  hanc  urbem  servat  ?  Is  acceptissimus  est. 
11.  Num5  Caesar  eos  laudat  qu!  agros  popul!  Roman!  vastabant  ? 
Caesar  non  istos  laudat.  12.  Quid  ill!  simile  bello  est  ? 
13.  Num  Caesar  legatum  praeficiet  e!s  imlitibus  quos  secum 
habet  ?  14.  Nonne  Labienus  ill!  exercitu!  praeest  qu!  in  nostra 
provincia  est  ? 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  *  104,  a  ;  210,  e.     2  228  ;  Rule  23.    3  210, 

a;    Rule  11.      4210,  c,  first  sentence. 
5  210,  c,  second  sentence  ;  Rule  12. 
H. :  1 188,  II.  and  1 ;  351  and  1.    2  386.    3  351, 
1,  Note  1.    4351,  1,  Note  2.    5351,  1, 
Note  3. 

Quis,  who  ?  which  9  any  (used  substantively). 

M.  F.  N.  M.  F.  N. 

Sing.  Nom.  quis,  quae,  quid  ;  Ace.  quern,  quam,  quid. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  93 

Complete  the  paradigm  with  the  remaining  forms  like  those  of  qui,  Exer- 
cise 129. 

Qui,  which  ?  what  ?  any  (used  adjectively),  is  declined  like  the  relative 
qui. 

132. 

1.  Who  was  the  bravest  leader  in  our  army  ?  2.  What  reward 
will  Caesar  give  to  these  magistrates  ?  3.  Is  Eome  larger  than 
all  Italy  ?  4.  Was  not  the  commander  who  is  in  Gaul  in  charge 
of  that  town  ?  5.  Is  not  Caesar  the  greatest  of  our  generals  ? 
6.  What  is  better  than  virtue?  7.  What  fortification  will  be 
more  useful  than  that  which  Labienus  is  in  charge  of  ?  8.  What 
treaty  have  the  good  with  those  men  ?  9.  What  citizens  were 
most  acceptable  to  the  faithful  consul  ? 


THE  DEPARTURE  OF  THE  HELVETIANS. 

SUGGESTION.  —  This  exercise  and  the  following  may  well  be  read  in  con- 
nection with  the  study  of  a  map. 


PART    FIRST. 


The  Helvetii  are  superior  to  the  rest  of  the  Gauls  in  valor. 
For  this  reason  they  desire  a  larger  territory  than  that  which  they 
now  inhabit. 

There  are  two  roads  which  lead  from  the  territory  of  the  Hel- 
vetii ;  the  one  through  the  Sequani,  the  other  through  our  prov- 
ince. That  is  difficult;  this  is  easy.  The  Helvetii  choose  the 
way  through  our  province. 

Between  the  territory  of  the  Helvetii  and  the  Allobroges,  who 
inhabit  our  province,  flows  the  Bhone,  and  this  is  crossed  in  many 
places  by  fords.  At  Geneva,  a  city  of  the  Allobroges,  which  is 
near  the  territory  of  the  Helvetii,  there  is  a  bridge. 

All  these  facts  are  known  to  Caesar.  He  leads  an  army  from 
Home  and  hastens  to  Geneva  by  the  longest  marches  possible. 
He  destroys  the  bridge  which  is  near  Geneva.  His  coming  is 
known  to  the  Helvetii ;  and  they  send  ambassadors  to  him,  the 
noblest  of  the  state.  Caesar  responds  to  them.  He  does  not 


94  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

favor  them ;  and  he  does  not  grant  them  a  way  through  our  prov- 
ince. Caesar  himself,  with  the  (that)  legion  which  he  has  with 
him,  constructs  a  wall  sixteen  feet  in  height,  from  lake  Leman- 
nus,  which  flows  into  the  river  Rhone,  to  the  mountain  which 
separates  the  territory  of  the  Sequani  from  the  Helvetii. 


PROFECTIO   HELVETIORUM. 

PARS    SECUNDA. 

Est  alterum  per  Sequanos  iter.  Helvetii  legates  ad  Dumnori- 
gem  Haeduum  mittunt  et  ab  eo  auxilium  postulant.  Is  magna 
apud  Sequanos  gratia  est  et  Helvetiis  est  amicus.  Is  Sequanls 
persuadet.  1111  foedus  cum  Helvetiis  faciunt,  et  itinere  eos  non 
prohibent. 

Magnum  est  perlculum  provinciae  nostrae.  Ob  earn  causam 
Caesar  el  munition!,  quam  ille  habet,  Labienum  praeficit ;  ipse  in 
Italiam  magms  itineribus  contendit  duasque  legiones  conscribit,  et 
tres  e  castrls  educit,  et  in  Galliam  per  Alpes  cum  his  qumque 
legionibus  contendit. 

Helvetii  per  fines  Sequanorum  suas  copias  traducunt  et  in  Hae- 
duorum fines  perveniunt  eorumque  agros  vastant.  Haedui  se 
suaque  ab  eis  non  defendunt.  Paene  in  conspectu  exercitus  Ko- 
mani,  agr!  eorum  vastantur,  liberl  in  servitutem  abducuntur, 
oppida  expugnantur.  Haedui  AmbarrI,  finitimi  Haeduorum,  non 
facile  ab  oppidls  vim  hostium  prohibent.  Allobroges,  qul  trans 
Rhodanum  possessiones  habent,  fuga  se  ad  Caesarem  recipiunt. 

Flumen  est  Arar,  quod  per  fines  Haeduorum  et  Sequanorum 
in  Rhodanum  Influit,  incredibill  lenitate.  Id  Helvetii  transeuut. 
Tres  jam  partes  copiarum  Helvetiorum  trans  id  flumen  sunt. 
Quarta  pars  citra  flumen  Ararim  reliqua  est.  Caesar  cum  legio- 
nibus tribus  e  castrls  exit  et  ad  earn  partem  pervenit  quae  citra 
flumen  est.  Magnam  partem  eorum  concldit;  reliqui  fuga  sese 
in  proximas  silvas  recipiunt. 

Caesar  pontem  in  Arare  facit  atque  ita  exercitum  traducit. 
Helvetii  legates  ad  euin  mittunt. 


VERBS. 

SUM,  I  AM,  PRESENT  INDICATIVE.     THE  PERSONAL  PRO- 
NOUNS EGO  AND    TU.     SIMPLE  CONDITIONS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  personal  pronoun  as  subject  of  a  verb  is  not  ex- 
pressed in  Latin  unless  it  is  emphatic  :  sum  means  /  am  ;  es,  thou  art ;  sum 
homo,  lam  a  man;  ego  sum  consul,  I  am  consul. 

2.  There  is  no  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person,  he,  she,  it,  in  Latin ; 
but  the  demonstratives  is  and  ille  are  sometimes  used. 

3.  The  declension  of  ego  and  tu  is  contained  in  sentences  10-19.    Ego 
has  no  vocative  ;  the  vocative  of  tu  is  like  the  nominative  in  both  singular 
and  plural. 

4.  In  the  conditional  sentence,  SI  ades,  bene  est,  if  you  are  here,  it  is 
well,  si  ades  is  called  the  Protasis  or  Condition,  bene  est  the  Apodosis  or 
Conclusion. 

5.  In  the  accompanying  paradigm,  and  others  like  it,  the  English  auxili- 
aries in  parenthesis  are  to  be  used  in  translation  and  thoroughly  committed 
to  memory  in  connection  with  the  corresponding  Latin  forms.     The  first 
sentence,  si  adsuni,  nostris  magno  usui  sum,  is,  therefore,  to  be  trans- 
lated, if  /am  here,  I  am  of  great  service  to  our  forces.     For  the  construction 
of  nostris  and  usui,  see  A.  &  G.,  233,  a  ;  Rule  27.     H.,  390,  1 ;  Rule  XIII. 

• 

Si  (am}  adsum,  nostris  magn5  usul  (am}  sum. 

SI  (are)  ades,  nostris  magno  usul  (are)  es. 

SI  (is}  adest,  nostris  magno  usul  (is)  est. 

Si  (are)  adsumus,  nostris  magno  usul  (are)  sumus. 

SI  (are)  adestis,  nostris  magno  usul  (are)  estis. 

SI  (are)  adsunt,  nostris  magno  usul  (are)  sunt. 

6.  The  apodosis  of  the  second  sentence  in  all  Latin  Exercises  from  133 
to  149  is  to  be  inflected  in  connection  with  the  rest  of  the  sentence  ;  e.g. 
(2,  below)  Si  adest,  pardtus  sum  ;  si  adest,  pardtus  es,  etc. 


133. 

1.   (Ego)  sum,  (tu)  es,  (is)  est;  (nos)  sumus,  (vos)  estis,  (I,  eT) 
sunt.     2.  Si1  adest,2  paratus  sum.2    3.  Eeruin  novarum  cupidus  es. 

95 


96 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


4.  In  exercitu  Komano  miles  sum.  5.  Tu  animo  magno  fortique 
es.  6.  Ille  est  vir  magnae  virtutis.  7.  Aditu  Caesaris  miseri 
sumus.  8.  111!  sunt  milites  quos  auxili  causa  legatus  secum  habet. 
9.  Eius  exercitus  praefecti  estis.  10.  Ego  gravioris  aetatis  sum 
quam'  tu.  11.  Tu  mei3  oblitus  es,  ego  tm3  non.  12.  Nonne 
aditus  prmcipis  et  mihi  et  tibl  acceptus  est?  13.  Prmceps  me 
laudat,  te  non.  14.  Legatio  a  me  mittitur,  non  a  te.  15.  Nos 
huius  belli  causa  sumus,  vos  illius.  16.  Unus  nostrum*  in  vestris 
manibus  est,  unus  vostrum*  in  nostris.  17.  Legatus  et  nobis  et 
vobls  persuadet.  18.  Consul  nds  monet,  laudat  vos.  19.  Phalanx 
a  nobis  armatur,  a  vobls  in  bellum  mittitur.  20.  Nos  vostrl5  (ve- 
stri)  obliti  non  sumus. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  :  304,  Note,  a  and  c,  first  clause.    2305,  a, 

1  and  example.  3218,  a  and  Kule 
18.  4  99,  a  and  b  ;  194  and  b  ;  Rule  6. 
5  99,  c  ;  216,  5,  Objective  Genitive  ; 
217. 

H.;  1506.   2507, 1.    3399,  I.,  1,2  and  3.   4446, 
Note  3.    5396,  III. ;  399  and  Note. 


ego,  /. 

Sing.    Plur. 

Nom.  e'go    nos 

Gen.  me'I    no'strum  (stri) 

Dat.  mi'hi  no 'bis 

Ace.  me      nos 

Yoc  

Abl.  me      116 'bis 


tu,  you. 

Sing.  Plur. 

tu  vos 

tu'i  vo'strum  (stri),  ve' strum  (stri) 

tibi  vo'bls 

te  vos 

tu  vos 

te  vo'bls 


Sing.  1.  ad'sum 

2.  ad'es 

3.  ad'est 


atlsiiin,  am  here. 


Plur.  1.  ad'sumus 

2.  ades'tis 

3.  ad' sunt 


SUGGESTION.  —  The  protasis  of  the  second  sentence  in  all  English  Exer- 
cises from  134  to  152  is  to  be  inflected  in  place ;  e.g.  (2,  below)  If  I  am 
in  charge  of  the  army,  it  is  well ;  if  you  are  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  is 
well,  etc. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  97 

134. 

1.  I  am  not  forgetful  of  these  citizens,  who  desire  liberty. 
2.  If  I  am  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  is  well.  3.  We  are  of 
greater  age  than  you.  4.  You  (sing.)  are  in  Kome,  Italy's  great- 
est city.  5.  You  are  not  desirous  of  a  revolution.  6.  The 
approach  of  this  army  is  more  acceptable  to  me  than  to  you. 
7.  These  ambassadors  respond  to  us,  those  to  you.  8.  For  this 
reason  they  are  forgetful  both  of  us  and  of  you.  9.  The  magis- 
trate places  me  in  charge  of  this,  you  in  charge  of  that,  fortifica- 
tion. 10.  One  of  you  is  a  man  of  great  boldness,  the  other  [is] 
not.  11.  The  enemy  are  eight  miles  distant  from  us,  twelve  miles 
from  you.  12.  The  lieutenant  is  praised  by  me,  warned  by  you. 


SUM,  IMPERFECT   INDICATIVE.     SIMPLE   CONDITIONS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Eram  means  I  was;  eras,  thou  wast  (you  were),  etc. 

2.  Si  (was*)  aderam,  nostrls  magno  usul  (was)  eram. 
SI  (were)  aderas,  nostrls  magno  usul  (were)  eras. 
SI  (was)  aderat,  nostrls  magno  usul  (was)  erat. 
SI  (were)  aderamus,  nostrls  magno  usul  (were)  eramus. 
SI  (were)  aderatis,  nostrls  magno  usul  (were}  eratis. 
SI  (were)  aderant,  nostrls  magno  usul  (were)  erant. 

135. 

1.  (Ego)  eram,  (tu)  eras,  (ille)  erat;  (nos)  eramus,  (vos) 
eratis,  (illi)  erant.  2.  Si  aderat,1  paratus  eram.  3.  Vobis  illo 
die2  utilis  eram.  4.  Et  tu3  et  ille3  eo  die  dignus  laude  ornni 
eratis.3  5.  Avarici  eramus  frumenti  causa.  6.  Num.  eos  dies 4 
omnes  Komae  eratis  ?  7.  Silva  erat  non  inagna  inter  nostrum 5 
atque  hostium  exercitum.  8.  Multi  vostrum  Helvetiis  amicl 
erant.  9.  Nos  vostri  obliti  eramus,  vos  nostri  non.  10.  Num  sul 
obliti  sunt  ?  11.  Brutusne  Gallicls  navibus 6  praeerat  ? 


98  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 305,  a,  2  and  example.    2  256,  1  ;  Rule  55. 

3  205  and  a.    4  256,  2  ;  Rule  55.   5  99, 
a.    6  231,  a. 

H.:  iRuleXLIV.  I.  *429;  Rule  XXXI.  3463, 
L,  II.  and  1;  Rule  XXXVI.  *379; 
Rule  IX.  »447.  6  386. 


Sing.  1.  ad'eram 

2.  ad'eras 

3.  ad'erat 


Plur.  1.  adera'mus 

2.  adera'tis 

3.  ad'erant 


136. 


1.  You  (sing.)  were  in  Rome  on  that  day  ;  now  you  are  in 
Avaricum.  2.  If  I  was  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  was  well. 
3.  I  was  in  Rome  many  days;  now  I  am  at  home.  4.  There 
were  two  roads ;  one  through  the  Sequani,  the  other  through  our 
province.  5.  The  soldiers  of  this  legion  were  forgetful  of  Caesar. 

6.  We  were  not  forgetful  of  you  (plur.) ;  you  were  forgetful  of  us. 

7.  Caesar  was  in  charge  of  the  soldiers  on  that  day.     8.  All  those 
days  we  were  in  Avaricum,  which  is  a  town  of  Gaul.     9.  You 
were  a  soldier ;  you  are  now  a  commander.     10.  The  leaders  are 
men  of  great  courage.     11.  We  are  in  charge  of  this  fortification. 
12.  I  am  wretched  on  account  of  Caesar's  approach. 


SUM,  FUTURE  INDICATIVE.      FUTURE   CONDITIONS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  In  translating,  use  shall  in  the  first  person,  will  in  the 
second  and  third  persons  ;  e.g.  I  shall  be,  you  will  be,  he  will  be  ;  we  shall  be, 
you  will  be,  they  will  be. 

2.  The  following  paradigms  illustrate  the  Future  Condition,  More  Vivid, 
with  the  future  tense  in  both  protasis  and  apodosis :  — 

SI  (am")  adero,  nostris  magn5  usui  (shall  be}  ero. 

Si  (are)  aderis,  nostris  magno  usui  (will  be)  eris. 

SI  (is)  aderit,  nostris  magnS  usui  (will  be)  erit. 

Si  (are)  aderimus,  nostris  magno  usui  (shall  be)  erimus. 

SI  (are)  aderitis,  nostris  magno  usui  (will  be)  eritis. 

SI  (are)  aderunt,  nostris  magno  usui  (will  be)  erunt. 

The  Latin  future  in  the  protasis  is  commonly  translated  by  the  English 
present,  but  the  auxiliary  shall  may  be  used  in  the  protasis  throughout. 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  99 


137. 

1.  Erd)  em,  erit ;  erimus,  eritis,  erunt.  2.  Si  aderit,1  paratus 
ero.1  3.  Romae  eram,  domi  sum,  in  Germania  era  4.  Nos,  qui 
amici  tul  sumus,  huius  legationis  prmcipes  erimus.  5.  Pons 
qui  est  ad  Genavam  in  nostrls  manibus  erit.  6.  Ubi  illo  die 
eris,  amice  ?  Vesontioni  (-e)  ero.  7.  Qui  cum  consule  forti  illo 
die  erunt  ?  8.  Si  mih!  amicitia  populi  Roman!  deerit,  miser  ero. 

9.  Equitatui,  quern  auxilio 2  Caesar! 2  Haedui  mittunt,  tu  praeeris. 

10.  Nonne  vos,  qui  novissimis3  auxilio  eratis,  in  cornu  sinistro 
eritis  ?     11.  Vos  nobis  auxilio   magno   estis.     12.  Superiores  et 
virtute 4  et  numero 4  eratis.     13.  Nos  in  numero  tuorum  amicorum 
semper  erimus.     14.  Decima   legio    magno   usui  vobis  eos  dies 
omnes  erat.     15.  Si  pars  exercitus  superit,  nobis  5  erit  spes  vic- 
toriae.     16.  Si  decima  legio  aberit,  hostes  audacissimi  erunt. 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G. :  1305,  b,  1  (a)  and  example.    2233  and  a  ; 

Rule  27.     3 188,   c.      4  253  ;   Rule  53. 
&231;  Rule  25. 

H. :  1507,  I.  ;  508.     2390,  I.,  II.  ;  Rule  XIII. 
3  440  ;  441.   *424  ;  Rule  XXIX.  5387. 


Sing.  1.  ad'ero 

2.  ad'eris 

3.  ad'erit 


Plur.  1.  ade'rimus 

2.  ade'ritis 

3.  ad'enmt 


138. 


1.  You  who  are  making  these  plans  will  be  known  to  the  enemy. 
2.  If  I  am  in  charge  of  (future)  the  army,  it  will  be  well.  3.  You 
who  are  of  great  assistance  to  us  will  always  be  in  the  number  of 
our  friends.  4.  We  were  in  Germany,  we  are  now  in  Home, 
we  shall  be  in  Vesontio.  5.  You  who  are  the  leading  men  of 
that  embassy  will  be  of  great  use  to  the  consul.  6.  The  tenth 
legion  will  be  of  great  use  to  us  all  those  days.  7.  You  (sing.) 
who  are  in  charge  of  the  tenth  legion  will  be  an  aid  to  the  leader. 

8.  Shall  we  not  be  of  use  to  those  who  are  making  this  plan? 

9.  If  a  part  of  the  army  remains  (future),  you  will  have  hope  of 
victory.     10.  If  the  consul  is  (future)  absent,  the  enemy  will  be 
more  daring. 


100  A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


SUM,  PERFECT  INDICATIVE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  perfect  indicative  is  to  be  translated  was  or  has 
been,  as  seems  best  to  fit  the  meaning  of  the  sentence.  Many  sentences  will 
allow  either  meaning.  In  connected  discourse,  the  context  will  generally 
decide  which  translation  must  be  used. 

2.  SI  (have  been}  adhii,  nostris  magno  usui  (have  been}  fui. 
Si  (have  been}  adfuisti,  nostris  magno  usui  (have  been}  fuisti. 
SI  (has  been}  adfuit,  nostris  magno  usui  (has  been}  fuit. 
SI  (have  been}  adfuimus,  nostris  magno  usui  (have  been)  fuimus. 
SI  (have  been}  adfuiBtis,  nostris  magno  usui  (have  been}  fuistis. 
SI  (have  been}  adfuerunt,  nostris  magno  usui  (have  been)  fuere. 


139. 

1.  Fui,  fuisti,  fuit;  fuimus,  fuistis,  fuenint  or  fuere.  2.  SI 
adfuit,1  paratus  fui.1  3.  Hostis  fuisti;  in  numero  civium  eris. 
4.  Captivus  fui ;  nunc  in  salute  sum.  5.  Ilia  civitas,  patrurn  no- 
strorum  memoria,  magna  inter  Belgas  auctoritate  fuit.  6.  Ex  eo 
die  dies  continues  qumque  in  castris  fuisti.  7.  Hi  praefecti,  qul 
consul!  auxilio  fuerunt  (fuere),  magno  in  honore  sunt.  8.  Est 
mih! 2  domi  pater.  9.  Exercitus  tibi  est,  et  is  mih!  magno  usui 
est.  10.  Nos,  qui  eius  consili  auctores  fuimus,  nunc  magna  in 
gratia  sumus.  11.  Germams  fuit  rex,  Ariovistus.  12.  Fluminis 
erat  altitude  pedum3  trium.  13.  Quae  merces  illl  erit? 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  a  305,  a,  2,  second  example.      2  231   and 

Remark.    3215,6. 
H. :  i  507,  I. ;  508  and  2.    2  387.    3  396,  V. 


Sing.  1.  ad'fui 

2.  adfui'sti 

3.  ad'fuit 


Plur.  1.  adfu'imus 

2.  aclfui'stis 

3.  adfue'runt  (-re) 


140. 


1.  Divitiacus  has  been  especially  acceptable  to  the  common 
people.  2.  If  I  have  been  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  has  been  well. 
3.  Within  the  memory  of  your  ancestors,  Divitiacus  was  a  chief 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAKSAR.  101 

among  them.  4.  I  was  in  the  territory  of  Germany,  you  (sing.) 
were  at  Rome.  5.  These  states  have  been  of  great  influence 
among  the  Belgae.  6.  All  the  rest  of  the  Belgae  were  of  assist- 
ance to  the  rear.  7.  Five  successive  days  from  that  day  you  were 
at  home.  8.  We  who  are  chiefs  have  a  great  reward.  9.  The 
plan  which  you  (plur.)  have  will  be  acceptable  to  the  consul. 
10.  The  armies  which  the  consuls  have  will  be  of  great  use  to 
them.  11.  We  have  a  mother  at  home. 


SUM,    PLUPERFECT    INDICATIVE. 

SUGGESTION.  — The  sign  of  the  pluperfect  in  English  is  had ;  e.g.  fueram, 
/  had  been  ;  fueras,  you  had  been,  etc. 

141. 

1.  Fueram,' fueras,  fuerat;  fuerdmus,  fueratis,  fuerant.  2.  Ego 
dux  illms  agminis  fueram.  3.  Captlvi  in  castrls  hostium  fuera- 
tis.  4.  Praefecto  vestro  semper  notus  fueram.  5.  111!  agmim 
praefueras.  6.  Huius  legationis  Divico  prmceps  fuit,  qui  bello 
altero  dux  Helvetiorum  fuerat.  7.  In  urbe  hostium  fueramus ; 
illo  die  Romae  fuimus.  8.  Galba  istius  profectionis  auctor  non 
fuerat.  9.  Romae  erant,  in  Gallia  fuerant ;  Vesontione  (-1)  erunt. 
10.  Mllites  decimae  legionis,  qui  in  castrls  fuerant,  illo  die  novis- 
siino  agmini  auxilio  fuerunt  (fuere).  11.  Haec  res  mihi  magno 
usuT  fuerat.  12.  Equi  quos  prmcipes  habent  illis  magno  usui 
fuerunt  (fuere). 


Sing.  1.  adfu'eram 

2.  adfu'eras 

3.  adfu'erat 


Plur.  1.  adfuera'mus 

2.  adfuera'tis 

3.  adfu'erant 


142. 


1.  You  (sing.)  who  had  been  in  the  ship  were  in  great  peril. 
2.  You  (plur.)  who  have  been  in  the  Roman  army  are  worthy  of 
all  praise.  3.  We  had  been  companions  of  senators  ;  on  that  day 
we  were  exiles.  4.  The  authority  of  this  state  had  been  very 
great.  5.  One  thing  was  of  greatest  use  to  the  state.  6.  The 


102  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

soldiers  of  the  tenth  legion,  who  had  been  of  assistance  to  the 
rear  rank,  were  on  that  day  in  camp.  7.  You  had  been  chief  of 
an  embassy  in  another  war.  8.  I  had  been  in  charge  of  that  for- 
tification. 


SUM,    FUTURE    PERFECT    INDICATIVE.      FUTURE    CONDI- 
TIONS, MORE  VIVID. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  sign  of  the  future  perfect  in  English  is  shall 
have,  in  first  persons;  will  have,  in  second  and  third;  e.g.  fuero,  I  shall 
have  been ;  fueris,  you  will  have  been,  etc. 

2.  SI  (am)  adfuero,  nostris  magno  usul  (shall  be)  ero. 
SI  (are)  adfueris,  nostris  magno  usul  (will  be)  eris. 
SI  (is)  adfuerit,  nostris  magn5  usul  (will  be)  erit. 
SI  (are)  adfuerimus,  nostris  magno  usul  (shall  be)  erimus. 
SI  (are)  adfueritis,  nostris  magno  usul  (will  be)  eritis. 
SI  (are)  adfuerint,  nostris  magno  usul  (will  be)  erunt. 

The  Latin  future  perfect  in  the  protasis  is  usually  translated  by  the  English 
present,  but  the  auxiliary  shall  have  been  may  be  used  in  the  protasis  through- 
out. 

143. 

1.  Fuero,  fueris,  fuerit;  fuerimus,  faeritis,  fuerint.  2.  Si  ad- 
fuerit,1 paratus  fuero.1  3.  Reliquus  in  ilia  urbe  fuerit  nemo. 
4.  Nos  amicis  nostris  usui  fuerimus.  5.  Si  vobis  amicitia  populi 
Roman!  defuerit,  miserrimi  eritis.  6.  Militibus  illis  multae 
difficultates  fuerint.  7.  Gives  vestri  legation!  utiles  fuerunt. 
8.  Post  eius  mortem  ad  earn  rem  Helveti!  paratl  erant.  9.  Dum- 
norix,  magna  apud  plebem  gratia,  cupidus  rerum  novarum  fuit. 
10.  Ego  itinere  longo  defessus  fuero.  11.  Urbs  Roma  ornamento 
clvitat!  erit.  12.  Inter  novissimum  hostium  agmen  et  nostrum 
primum  non  amplius  senis  milibus 2  passuum  interest. 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G. :  1307,  2,  a,  Note  and  c,  first  clause.    294, 

e  and  Note. 
H.  :  i  507,  I.  ;  508.     2 178  and  Note. 


Sing.  1.  adfu'ero 

2.  adfu'eris 

3.  adfu'erit 


Plur.  1.  adfue'rimus 

2.  adfue'ritis 

3.  adfu'erint 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO  CAESAR.  103 

144. 

1.  You  will  have  been  witnesses  of  these  things.  2.  If  I  am 
in  charge  (fut.  perfect)  of  the  army,  it  will  be  (fut.  perfect) 
well.  3.  Great  will  have  been  the  authority  of  the  friendly 
states.  4.  You  (sing.)  will  have  been  braver  than  these  citizens. 
5.  All  these  states  will  have  been  in  the  power  of  the  Roman 
people.  6.  Our  city  is  not  more  than  six  thousand  paces  distant 
from  your  territory.  7.  Between  our  rear  rank  and  the  front 
rank  of  the  enemy  is  the  river  Rhone.  8.  This  place  was  a 
thousand  paces  distant  from  the  enemy.  9.  If  our  cavalry  is 
absent  (fut.  perfect),  the  enemy  will  be  more  daring.  10.  If  a 
part  of  the  cavalry  remains  (fut.  perfect),  I  shall  have  hope  of 
victory. 


SUM,  PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE.     FUTURE  CONDITIONS, 
LESS   VIVID. 

SUGGESTION. — The  following  form  of  conditional  sentence  is  called  a 
Future  Condition,  Less  Vivid :  — 

Si  (should}  adsim,  nostris  magno  usui  (should)  sim. 

SI  (should}  adsis,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  sis. 

Si  (should)  adsit,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  sit. 

Si  (should)  adslmus,  nostris  magno  usui  (should)  simus. 

Si  (should)  adsitis,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  sitis. 

SI  (should)  adsint,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  sint. 

145. 

1.  SI  praesens  sim,  si  praesens  sis,  si  praesens  sit;  si  praesentes 
simus,  si  praesentes  sitis,  si  praesentes  sint.  2.  SI  adsit,1  paratus 
sim.1  3.  Si  haec  res  hostibus  nota  sit,  magno  in  inetu  sitis.  4.  SI 
ab  hostium  castiis  non  longius  mille  passibus  absis,  magno  in 
perlculo  sis.  5.  SI  prope  castra  hostium  simus,  magno  in  perlculo 
simus.  6.  SI  Helvetii  ad  earn  rem  parati  sint,  duces  eorum  laeti 
sint. 

DIRECTION.— Learn  A.  &  G. :  1305,  b,  2  (a)  and  example  ;  307,  2  and  b. 
H. :  1 507,  II. ;  Kule  X.LIV.  II. ;  509  and  Note  1. 


104  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


Sing.  1.  ad'sim 

2.  ad'sis 

3.  ad'sit 


Plur.  1.  adsi'mus 

2.  adsi'tis 

3.  ad'sint 


146. 

1.  If  I  should  be  ready,  if  you  should  be  ready,  if  he  should  be 
ready ;  if  we  should  be  ready,  if  you  should  be  ready,  if  they 
should  be  ready.  2.  If  I  should  be  in  charge  of  the  army,  it 
would  be  well.  3.  If  the  crops  should  be  ripe,  the  soldiers  would 
be  glad.  4.  If  the  king  should  be  present,  we  should  be  ready 
for  these  things.  5.  If  you  (sing.)  should  be  in  great  fear,  this 
would  be  known  to  the  enemy.  6.  If  I  should  be  in  charge  of 
this  fortification,  you  (plur.)  would  have  hope  of  victory. 


SUM,  IMPERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE.    CONDITIONS  CONTRARY 
TO  FACT,  PRESENT  TIME. 

SUGGESTION.  —  The  conditional  sentence  with  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive  in 
both  protasis  and  apodosis  is  known  as  a  supposition  contrary  to  fact,  in 
present  time. 

SI  (were}  adessem,  nostris  magnS  usui  (should)  essem. 

Si  (were)  adesses,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  esses. 

Si  (were)  adesset,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  esset. 

SI  (were)  adessemus,  nostris  magno  usui  (should)  essemus. 

SI  (were)  adessetis,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  essetis. 

Si  (were)  adessent,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  essent. 

147. 

1.  Si  praesens  essem,  si  praesens  esses,  si  praesens  esset;  si 
praesentes  essemus,  si  praesentes  essetis,  si  praesentes  essent. 
2.  SI  adesset,1  paratus  essem.1  3.  Si  Caesar  praesens  esset,  in 
salute  essemus.  4.  Si  sub  monte  essem,  magno  in  periculo 
essetis.  5.  Si  Considius  rei 2  militaris  peritus  esset,  non  esses  in 
exercitu  Sullae.  6.  Si  summus  mons  in  manibus  Labieni  esset, 
spes  esset  victoriae.  7.  Si  non  essent  nobis  duces  periti,  magnae 
essent  difficultates. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 305,  c,  1  and  example.  2  218,  a  ;  Rule  18. 
H.:  1507,  III. ;  510  and  Note  1.  >2399,  I,  1, 
2  and  3 ;  Rule  XVII. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  105 


Sing.  1.  ades'sem 

2.  ades'ses 

3.  ades'set 


Plur.  1.  adesae'mus 

2.  adesse'tis 

3.  ades'sent 


148. 


1.  If  I  were  ready,  if  you  were  ready,  if  he  were  ready ;  if  we 
were  ready,  if  you  were  ready,  if  they  were  ready.  2.  If  I  were 
in  charge  of  the  army,  it  would  be  well.  3.  If  we  were  upon  the 
top  of  the  hill,  we  should  be  in  [a  place  of]  safety.  4.  If  you 
(plur.)  were  ready  for  battle,  you  would  not  be  in  great  fear  of 
an  attack.  5.  If  you  (sing.)  were  upon  the  summit  of  the  moun- 
tain, you  would  be  in  sight  of  the  enemy.  6.  If  the  coming  of 
Caesar  were  known  to  the  enemy,  they  would  be  in  great  fear. 


SUM,   PERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE.     FUTURE  CONDITIONS, 
LESS  VIVID. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  Perfect  Subjunctive  is  inflected  like  the  Future 
Perfect  Indicative,  substituting  only  fuerim  for  fuero.  See  Exercise  143. 

2.  The  following  form  of  conditional  sentence  illustrates  the  Future  Con- 
dition, Less  Vivid,  with  the  Perfect  Subjunctive  in  protasis  :  — 

Si  (should)  adfuerim,  nostris  magno  usui  (should)  sim. 

SI  (should)  adfueris,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  sis. 

SI  (should)  adfuerit,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  sit. 

SI  (should)  adfuerimus,  nostris  magnS  usui  (should)  simus. 

SI  (should)  adfueritis,  nostris  magnd  usui  (would)  sltis. 

SI  (should)  adfuerint,  nostris  magno  usui  (would)  sint. 

The  Latin  perfect  subjunctive  in  the  protasis  is  commonly  translated  as 
above,  but  the  auxiliary  should  have  may  be  used  in  the  protasis  throughout. 

149. 

1.  Si  cautus  fuerim,  si  cautus  faeris,  si  cautus/wmY;  si  cauti 
fuerimus,  si  cauti  fueritis,  si  cauti  fuerint.  2.  Si  adfuerit,1  para- 
tus  sim.1  3.  Si  illo  die  Avarici  fuerim,  cupidus  sim  reruin  nova- 
rum.  4.  SI  maxime  plebi  acceptus  fueris,  magno  in  honore  simus. 
5.  Si  Caesar  fuerit  Sulla  clarior,  bene  sit.  6.  Si  sub  monte  fue- 
rimus, magno  in  periculo  simus.  7.  Si  in  exercitu  Sullae  fueritis, 


106  A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 

rei  militaris  periti  sitis.  "8.  Si  in  exercitu  Considl  fuerint  explo- 
ratores,  ei  Caesari  usui  sint.  9.  Si  fortes  fueritis,  in  hoc  bello 
victores  fuerimus. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 305,  6,  2  (j8)  and  example. 
H.:  !509  and  Note  1. 


Sing.  1.  adfu'erim 

2.  adfu'eris 

3.  adfu'erit 


Plur.  1.  adfue'rimus 

2.  adfue'ritis 

3.  adfu'erint 


150. 

1.  If  I  should  be  diligent,  if  you  should  be  diligent,  if  he 
should  be  diligent;  if  we  should  be  diligent,  if  you  should  be 
diligent,  if  they  should  be  diligent.  2.  If  I  should  (have  been) 
be  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  would  be  well.  3.  We  should  (have 
been)  be  ready  for  battle,  if  there  should  be  leaders  in  camp. 
4.  If  the  enemy  should  (have  been)  be  in  sight,  you  (sing.) 
would  be  in  great  danger.  5.  If  I  should  (have  been)  be  ready 
for  an  attack,  there  would  be  great  hope  of  victory.  6.  If  you 
(plur.)  should  not  be  braver  than  the  consul,  great  would  be  the 
disaster  of  the  Eoman  people. 


SUM,  PLUPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE.        CONDITIONS    CON- 
TRARY   TO    FACT,    PAST    TIME. 

SUGGESTION.  —  The  following  form  of  the  Conditional  Sentence  with  the 
Pluperfect  Subjunctive  in  both  protasis  and  apodosis,  is  known  as  a  Supposi- 
tion Contrary  to  Fact  in  Past  Time :  — 

Si  (had")  adfuissem,  nostrls  magno  usui  (should  have)  fuissem. 

Si  (had)  adfuisses,  nostrls  magno  usui  (would  have)  fuisses. 

Si  (had)  adfuisset,  nostrls  magno  usui  (would  have)  fuisset. 

Si  (had)  adfuissemus,  nostrls  magnd  usui  (should  have)  fuissemus. 

SI  (had)  adfuissetis,  nostrls  magno  usui  (would  have)  fuissetis. 

SI  (had)  adfuissent,  nostrls  magnS  usui  (would  have)  fuissent. 

151. 

1.  Si  praesens  fuissem,  si  praesens  fuisses,  si  praesens  fuisset; 
si  praesentes  fuissemus,  si  praesentes  fuissetis,  si  praesentes  fuis- 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR.  107 

sent.  2.  SI  adfuisset,1  paratus  fuissem.1  3.  SI  cautus  fuissem, 
si  cautus  fuisses,  si  cautus  fuisset ;  si  cauti  fuissemus,  si  cautl 
fuissetis,  si  cauti  fuissent.  4.  Si  cupidus  rerum  novarum  fuisset, 
dux  coniurationis  fuisset.  5.  SI  eo  die  Komae  fuissemus,  hostes 
fortissimi  fuissent.  6.  SI  prope  hostium  castra  fuissem,  pugna 
fuisset.  7.  SI  proximl  Germanis  fuissetis,  magno  in  periculo 
fuissetis.  8.  SI  fortis  fuisses,  spes  victoriae  fuisset. 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G. :  1305,  c,  2  and  example. 
H. :  1 510,  and  Note  1. 


Sing.  1.  adfuis'sem 

2.  adfuis'ses 

3.  adfuis'set 


Plur.  1.  adfuisse'mus 

2.  adfuissg'tis 

3.  adfuis'sent 


152. 

1.  If  I  had  been  ready,  if  you  had  been  ready,  if  he  had  been 
ready ;  if  we  had  been  ready,  if  you  had  been  ready,  if  they  had 
been  ready.  2.  If  I  had  been  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  would 
have  been  well.  3.  If  I  had  been  diligent,  if  you  had  been  dili- 
gent, if  he  had  been  diligent ;  if  we  had  been  diligent,  if  you  had 
been  diligent,  if  they  had  been  diligent.  4.  If  you  (sing.)  had 
been  in  Rome  all  those  days,  I  should  not  have  been  in  great 
fear.  5.  If  this  matter  had  been  your  care,  you  (plur.)  would 
have  been  safe.  6.  If  we  had  been  men  of  great  boldness,  they 
would  not  have  been  desirous  of  a  revolution. 


RECAPITULATION  OP  CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES. 

SUGGESTION.  —  The  sentences  in  Exercise  153  are  to  be  classified  and 
translated,  after  completing  and  translating  the  paradigms  indicated  below :  — 

SIMPLE    CONDITIONS. 

Present  Time :  Si  adest,  paratus  sum,  etc. 
Past  Time :  SI  aderat,  paratus  eram,  etc. 
Past  Time :  SI  adfuit,  paratus  fiti,  etc. 


108  A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


FUTURE    CONDITIONS,  MORE    VIVID. 

Future  Time :  SI  aderit,  paratus  ero,  etc. 

Future,  Protasis  Completed :  SI  adfuerit,  paratus  ero,  etc. 

Future,  Completed:  SI  adfuerit,  paratus  fuerd,  etc. 

FUTURE    CONDITIONS,   LESS    VIVID. 

Future  Time :  Si  adsit,  paratus  sim,  etc. 

Future,  Protasis  Completed :  SI  adfuerit,  paratus  sim,  etc. 

Future,  Completed :  SI  adfuerit,  paratus  fuerim,  etc. 

CONDITIONS  CONTRARY  TO  FACT. 

Present  Time :  SI  adesset,  paratus  essem,  etc. 
Past  Time  :  SI  adfuisset,  paratus  fuissem,  etc. 

153. 

1.  SI  Divico  princeps  sit,  laeti  non  sitis.  2.  SI  nobis  equitatus 
fuisset,  tu  in  potestate  hostium  non  fuisses.  3.  SI  mei  non  obli- 
tus  es,  laetus  sum.  4.  Si  nostri  in  castris  fuerint,  in  salube  eri- 
mus.  5.  SI  Divico  princeps  fuerit  (ind.),  laeti  non  fueritis  (ind.). 
6.  SI  mei  non  oblltus  fuisti,  laetus  fiu.  7.  Si  nostri  in  castris 
fuerint  (subj.),  in  salute  fuerimus  (subj.).  8.  Si  nobis  equitatus 
esset,  tu  in  potestate  hostium  non  esses.  9.  Si  mei  non  oblltus 
eras,  laetus  eram.  10.  Si  Divico  princeps  fuerit,  laeti  non  sitis. 
11.  Si  nostri  in  castris  erunt,  in  salute  erimus. 


RECAPITULATION    CONTINUED. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  The  paradigms  indicated  below  are  to  be  completed  and 
translated  into  Latin. 

SIMPLE    CONDITIONS. 

Present  Time :  If  I  am  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  is  well,  etc. 
Past  Time :  If  I  was  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  was  well,  etc. 
Past  Time :  If  I  have  been  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  has  been  well,  etc. 

FUTURE    CONDITIONS,    MORE    VIVID. 

Future  Time :  If  I  am  (shall  be}  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  will  be  well,  etc. 
Future,  Protasis  Completed:  If  I  am  (shall  have  been}  in  charge  of  the  army, 
it  will  be  well,  etc. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  109 

Future,  Completed :  If  I  am  (shall  have  been}  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  will 
be  (will  have  been}  well,  etc. 

FUTURE    CONDITIONS,    LESS    VIVID. 

Future  Time :  If  I  should  be  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  would  be  well,  etc. 
Future,  Protasis  Completed:  If  I  should  be  (should  have  been}  in  charge  of 

the  ariny,  it  would  be  well,  etc. 
Future,  Completed:  If  I  should  be  (should  have  been}  in  charge  of  the  army, 

it  would  be  (would  have  been}  well,  etc. 

CONDITIONS  CONTRARY  TO  FACT. 

Present  Time :  If  I  were  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  would  be  well,  etc. 

Past  Time :  If  I  had  been  in  charge  of  the  army,  it  would  have  been  well,  etc. 


154, 

1.  If  we  are  (shall  be)  faithful  all  those  days,  we  shall  be  of 
great  service  to  the  consul.  2.  If  you  (plur.)  are  here,  it  is  well. 
3.  We  should  be  in  great  peril,  if  we  were  near  the  camp  of  the 
enemy.  4.  If  the  consul  should  be  here,  we  should  be  better  pre- 
pared for  all  these  things.  5.  If  you  have  been  here,  it  has  been 
well.  6.  If  we  are  (shall  have  been)  faithful  all  those  days,  we 
shall  be  of  great  service  to  the  consul.  7.  We  should  have  been  in 
great  peril,  if  we  had  been  near  the  camp  of  the  enemy.  8.  If 
the  consul  should  be  (should  have  been)  here,  we  should  be  better 
prepared  for  all  these  things.  9.  If  we  are  (shall  have  been) 
faithful  all  these  days,  we  shall  be  (shall  have  been)  of  great  ser- 
vice to  the  consul.  10.  If  you  (plur.)  were  here,  it  was  well. 
11.  If  the  consul  should  be  (should  have  been)  here,  we  should  be 
(should  have  been)  better  prepared  for  all  these  things. 


SUM,  IMPERATIVES,   INFINITIVES,   PARTICIPLE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  IMPERATIVE  : 

Present,  Sing.  2,  GB,  be  (thou,  you}  ;  Plur.  2,  este,  be  (ye,  you}. 
Future,  Sing.  2,  esto,  you  shall  be,  thou  shalt  be ;  Plur.  2,  estote,  ye  (you} 
shall  be. 


110 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD    TO   CAESAR. 


2.  INFINITIVE: 

Present,  esse,  to  be;  Perfect,  fuisse,  to  have  been;  Future,  futurus  esse 

(fore),  to  be  about  to  be. 

3.  PARTICIPLE  : 

Future,  futurus,  about  to  be  (declined  like  bonus). 


4.  a.  Ego  paratus  sum  becomes, 
with  a  verb  of  saying, 

b.  Ego  paratus  eram  (fui,  fu- 

eram)  becomes 

c.  Ego    paratus    ero    (raero, 

sim,  fuerim)  becomes 

<f.  Ego  paratus  essem  (fuis- 
sem)  becomes 


(Dlcit}  se  paratum  esse, 
(He  says)  that  he  is  ready. 

(Dlcit)  se  paratum  fuisse, 

(He  says)  that  he  was  (has  been, 

had  been)  ready. 

(Dlcit)  se  paratum  futurum  esse, 
(He  says)  he  will  be  (will  have  been, 

would  be,  would  have  been)  ready. 
(Dlcit)  se  paratum  futurum  esse, 
(He  says)  that  he  would  be  (would 

have  been)  ready. 


155. 

1.  Mihi  amicus  es.1  Amicis  vestrls  este  fideles.  Dlligens 
cotldie  esto.  Fortes  semper  estote.  2.  Ego  sum  paratus.  Dlcit 2 
se 3  esse 3  paratum.4  3.  Ego  eram  (fui,  f ueram)  paratus.  Dlcit  se 
fuisse  paratum.  4.  Ego  ero  (fuero,  sim,  fuerim)  paratus.  Dlcit 
se  futurum 4  esse  paratum.  5.  Dlcit  se  esse  nostris  magno  usui. 
6.  Dlcit 6  se  fuisse 5  nostris  magno  usui.  7.  Dlcit  se  futurum  esse 
nostris  magno  usui.  8.  In  potestate  populi  E-omanl  sumus,  neque 
cum  Belgis  reliquis  in  coniuratione  fuimus,  paratique  erimus  socii 
fideles  esse  populi  Komanl ;  reliqul  omnes  Belgae  in  armls  sunt, 
magnusque  est  eorum  furor.  9.  Kemi  dlcunt  se  in  potestate 
populi  Komanl  esse,  neque  se  cum  Belgis  reliquls  in  coniuratione 
fuisse,  paratosque  futuros  esse  socios  fideles  esse  populi  Komanl ; 
reliquos  omnes  Belgas  in  armls  esse,  magnumque  esse  eorum 
furorem. 


DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. 


H. 


1 269.  2  336,  i.  3  272  ;  336,  2,  first  sen- 
tence ;  Rule  60.  4  Rule  2.  5  336,  A 
and  Note  1. 

1  487  ;  Rule  40.  2  535,  L,  1  and  2.  3  522  ; 
523,1.;  Rule  LIII.  I.  "Rule  XXXIV. 
5  537. 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  Ill 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense. 


Sing.  2.  ad'es  ades/se 


Plur.  2.  ad  e'ste 


adfuis'se 
Future  Tense. 

Future  Tense. 

Sing.  2  and  3.  ade'sto  adfutu'ruses'se 

Plur.  2.  ad  e  sto'te 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

Perfect  Tense. 


Present  Tense. 


Plur.  3.  adsun'to 
The  future  participle  of  ad'sum  is  ad  fu  tu'rus. 


ad'fo  re 


156. 

1.  Be  (sing.)  very  brave.  Be  (plur.)  very  faithful  to  the  Ro- 
man people.  You  (sing.)  shall  be  very  diligent  every  day.  You 
(plur.)  shall  always  be  daring.  2.  He  says  that  he  is  in  great 
fear.  3.  He  says  that  he  was,  has  been,  had  been  in  great  fear. 
4.  He  says  that  he  will  be,  will  have  been,  would  be,  would  have 
been  in  great  fear.  5.  He  says  that  he  would  be,  would  have 
been  in  great  fear.  

SYNOPSIS. 

At  this  point  thoroughly  commit  and  recite  synopses  of  the  verb  sum  ; 
e.g.  swm,  eram,  ero,  ful,  fueram,  fuero,  sim,  essem,  fuerim,  fuissem  ;  es,  eras, 
eris,  fuisti,  fuerds,  fueris,  sis,  esses,  fueris,  fuisses,  es ;  and  so  on  through  all 
the  different  persons.  Compare  A.  &  G.,  pp.  82,  83  ;  H.,  pp.  84,  85. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION,   ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE    VOICES, 
INDICATIVE   MOOD,   PRESENT  TENSE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  In  connection  with  sentences  1  and  8,  learn  the  Per- 
sonal Endings  of  Verbs,  as  follows  :  — 

ACTIVE  VOICE.  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Sing.                         Plur.  Sing.              Plur. 

1.  -m  (-6  or  -I)          -mua  -r                      -mur 

2.  -s                            -tis  -ris  or  -re         -mini 

3.  -t                           -nt  -tur                  -ntur 


112  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

2.  Verb-stems  of  the  First  Conjugation  end  in  -a- ;  e.g.  laudsi-  (stem  of 
laudo'),  mira.-  (stem  of  miror).     In  the  present  tense,  the  personal  endings 
are  joined  directly  to  the  verb-stem,  -a-  final  becoming  (see  1  and  8)  -a-  before 
-t,  -nt,  and  -ntur.    Laudo  is  for  lauda.-m  and  miror  for  mira-r. 

3.  Miror,  I  wonder  at,  is  a  Deponent  Verb ;  i.e.  it  has  the  passive  form 
only,  with  an  active  meaning. 

4.  In  Latin  Exercises  from  157  to  173,  illustrating  the  first  conjugation, 
sentences  numbered  2  may  be  developed  for  practice  in  verb  inflection  and 
translation,  as  follows  :  — 

81  hoc  spero,  erro  ; 

Si  hoc  sperds,  errds,  etc. 

157. 

1.  Laudo,  laudas,  laudat;  laudamus,  laudatis,  laudant.      2.  Si 
hoc  spero,  erro.     3.  Ego  te  tua  virtute  laudo.     4.  Interim  cotidie 
Haeduos1   frumeiitum1  flagitamus.     5.  Tu  qui2  Caesaris  amicus 
es,2  concilium  prmcipum  convocas.     6.  Servos  bonos  magua  voce 
laudatis.      7.    Caesar   Liscum,    qui   suinnio   magistratui   praeest 
quern 3  "  vergobretum  "  3  appellant  Haedui,  qui  creatur  annuus 4  et 
vitae    necisque    in    suos    habet    potestatem,    graviter    accusat. 
8.  Laudor,  laudaris  or  laudare,  lauddtur;  laudcimur,    laudamini, 
laudantur.     9.  Et  tu  et  ille  magna  voce  laudaminl.5     10.  Et  nos 
et  vos  virtute  laudainur.5    11.  Urbemne  inlraris8?    Magnitudinem 
urbis  miror.6     12.  Nostrl,  qui  magno  in  peiiculo  erant,  a  legioni- 
bus  multis  fortibusque  nunc  iuvantur.     13.  Nonne  laudibus  vulgi 
confirmare  (-ris)  ?     14.  Num.  proditionis 7  accusamur  ?     15.  Nos, 
qui  amici  populi  Roman!  appellamur,  proditionis  non  accusamur. 

BISECTIONS.  —  1.  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  J  239,  2  and  c  ;  Rule  34.    2  204  and  a  ; 

Rule  4.   3239, 1  and  a.   4  191.    5205, 
a  and  7>.    *135.    7220;   Rule  20. 
H. :  1 374  ;  Rule  VII.   a  373  and  1 ;  Rule  VI. 
4  443.     5463,  I.,  II.,  and  1.     6231; 
465,  2.     "  409,  II.  ;  Rule  XX.  II. 

2.  Inflect  all  verbs  of  the  conjugation  illustrated  in  any  given  Exercise  as 
suggested  by  the  accompanying  paradigms  and  commit  thoroughly  to  memory. 

Voco,  I  summon. 
ACTIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD,  PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vo'co  Plur.  1.  voca'mus 

2.  vo'cas  2.  voca'tis 

3,  vo'cat  3.  vo'cant 


A   STRAIGHT   EOAD   TO    CAESAR.  113 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD,  PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vo'cor  Plur.  1.  voca'mur 

2.  voca'ris(re)  2.  voca'mini 

3.  voca'tur  3.  vocan'tur 


SUGGESTION.  —  In  English  Exercises  158  to  174,  sentences  numbered  2 
may  be  developed  for  translation  as  follows :  If  I  am  assisting  the  nobility , 
I  am  strengthening  the  conspiracy ;  if  you  are  assisting  the  nobility,  you  are 
strengthening  the  conspiracy,  etc.  Sentence  9  in  the  same  Exercises  may  be 
similarly  developed  by  inflecting  the  apodosis. 

158. 

1.  I  summon,  you  summon,  lie  summons ;  we  summon,  you 
summon,  they  summon.  2.  If  I  am  assisting  the  nobility,  I  am 
strengthening  the  conspiracy.  3.  Are  we  strengthening  the  con- 
spiracy ?  4.  I  demand  grain  [of]  you.  5.  The  undertaking  is  not 
difficult,  if  you  (plur.)  all  approve.  6.  The  consul  gives  many 
rewards  to  all  who  assist  him  in  the  undertaking.  7.  You  (sing.) 
do  not  often  assist  a  better  cause.  8.  I  am  summoned,  you  are 
summoned,  he  is  summoned;  we  are  summoned,  you  are  sum- 
moned, they  are  summoned.  9.  If  there  is  need,  I  wonder  at  it. 

10.  We  are  protected,  if  the  city  is  occupied  by  our  legions. 

11.  If  you  (plur.)  are  armed,  the  camp  is  well  protected.     12.  I 
am  protected,  and  you  (sing.)  are  encouraged. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION,    ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE   VOICES. 
INDICATIVE    MOOD,    IMPERFECT    TENSE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  In  this  tense  the  personal  endings  are  connected  with 
the  verb-stem  by  the  tense-sign  -ba-.  Notice  in  1  that  -ba-  in  some  situations 
becomes  -ba-. 

2.  The  Imperfect  is  to  be  translated  by  expressions  denoting  continuance  ; 
e.g.  laudabam,  /  was  praising,  I  used  to  praise,  I  was  wont  to  praise,  I  was 
in  the  habit  of  praising,  often  simply  I  praised. 

3.  The  stem  of  do  is  da-  (short  -a-). 

4.  Translate  suo  more,  in  accordance  with  his  custom  ;  quicquam  potes- 
tatis,  any  power. 


114  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

159. 

1.  Laudabam,  lauddbds,  lauddbat;  laudabdmus,  laudabatis,  lau- 
ddbant.     2.   Si   hoc   sperabam,    errabam.     3.  Suo   more1   magna 
patrum  foedera  laudabat.     4.  Mercedes  multas  iuvenibus  fidelibus 
dabas.    5.  Cur  quicquam  potestatis2  trans  Rhenum  postulabamus? 
6.  Homines  inimico  animo  agros  vastabant.     7.  Haeduos  auxilium 
flagitabatis.     8.  Lauddbar,  lauddbdris  or  laudabare,  laudcibdtur  ; 
laudabamur,  laudabamini,  lauddbantur.     9.  Et   ego   et   tu  saepe 
laudabamur.      10.    Et   vos   et   ill!   iure   laudabamim.      11.   Ego 
Genava  vocabar  et  consul 3  creabar.    12.  Tu  consul  creabaris  (-re), 
quam   rem4  nemo   mirabatur.     13.  Proditionis  accusabantur,  id 
quod 4  omues  mirabantur. 

DIRECTIONS.  —  1.  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  1253  and  Note,  first  sentence  ;  Rule  53. 

2  216,  a,  3  ;  Rule  16.    3 176,  a  and  6. 
4  200,  e. 

H. :  1424  and  Note  1  ;  Rule  XXIX.  2397 
and  3  ;  Rule  XVI.  3  362, 1  and  2,1) 
and  2)  ;  Rule  I. 

2.  Notice  that  the  Voice,  Mood,  and  Tense  of  the  paradigms  given  are 
suggested  by  the  headings  of  Exercises. 

Sing.  1.  voca'bam  Plur.  1.  vocaba'mus 

2.  voca'bas  2.  vocaba'tis 

3.  voca'bat  3.  voca'bant 

Sing.  1.  voca'bar  Plur.  1.  vocaba'mur 

2.  vocaba'ris(-re)  2.  vocaba'minl 

3.  vocaba'tur  3.  vocaban'tur 

160. 

1.  I  used  to  summon,  you  used  to  summon,  he  used  to  summon ; 
we  used  to  summon,  you  used  to  summon,  they  used  to  summon. 
2.  If  I  was  assisting  the  nobility,  I  was  strengthening  the  con- 
spiracy. 3.  We  were  wont  to  demand  chariots  of  the  consul. 

4.  If  you  were  expecting  chariots  from  him,  you  were  mistaken. 

5.  The   soldiers   were    not    in  the    habit  of   praising    a    consul 
who  was  not  assisting  them.     6.  I  was  showing  the  danger  to 
the  consul,  you  were  demanding  of  him  assistance.     7.  Why  were 
you  expecting  any  assistance  from  him  ?     8.  I  was  summoned, 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  115 

you  were  summoned,  he  was  summoned ;  we  were  summoned,  you 
were  summoned,  they  were  summoned.  9.  If  there  was  need,  I 
was  wondering  at  it.  10.  Both  he  and  I  used  often  to  be  sum- 
moned to  Koine.  11.  I  was  not  assisted  by  the  consul,  a  thing  at 
which  you  (plur.)  were  all  wondering.  12.  You  (sing.)  were 
being  overpowered  by  the  enemy,  a  thing  at  which  no  one  was 
wondering. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION,    ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE    VOICES. 
INDICATIVE   MOOD,    FUTURE   TENSE. 

161. 

1.  Laudabo,  laudabis,  lauddbit;  laudabimus,  laudabitis,  laudcv- 
bunt.  2.  Si  hoc  sperabo,1  errabo.  3.  Tu  consulem  aliquod2 
bonum  (aliquid2  bom)  flagitabis.  4.  Quod  navium3  in  eo  loco 
fuerit,  armabit.  5.  Si  Caesar  perfugam  condonabit,  eum  Hberabo. 

6.  Si  nos  cohortes  omnls  comportabimus,  vos  urbem  expugnabitis. 

7.  lus  legatorum  servo  et  servabam  et  servabo.     8.    Laudabor, 
lauddberis  or  lauddbere,  laudabitur ;  laudabimur,  laudabimini,  laur 
ddbuntur.     9.  Nos  proditionis  accusamur  et  E-omam  vocabimur. 
10.  Tu  magnitudinem  Eomae  mirabare  (-ris),  potestatem  eiusdem 
miraberis  (-re).      11.    Vos  a  nostris  legionibus   iuvabimim  et   a 
hostibus  non  superabimim.     12.  111!  Eomam  vocabuntur  et  nos 
superabimur.     13.  Proditionis  accusabar,  id   quod   omnes   mira- 
buntur. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  J  278,  and  b.     2 105,  d  and   paradigm. 

3  216,  a,  3. 

H. :  !470,  2.    2190,  2,  1),   Notes  1  and  2. 
3 397  and  3. 

Sing.  1.  vocS'bo  Plur.  1.  voca'bimus 

2.  voca'bis  2.  voca'bitis 

3.  voca'bit  3.  voca'bunt 

Sing.  1.  voca'bor  Plur.  1.  voca'bimur 

2.  vo  ca'be  ris  (-re)  2.  vocabi'mini 

3.  voca'bitur  3.  vocabun'tur 


116  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 

162. 

1.  I  shall  summon,  you  will  summon,  he  will  summon;  we 
shall  summon,  you  will  summon,  they  will  summon.  2.  If  I 
assist  the  nobility,  I  shall  strengthen  the  conspiracy.  3.  If  we 
bring  our  legions  together,  the  State  will  assist  us.  4.  I  shall 
demand  assistance  of  the  State.  5.  You  (plur.)  were  protecting 
and  will  protect  the  rights  of  all  the  citizens.  6.  Some  will  set 
the  slaves  free,  others  will  arm  the  allies.  7.  You  (sing.)  will 
encourage  the  auxiliaries.  8.  I  shall  be  summoned,  you  will  be 
summoned,  he  will  be  summoned ;  we  shall  be  summoned,  you  will 
be  summoned,  they  will  be  summoned.  9.  If  there  is  need,  I 
shall  wonder  at  it.  10.  If  we  are  conquered,  you  (plur.)  will  be 
accused  of  treason.  11.  If  I  am  set  free,  you  (sing.)  will  be  par- 
doned. 12.  If  our  forces  are  brought  together,  the  city  will  be 
captured. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION,    ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE    VOICES. 
INDICATIVE   MOOD,    PERFECT   TENSE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  Perfect  Stem  of  laudo  is  lauddv-.  The  tense-sign 
of  the  perfect  active  is  -vi-.  Notice  in  sentence  1  that  the  perfect  active 
has  certain  special  personal-endings :  Sing.  2,  -sti ;  Plur.  2,  -stis  ;  3,  -erunt 
or  -ere. 

2.  This  tense  is  translated  (1)  as  a  Perfect  Definite,  e.g.  lauddvi,  I  have 
praised ;  or  (2)  as  a  Historical  Perfect,  e.g.  lauddvi,  I  praised.   Carefully  dis- 
tinguish (2)  from  I  praised,  meaning  I  was  praising  and  expressed  by  lauda- 
bam.      Translate  perfects  in  163  both  as  historical  perfects  and  perfect 
definites. 

3.  The  Perfect  Passive  is  a  compound  tense  formed  by  using  the  Perfect 
Passive  Participle,  e.g.  Zawdatus,  having  been  praised  (declined  like  bonus}, 
with  the  present  tense  of  sum. 

4.  luvo  has  an  irregular  perfect,  inflected  as  follows :  iuvl,  iuviBtl,  iuvit ; 
iuvimua,  iuvistis,  iuverunt  or  iiivere.     Its  perfect  participle  is  iiitua. 

163. 

1.  Lauddvi,  lauddvisti,  lauddvit;  lauddvimus,  lauddvistis,  lauda- 
verunt  or  lauddvere.  2.  Si  hoc  speravi,  erravl.  *  3.  Agros  Helvetic- 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  117 

rum  ferro  iguique  vastavimus.  4.  Timor  exercitum  occupavit. 
5.  SI  vos  exsules  iuvistis,  erratis.  6.  Socii  nostri  duo  itinera  de- 
monstraverunt  (-ere).  7.  Ego  hos  milites,  qui  urbem  servabant, 
iuvi,  tu  eosdeni  magnopere  confirm  a  visti.  8.  Laudatus  (-a)  (-um) 
sum,  laudatus  (-a)  (-um)  es,  laudatus  (-a)  (-um)  est;  laudati  (-ae) 
(-a)  sumus,  laudati  (-ae)  (-a)  estis,  laudati  (-ae)  (-a)  sunt.  9.  Con- 
sul laudatus  est.  Legio  laudata  est.  Concilium  laudatum  est. 
10.  luvenes  iuti  et  servati  sunt.  Feminae  iutae  et  servatae  sunt. 
Auxilia  iuta  et  servata  sunt.  11.  Vos,  qui  iuti  estis,  in  loco 
idoneo  collocati  estis.  12.  Agri,  qui  vastabantur,  non  servati 
sunt. 

Sing.  1.  voca'vi  Plur.  1.  voca'vimus 

2.  vocavi'sti  2.  vocavi'stis 

3.  voca'vit  3.  vocave'runt  (-re) 

Sing.  1.  voca'tus  sum  Plur.  1.  voca'ti  su'mua 

2.  voca'tus  es  2.  voca'ti  e'stis 

3.  vo  ca'tus  est  3.  vo  ca'ti  sunt. 

164. 

1.  I  (have)  summoned,  you  (have)  summoned,  he  (has)  sum- 
moned; we  (have)  summoned,  you  (have)  summoned,  they  (have) 
summoned.  2.  If  I  have  assisted  the  nobility,  I  have  strength- 
ened the  conspiracy.  3.  We  have  equipped  the  ships  which  you 
pointed  out.  4.  I  have  assisted  the  citizens  who  liberated  the 
slaves.  5.  The  fear  which  took  possession  of  the  army  has  as- 
sisted the  enemy.  6.  You  (plur.)  have  encouraged  the  enemy, 
and  they  have  laid  waste  our  fields.  7.  Why  did  you  (sing.) 
encourage  the  enemy?  8.  I  have  been  (was)  summoned,  you 
have  been  (were)  summoned,  he  has  been  (was)  summoned; 
we  have  been  (were)  summoned,  you  have  been  (were)  sum- 
moned, they  have  been  (were)  summoned.  9.  If  there  has  been 
need,  I  have  wondered  at  it.  10.  You  (sing.)  have  been  very 
much  harassed,  if  your  cities  have  been  laid  waste.  11.  You 
(plur.)  have  been  pardoned,  and  we  have  been  set  free.  12.  The 
prisoner  has  been  set  free,  a  thing  which  I  have  very  much 
wondered  at. 


118  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION,   ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE    VOICES. 
INDICATIVE   MOOD,   PLUPERFECT   TENSE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  Pluperfect  Active  is  formed  by  connecting  the 
verb-stem  and  the  personal-endings  by  means  of  the  tense-sign  -vera-.  Its 
forms  may  easily  be  remembered  by  thinking  of  them  as  made  up  of  the 
imperfect  tense  of  sum  joined  to  the  perfect  stem;  e.g.  laudav-eram,  laudav* 
eras,  etc. 

2.  The  Pluperfect  Passive  is  formed  by  using  the  Perfect  Passive  Parti- 
ciple with  the  imperfect  tense  of  sum ;  e.g.  laiidatus  eram,  I  had  been 
praised. 

165. 

1.  Laudaveram,  laudaveras,  laudaverat;  laudaveramus,  lauda- 
veratis,  lauddverant.  2.  Ego  hoc  speraveram  sed  errabam. 
3.  Severitatem  legum  laudaveratis.  4.  Nos  praefectos  saepe 
confirmaveramus  ;  sed  el  nos  nunquam  iuverant.  5.  Copias,  quae 
bono  in  populum  Bomanum  animo  non  erant,  domum  vocaveras. 
6.  Haeduos  frumentum  fla'gitaveram.  7.  Orator  Caesarem  ma- 
gnum appellaverat.  8.  Laudatus  (-a)  (-urn)  eram,  laudatus  (-a) 
(-um)  eras,  laudatus  (-a)  (-um)  erat;  laudati  (-ae)  (-a)  eramus, 
laudatl  (-ae)  (-a)  eratis,  laudati  (-ae)  (-a)  erant.  9.  Consul  iutus 
erat.  Legio  iuta  erat.  Concilium  iutum  erat.  10.  luvenes  vocati 
erant.  Feminae  vocatae  erant.  Auxilia  vocata  erant.  11.  Lau- 
dibus  civium  bonorum  saepe  confirmati  eramus.  12.  Ego  amicus 
populi  Komani  appellatus  eram,  tu  proditionis  accusatus  eras. 
13.  Vos,  qui  vocati  estis,  uno  in  loco  collocati  eratis. 

Sing.  1.  voca'veram  Plur.  1.  vocavera'mus 

2.  voca'veras  2.  vocavera'tis 

3.  voca'verat  3.  voca'verant 

Sing.  1.  voca'tus  e'ram  Plur.  1.  voca'tl  e  ra'mus 

2.  vo  ca'tus  e'ras  2.  vo  ca'ti  e  ra'tis 

3.  vo  ca'tus  e'rat  3.  vo  ca'ti  e'rant 

166. 

1.  I  had  summoned,  you  had  summoned,  he  had  summoned ;  we 
had  summoned,  you  had  summoned,  they  had  summoned.  2.  I 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  119 

had  assisted  the  nobility,  but  I  had  not  strengthened  the  con- 
spiracy. 3.  The  strictness  of  the  laws  had  especially  assisted 
our  cause.  4.  You  (sing.)  had  encouraged  my  friends,  and  I 
had  protected  yours.  5.  We  laid  waste  the  fields,  but  you  (plur.) 
had  captured  the  cities  of  the  enemy.  6.  How  quickly  have  we 
conquered  the  troops  which  they  had  brought  together !  7.  We 
had  prepared  for  a  great  war.  8.  I  had  been  summoned,  you  had 
been  summoned,  he  had  been  summoned ;  we  had  been  summoned, 
you  had  been  summoned,  they  had  been  summoned.  9.  There 
has  been  need,  but  I  had  not  wondered  at  it.  10.  I  had  been 
accused  of  treason,  but  you  (sing.)  had  been  called  a  friend  of 
the  Roman  people.  11.  The  city  had  been  captured,  and  the 
prisoners  set  free.  12.  We  had  not  expected  assistance,  but  you 
(plur.)  had  quickly  brought  together  large  forces. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION,    ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE    VOICES. 
INDICATIVE   MOOD,   FUTURE   PERFECT   TENSE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  tense-sign  of  the  Future  Perfect  Active  is  -veri-. 
Notice  that  this  tense  has  the  perfect  stem,  and  that  the  remaining  part  of 
the  verb  is  inflected  like  the  future  of  sum,  except  that  in  Plur.  3,  -i-  is 
retained  before  -nt. 

2.  This 'tense  is  used  with  great  exactness  in  Latin  ;  in  English,  its  place 
is  often  supplied  by  the  future  or  even  the  present  tense. 

3.  The  Future  Perfect  Passive  is  formed  by  using  the  Perfect  Passive 
Participle  with  the  future  tense  of  sum ;    e.g.  laudatua  ero,  /  shall  have 
been  praised. 

167. 

1.  Lauddverd,  laudaveris,  lauddverit;  laudaverimus,laudaveritis, 
lauddverint.  2.  Si  hoc  speravero,  erravero.  3.  Facilis  turn  erit 
res,  cum  omnes  probaverimus.  4.  Nos  turn  in  salute  erimus,  cum 
in  uno  loco  legiones  collocaveritis.  5.  Ut  socios  iuveris,  ita  tu 
laude  dlgnus  eris.  6.  Errabo,  si  in  his  locis  copias  non  colloca- 
vero.  7.  Ut  hie  civls  servaverit,  ita  se  elves  servabunt.  8.  Lau- 
ddtus  (-«)  (-urn)  ero,  lauddtus  (-a)  (-um)  eris,  laudatus  (-a)  (-urn) 


120  A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

erit;  lauddti  (-ae)  (-a)  erimus,  lauddti  (-ae)  (-a)  eritis,  lauddti 
(-ae)  (-a)  erunt.  9.  Pons  servatus  erit.  Urbs  iuta  erit.  Iter 
paratum  erit.  10.  Fines  nostri  servati  erunt.  11.  Vos  turn  forti- 
tudinem  hostium  miraberis,  cum  ab  illis  superati  eritis.  12.  Si 
nos  proditionis  accusatl  erimus,  amlci  populi  Roman!  non  appella- 
bimur. 

Sing.  1.  voca'vero  Plur.  1.  vocave'rimus 

2.  vo  ca've  ris  2.  vo  ca  ve  ri  tis 

3.  vo  ca've  rit  3.  vo  ca've  rint 

Sing.  1.  vocS'tuse'ro  Plur.  1.  vo  ca'ti  e'ri  mus 

2.  voca'tuse'ris  2.  vo  ca'ti  e'ri  tis 

3.  vo  ca'tus  e'rit  3.  vo  ca'ti  e'runt 

168. 

1.  I  shall  have  summoned,  you  will  have  summoned,  he  will 
have  summoned ;  we  shall  have  summoned,  you  will  have  sum- 
moned, they  will  have  summoned.  2.  If  I  assist  (shall  have 
assisted)  the  nobility,  I  shall  strengthen  (shall  have  strength- 
ened) the  conspiracy.  3.  When  we  shall  have  given  the  scout 
suitable  assistance,  then  will  he  be  more  daring.  4.  Then  will 
you  (sing.)  praise  the  strictness  of  the  laws,  when  the  nobility 
shall  have  attempted  a  revolution.  5.  If  you  shall  have  con- 
quered the  nobility,  you  will  liberate  Italy  from  great  fear. 
6.  As  you  (plur.)  shall  have  brought  together  great  armies,  so 
will  you  assist  the  cause  of  liberty.  7.  As  I  shall  have  harassed 
the  enemy,  so  will  the  undertaking  be  easy.  8.  I  shall  have  been 
summoned,  you  will  have  been  summoned,  he  will  have  been  sum- 
moned ;  we  shall  have  been  summoned,  you  will  have  been  sum- 
moned, they  will  have  summoned.  9.  If  there  is  (shall  have 
been)  need,  I  shall  wonder  at  it.  10.  The  young  men  will  have 
been  assisted.  The  troops  will  have  been  assisted.  The  auxiliaries 
will  have  been  assisted.  11.  As  the  Mediterranean  Sea  shall 
have  been  protected,  so  will  our  revenues  be  safe.  12.  If  we 
shall  be  (shall  have  been)  encouraged  by  large  revenues,  I  shall 
be  prepared  for  war. 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  121 

FIRST    CONJUGATION,   ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE    VOICES. 
SUBJUNCTIVE    MOOD,   PRESENT    TENSE. 

SUGGESTION.  —  The  Present  Subjunctive  in  both  voices  changes  final  -a- 
of  the  verb-stem  to  -e-,  which  becomes  -e-  before  the  endings  -m,  -t,  -nt ;  -r, 
-ntur. 

169. 

1.  Si  laudem,  si  laudes,  si  laudet;  si  laudemus,  si  laudetis,  s! 
laudent.  2.  SI  hoc  sperem,  errem.  3.  Si  me  iuvetis,  pecuniam 
multam  vobis  dem.  4.  Hie  servos  liberet,  si  omnes  probent. 
5.  Servl  sint  fideles,  si  eos  liberernus.  6.  Si  milites  fortis  dextro 
in  cornu  collocemus,  hostes  nostros  superemus.  7.  Si  Caesar  per- 
fugam  condonet,  laetus  sim.  8.  Si  lauder,  si  lauderis  or  laudere, 
si  laudetur;  si  laudemur,  si  laudemim,  si  laudentur.  9.  Si  nos 
armemur,  vos  non  supereminT.  10.  SI  hostes  superentur,  eos 
servem. 

Sing.  1.  vo'cem  Plur.  1.  voce'mus 

2.  vo'ces  2.  voce'tis 

3.  vo'cet  3.  vo'cent 

Sing.  1.  vo'cer  Plur.  1.  voce'mur 

2.  vo  ce'ris  (-re)  2.  voce'mini 

3.  voce'tur  3.  vocen'tur 

170. 

1.  If  I  should  summon,  if  you  should  summon,  if  he  should 
summon ;  if  we  should  summon,  if  you  should  summon,  if  they 
should  summon.  2.  If  I  should  assist  the  nobility,  I  should 
strengthen  the  conspiracy.  3.  If  we  should  assist  the  nobility, 
you  (plur.)  would  not  approve.  4.  If  you  (sing.)  should  encour- 
age the  exiles,  you  would  go  wrong.  5.  If  Caesar  should  demand 
aid  of  me,  I  should  bring  together  all  our  forces.  6.  If  I  should 
pardon  the  treachery  of  Dumnorix,  he  would  be  very  glad.  7.  If 
they  should  approve  the  undertaking,  they  would  not  go  wrong. 
8.  If  I  should  be  summoned,  if  you  should  be  summoned,  if  he 
should  be  summoned ;  if  we  should  be  summoned,  if  you  should 
be  summoned,  if  they  should  be  summoned.  9.  If  there  should 


122  A   STKAIGHT   KOAD   TO   CAESAE. 


be  need,  I  should  wonder  at  it.  10.  If  you  (sing.)  should  be  pre- 
pared for  war,  the  citizens  would  be  delighted.  11.  If  you  (plur.) 
should  be  assisted,  I  should  be  especially  encouraged.  12.  If  a 
bad  man  should  be  elected  consul,  we  should  be  greatly  harassed. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION,   ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE    VOICES. 
SUBJUNCTIVE    MOOD,   IMPERFECT    TENSE. 

SUGGESTION.  —  The  connecting  tense-sign  of  the  Imperfect  Tense  in  both 
voices  is  -re-.  This  becomes  -re-  before  the  endings,  -m,  -t,  -nt ;  -r,  -ntur. 

171. 

1.  Si  laudarerrij  si  laudares,  si  laudaret;  si  laudaremus,  si  lau- 
daretis,  si  lauddrent.  2.  Si  hoc  sperarem,  errarem.  3.  Si  me 
auxilium  flagitaretis,  legiones  fortes  in  nostra  urbe  collocarem. 
4.  Si  eos  iuvaremus,  nobis  pecuniam  multam  darent.  5.  Si  omnes 
probaretis,  auxilia  dextro  in  cornu  collocarem.  6.  Auxilia  in 
sinistro  cornu  collocaremus,  si  adessetis.  7.  Laetus  essem,  si  tfi 
cornu  dextrum  iuvares.  8.  Si  laudarer,  si  laudareris,  or  laudarere, 
si  lauddretur ;  si  laudaremur,  si  laudaremini,  silaudarentur.  9.  Si 
nos  armaremur,  vos  non  supereminl.  10.  Si  tu  consul  creareris, 
ego  a  multis  viiis  fortibus  iuvarer.  11.  Ornne  imperium  consul! 
nostro  non  daretur,  si  nos  a  viiis  fortissimis  iuvarernur. 

Sing.  1.  voca'rem  Plur.  1.  vocare'mus 

2.  voca'res  2.  vocare'tis 

3.  voca'ret  3.  voca'rent 

Sing.  1.  voca'rer  Plur.  1.  vocare'mur 

2.  vocare'ris  (-re)  2.  vocare'minT 

3.  vocare'tur  3.  vocaren'tur 

172. 

1.  If  I  were  summoning,  if  you  were  summoning,  if  he  was 
summoning ;  if  we  were  summoning,  if  you  were  summoning,  if 
they  were  summoning.  2.  If  I  were  assisting  the  nobility,  I 
should  strengthen  the  conspiracy.  3.  If  we  were  liberating  the 
slaves,  the  populace  would  not  approve.  4.  If  all  were  approv- 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  123 

ing,  I  should  assist  the  exile.  5.  If  I  were  ready,  I  should  set 
the  captives  free.  6.  We  should  assist  the  unfortunate  men,  if 
we  were  present.  7.  If  I  were  elected  consul,  I  should  strengthen 
the  cause  of  liberty.  8.  If  I  were  summoned,  if  you  were  sum- 
moned, if  he  were  summoned ;  if  we  were  summoned,  if  you  were 
summoned,  if  they  were  summoned.  9.  If  there  were  need,  I 
should  wonder  at  it.  10.  Good  men  would  be  encouraged,  if  you 
(sing.)  were  assisted.  11.  If  we  were  armed,  you  (plur.)  would 
not  be  conquered.  12.  If  I  were  summoned,  he  would  be  pro- 
tected. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION,    ACTIVE    AND    PASSIVE    VOICES. 
SUBJUNCTIVE    MOOD,    PERFECT  AND    PLUPER- 
FECT TENSES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  Perfect  Subjunctive  Active  is  inflected  like  the 
Future  Perfect  Indicative  with  this  exception,  that  in  Sing.  1  final  -i-  of  the 
tense-sign  is  unchanged  and  the  personal-ending  -m  is  retained. 

2.  The  Pluperfect  Subjunctive  has  the  tense-sign  -visse-.     Its  final  -e- 
becomes  -e-  before  the  personal-ending  -m,  -t,  and  -nt.    The  inflection  of  this 
tense  may  easily  be  remembered  by  thinking  of  its  forms  as  made  up  of  the 
perfect  stem,  prefixed  to  the  imperfect  subjunctive  of  sum  with  its  initial 
vowel  changed  from  e  to  i  throughout ;  e.g.  lauddv-eBaem  becomes  laudav- 
issem. 

3.  The  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Passive  are  formed  by  using  with  the  per- 
fect participle  the  present  and  imperfect  subjunctive  of  sum ;  e.g.  Perfect, 
laudatua  aim,  etc. ;  Pluperfect,  laudatua  essem,  etc. 

173. 

1.  (a)  Si  laudaverim,  sllaudaveris,  si  lauddverit;  si  lauddveri- 
mus,  si  lauddveritis,  si  lauddverint.  (b)  Si  laudavissem,  si  laudd- 
visses,  si  lauddvisset ;  si  lauddvissemus,  si  lauddvissetis,  si  lauddvis- 
sent.  2.  (a)  Si  hoc  speraverim,  errem.  (6)  Si  hoc  speravissem,  er- 
ravissem.  3.  SI  earn  rem  enuntiaverim,  me  graviter  accuses.  4.  Si 
elves  frumentum  flagitavissemus,  id  comportavissent.  5.  Si  per- 
fidiam  Dumnorigis  condonavissem,  Caesar  me  graviter  accusavis- 
set.  6.  SI  eos  iuvissemus,  urbem  expugnavissent.  7.  SI  perfidiam 
Dumnorigis  condonavisses,  consilia  Caesaris  hostibus  enuntiavis- 


124  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

ses.  8.  (a)  SI  laudatus  (-a)  (-urn)  sim,  etc.  (b)  Si  lauddtus  (-a) 
(-um)  essem,  etc.  9.  Si  legatus  superatus  sit,  ego  magnopere 
mirer.  10.  Si  tu  condonatus  esses,  nemo  miratus  esset.  11.  Si 
nostrae  urbes  vastatae  essent,  concilium  principum  convocavisse- 
mus.  12.  Si  nos  a  legionibus  veteranis  iuti  essemus,  vos  non 
superatl  essetls. 

Sing.  1.  voca'verim  Plur.  1.  voca  ve'ri  mus 

2.  voca'veris  2.  voca  ve'ri  Us 

3.  voca'verit  3.  voca'verint 

Sing.  1.  vocavis'sem  Plur.  1.  vocilvisse'mus 

2.  vocavis'ses  2.  vocavis  se'tis 

3.  vocavis'set  3.  vocavis'sent 

Sing.  1.  voca'tus  sim  Plur.  1.  voca'tl  si'mus 

2.  voca'tus  sis  2.  voca'tl  si 'tis 

3.  voca'tus  sit  3.  voca'ti  sint 

Sing.  1.  voca'tus  es'sem  Plur.  1.  voca'tl  esse'mus 

2.  voca'tus  es'ses  2.  voca'ti  es se'tis 

3.  voca'tus  es'set  3.  voca'ti  es'sent 

174. 

1.  (a)  If  I  should  summon  (should  have  summoned),  if  you 
should  summon,  if  he  should  summon;  if  we  should  summon, 
if  you  should  summon,  if  they  should  summon,  (b)  If  I  had 
summoned,  if  you  had  summoned,  if  he  had  summoned ;  if  we 
had  summoned,  if  you  had  summoned,  if  they  had  summoned. 
2.  (a)  If  I  should  assist  (should  have  assisted)  the  nobility,  I 
should  strengthen  the  conspiracy.  (6)  If  I  had  assisted  the 
nobility,  I  should  have  strengthened  the  conspiracy.  3.  If  you 
(sing.)  should  pardon  treachery,  the  consul  would  severely  cen- 
sure you.  4.  If  I  had  revealed  your  plans,  you  (sing.)  would 
never  have  pardoned  me.  5.  If  we  had  summoned  the  scout,  he 
would  have  revealed  your  plans.  6.  If  you  (sing.)  should  cap- 
ture the  camp,  we  all  should  approve.  7.  If  the  commander 
had  approved,  we  should  have  protected  the  bridge.  8.  (a)  If 
I  should  be  summoned,  etc.  (b)  If  I  had  been  summoned,  etc. 
9.  (a)  If  there  should  be  (should  have  been)  need,  I  should 
wonder  at  it.  (b)  If  there  had  been  need,  I  should  have  wondered 
at  it. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  125 


FIRST   CONJUGATION.     IMPERATIVES,   INFINITIVES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.    The  Imperative  endings  are  as  follows  :  — 

ACTIVE  VOICE.   Present  :  Sing.  2.  —  ,  e.g.  pard,  prepare  (thou,  you)  •  Plur. 

2.  -te,  e.g.  parate,  prepare  (ye,  you).     Future:  Sing.  2.  -to,  e.g.  parato,  you 

shall  (thou  shalt)  prepare,-  Sing.  3.  -to,  e.g.  parato,  he  shall  prepare,'  Plur. 

2.  -tote,  e.g.  pardtote,  you  (ye)  shall  prepare  ;   Plur.  3.  -nto,  e.g.  paranto, 

they  shall  prepare. 

PASSIVE  VOICE.    Present:   Sing.  2.  -re,  e.g.  pardre,  be  (thou,  you)  pre- 

pared; Plur.  2.  -mini,  e.g.  pardmim,  be  (you)  prepared.    Future:  Sing.  2. 

-tor,  e.g.  parator,  you  shall  (thou  shalt)  be  prepared;  Sing.  3.  -tor,  e.g.  para- 

tor,  he  shall  be  prepared  ;  Plur.  3.  -ntor,  e.g.  parantor,  they  shall  be  prepared. 

2.  The  Infinitive  endings  are  as  follows  :  — 

ACTIVE  VOICE.  Present  :  -re,  e.g.  llberdre,  to  set  free  ;  Perfect  :  -visse,  e.g. 
liberdvi&se,  to  have  set  free  ;  Future  :  -turus  (-tura,  -turum)  esse,  e.g.  libe- 
raturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  set  free. 

PASSIVE  VOICE.  Present  :  -ri,  e.g.  liberal!,  to  be  set  free  ;  Perfect  :  -tus  (-ta, 
-turn)  esse,  e.g.  llberdtua  esse,  to  have  been  set  free;  Future:  -turn  m,  e.g. 
liberation  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  set  free. 

3.  In  the  change  to  the  infinitive  mood,  after  verbs  such  as  respondet, 
he  replies, 

f  (Respondet)  eum  errare. 

a.  Errat  becomes  .    '  ,.    .  ,     . 

I  (He  replies)  that  he  is  going  wrong. 

c  (Respondet)  eum  erravisse. 

b.  Erravit  (errabat,  errave-    \  ,  TT  p    „   ;    .  , 

•{  (He  replies)  that  he  went  or  7&as  gone  (was 
rat)  becomes 

going,  had  gone)  wrong. 

.    ,  ^     t  (Respondet)  eum  erraturum  esse. 

c.  Brravent  (errabrt,  erret,   (  £  ^  hf  ^  ^ 

erravent)  becomes 


(  (Respondet)  eum  erraturum  fuisse. 

d.  Erraret    (erravisset)   be-   I  f^  ^  was 

comes  1         wrong. 

(  (Responded)  eum  id  mirari. 

e.  Miratur  id  becomes  j  (^  ^.^  ^  ^  ^^  ^  ft< 

/.  Miratus  est  id  (miraba-   f  (Respondet)  eum  id  mlratum  esse. 

tur,  miratus   erat)    be-  -j  (He  replies)  that  he  (has)  wondered,  (was 
comes  (.         wondering,  had  wondered)  at  it. 


126 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


175. 

1.  Laudd,1  lauddte;  laudato,  laudato,  lauddtote,  laudanto.  Lau- 
ddre,1  lauddmini;  lauddtor,  lauddtor,  laudantor.  2.  Laudare. 
Lauddvisse.  Lauddturus  (-tura,  -turum)  esse.  Lauddri.  Lauddtus 
(-ta,  -turn)  esse.  Lauddtum  in.  3.  Praeterita2  Divitiaco  fratri 
condono.  Caesar  dicit  praeterita  se  Divitiaco  fratri  condonare.3 
4.  Tutum  iter  per  fines  nostros  dabimus.  Respondent  se  tutum 
iter  per  fines  suos  daturos  esse.3  5.  Civitatem  consuetudine  mea 
conservavi.  Dicit  se  civitatem  consuetudine  sua  conservavisse.3 
6.  Minus  dubitationis  mihi  datur.  Caesar  respondet  sibi  minus 
dubitationis 4  dari.  7.  Nostra  consilia  hostibus  sunt  enuntiata. 
Liscus  proponit  nostra  consilia  hostibus  enuntiata  esse.3 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G.  :  !110,  c  ;  112,  c.  2 188  and  Remark.  2335  ; 

336,  1,  and  2  first  sentence ;  336,  A, 
and  NOTE  1  first  sentence.  *  216,  a,  2. 
H. :  !487,  1  and  2;  Rule  XL.  2441  and  1. 
8  522  and  1  ;  523  and  1  ;  Rule  LIII.  I. 
4  397  and  3. 


ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Sing.  2.  vo'ca 
Plur.  2.  vo  ca'te 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense. 


Future  Tense. 


Sing.  2  and  3.  vo  ca'to 
Plur.  2.  voca  to'te 
Plur.  3.  vocan'to 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Sing.  2.  vo  ca're 
Plur.  2.  vo  ca'mi  ni 


Sing.  2  and  3.  vo  ca'tor 

Plur.  2.  — 

Plur.  3.  vo  can'tor 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

ACTIVE  VOICE.  Present  Tense.  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

vo  ca're  |  vo  ca'rl 

Perfect  Tense. 
vo  ca  vis'se  ]  vo  ca'tus  es'se 

Future  Tense. 
vocatu'rus  es'se  vo  ca'tum  I'ri 

(vo  ca'tus  fo're) 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  127 

176.          * 

1.  Summon  (thou,  you),  summon  (ye,  you)  ;  you  shall  (thou 
shalt)  summon,  he  shall  summon,  you  (ye)  shall  summon,  they 
shall  summon.  Be  (thou,  you)  summoned,  be  (ye,  you)  sum- 
moned; you  shall  (thou  shalt)  be  summoned,  he  shall  be  sum- 
moned, they  shall  be  summoned.  2.  To  summon.  To  have 
summoned.  To  be  about  to  summon.  To  be  summoned.  To 
have  been  summoned.  To  be  about  to  be  summoned.  3.  We 
pardon  the  past  for  [the  sake  of]  our  friend.  They  say  that  they 
pardon  the  past  for  [the  sake  of]  their  friend.  4.  I  have  given 
[them]  a  safe  passage  through  my  territory.  He  replies  that  he 
had  given  [them]  a  safe  passage  through  his  territory.  5.  We 
shall  spare  the  state  in  accordance  with  our  custom.  They  say 
that  they  will  spare  the  state  in  accordance  with  their  custom. 
6.  Less  [of]  doubt  was  given  to  us.  They  reply  that  to  them- 
selves less  [of]  doubt  was  given.  7.  Our  plans  are  disclosed  to 
the  enemy.  Liscus  represents  that  our  plans  are  disclosed  to 
the  enemy. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION.    PARTICIPLES,    ABLATIVE 
ABSOLUTE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.     The  following  tables  show  the  corresponding  Latin 
and  English  participles,  also  the  Latin  endings  :  — 

ACTIVE  VOICE. 

LATIN.  ENGLISH. 

Pres.    -na,        ProbdnB.  Approving. 

Perf.    •   — ,       (Wanting).  Having  approved. 

Fut.      -turns,  Pro&aturus.  (Wanting.} 

PASSIVE  VOICE. 
LATIN.  ENGLISH. 

Pres.    -   — ,       (Wanting).  (Being)  approved. 

Perf.    -tus,      ProbdtuB.  Having  been  approved. 

Fut.      -ndus,  ProbanduB.  (Wanting.) 


128  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

2.  In  the  declension  of  probdna,  -a-  becomes  -a-  before  -nt-.     Decline  it, 
using  dlligens,  Exercise  85,  as  a  model.     The  other  participles  are  declined 
like  bonus. 

3.  The  Present  Active,  and  Perfect  Passive,  Participles  are  much  used  in 
the   construction  called  the  Ablative  Absolute:  thus  in  the  phrase  monte 
occupato,  monte  is  in  the  ablative  case,  and  occupato  agrees  with  it.    A.  &  G., 
Rules  2  and  54;    H.,  Rules  XXXIV.  and   XXXII.     It  may  be  variously 
translated:  e.g.  (literally)  the  mountain  having  been  occupied;  (by  the  miss- 
ing participles)  the  mountain  being  occupied,  having  occupied  the  mountain ; 
(by  a  clause)  when,  (since,  as)  the  mountain  had  been  occupied,  when  he  had 
occupied  the  mountain  ;  (by  a  phrase)  after  occupying  the  mountain,  etc.    So 
me  praesente  may  be  translated  (literally,  I  being  present) ,  when  I  was 
present ;  in  my  presence,  etc. 

177. 

1.  Haec,  me T  praesente,1  dicit.  2.  Legatus,  qui  equitatm  praeest, 
tertium  aciem  laborantibus  nostris  subsidio  mittit.  3.  Gallia  est 
omnis  divlsa2  in  partes  tres.  4.  Caesar,  suos  cohortatus,3  proe- 
lium  committit.  5.  Caesar,  cum 4  oppidum  expugnavit,  centurio- 
nes  vehementer  incusat.  6.  Dum 4  paucos  dies  ad  Vesontionem 
moratur,5  timor  magnus  omnem  exercitum  occupavit.  7.  Caesar, 
occupato6  oppido,  ibi  praesidium  conlocat.  8.  Hostes,  dato 
signo,  ex  omnibus  portis  erumpunt.  9.  Obsidibus  datls,  Caesar 
ib!  castra  ponit.  10.  AmbarrT,  depopulatis  agiis,  non  facile  ab 
oppidis  suis  vim  hostium  prohibent.  11.  Data 7  facultate,7  hostes 
ab  iniuria  non  temperabunt.  12.  Me 8  invito,8  iter  per  provinciam 
temptavistis.  13.  Orgetorix,  M.  (Marco)  Messala 8  et  M.  Plsone 8 
consulibus,8  coniurationem  nobilitatis  facit. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G.  :  *  255  ;  Rule  54.    2  291,  b.    3 135,  a  and  b  ; 

290,  <Z,1.     4290,  c.     5276,  e.     °290, 
d,  2.    7310,  a.     8255,  a. 

H.  :  1431;  Rule  XXXII.  2471,  6,  Note  1; 
550,  Note  2.  3195,  II.  2;  231. 
*  550,  Note  5.  6467,  4.  6  550,  Note  4. 
'  549,  2.  8  431?  4. 

PARTICIPLES. 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  Pres.  vo'cans;  Fut.  vocatu'rus. 
PASSIVE  VOICE,  Perf.  vo  ca'tus ;  Fut.  vo  can'dus. 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


M.  F.                                N.  M.  F.                               N. 

Sing.  Nom.             vo'cans  Plur.  vocan'tgs        vo  can'ti  a 

Gen.              vo  can'  tis  vo  can'ti  um 

Dat.              vo  can'ti  vo  can'ti  bus 

Ace.  vocan'tem        vo'cans  vo  can'tis  (es)    vo  can'ti  a 

Voc.              vo'cans  vo  can  'tea            vo  can'ti  a 

Abl.  vo  can'ti  or  vo  can'te  vo  can'ti  bus 

Decline  vocd'tus  and  vocdtu'rus  like  aml'cus  and  iniml'cus,  Exercise  29. 


SUGGESTION.  —  Italicized  clauses  and  phrases  below  are  to  be  translated 
by  the  ablative  absolute. 

178. 

1.  He  says  this  in  the  presence  of  many  witnesses.  2.  The  cen- 
turion brings  assistance  to  his  struggling  soldiers.  3.  The  hill  is 
occupied  by  legions  which  are  of  service  to  the  rear  rank. 
4.  Caesar,  having  encouraged  the  soldiers,  gives  a  signal  for  the 
fight.  5.  When  the  enemy  have  occupied  the  town,  we  shall  be 
in  great  danger.  6.  While  we  delay  many  days  on  the  march, 
the  enemy  capture  the  town.  7.  Caesar,  after  occupying  the  towns 
of  the  enemy,  sends  his  legions  into  winter  [quarters].  8.  Our 
forces  at  a  given  signal  break  forth  from  camp.  9.  Many  hostages 
having  been  given,  Caesar  leads  his  army  into  Gaul  by  as  long 
marches  as  possible.  10.  Since  the  fields  have  been  devastated,  the 
enemy  betake  themselves  into  the  forests.  11.  If  an  opportunity 
should  be  given,  the  enemy  would  not  refrain  from  violence. 
12.  The  Helvetii,  against  Caesar's  will,  attempt  a  march  through 
the  territory  of  the  Sequani.  13.  The  Helvetii  prepare  them- 
selves for  the  journey  in  the  consulship  of  L.  (Lucius)  Piso  and  A. 
(Aulus)  Oabinius. 

FIRST    CONJUGATION.      THE    GERUNDIVE. 

SUGGESTION.  —  The  Future  Passive  Participle  has  a  peculiar  adjective  use 
in  which  it  is  known  as  a  Gerundive.  In  the  Gerundive  construction,  such  a 
phrase  as  for  transporting  the  legions  takes  the  Latin  form  ad  legidnes  trdns- 
portandds,  in  which  legidnes  is  the  accusative  after  ad,  and  trdnsportandas 
agrees  with  legidnes.  Notice  that  the  nearest  approach  to  a  literal  translation 
of  this  Latin  phrase  is  the  expression  for  the  about-to-be-transported  legions. 

THIS  CONSTRUCTION  IS  VERY  COMMON. 


130  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


179. 

1.  Galli  vitandi l  aestus  causa 2  plerumque  silvarum  ac  fluminum 
propinquitates  petunt.  2.  Galli  subito  proelii 3  renovandi 4  consi- 
lium  capiunt.  3.  German!  magnam  navium  copiam  ad  transpor- 
tandum4  exercitum5  mittunt.  4.  Caesar  C.  (Caium)  Trebonium 
cum  legionibus  tribus  ad  earn  regionem  depopulandam  mittit. 
5.  Caesar  in  his  locis  navium  parandarum  causa  moratur.  6.  Tern- 
pus  rebus6  administrandis 4  non  dabatur.  7.  Caesar  ad  hostis 
consectandos  equitatum  mittit.  8.  Tern  pus  ad  Insignia  accom- 
modanda  defuit. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 297  ;  298.    2  245,  c.    3  Rule  14.    «  Rule  2. 

-   5152.     «  Rule  21. 

H. :  !543  and  Note.  2416  and  foot-note  2. 
3  Rule  XVI.  4  Rule  XXXIV.  6432; 
433.  6  Rule  XII.  I. 

THE  GERUNDIVE  (Fut.  Pass.  Participle). 


M. 

F. 

N. 

Sing.  Nom. 

vo  can'dus 

vo  can'da 

vo  can'dum 

Gen. 

vo  can'di 

vo  can'dae 

vo  can'di 

Dat. 

vo  can'do 

vo  can'dae 

vo  can'do 

Ace. 

vocan'dum 

vo  can'dam 

vo  can'dum 

Voc. 

vo  can'de 

vo  can'da 

vo  can'dum 

Abl. 

vo  can'dS 

vo  can'da 

vo  can'do 

Complete  the  plural  as  suggested  by  the  singular. 

180. 

1.  Caesar  chooses  the  plan  of  renewing  the  war.  2.  We  delay 
in  the  province  to  prepare  (for  the  sake  of  preparing)  an  army. 
3.  The  consul  sends  ships  to  transport  (for  transporting)  our 
legions.  4.  The  consul  sends  two  legions  to  devastate  (for 
devastating)  the  fields  of  the  enemy.  5.  Time  was  not  given 
for  (dative)  putting  on  our  helmets.  6.  Caesar  sends  soldiers  to 
pursue  (for  pursuing)  the  deserters.  7.  Time  is  lacking  for 
executing  our  plans. 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  131 


FIRST    CONJUGATION.      THE    GERUND. 

SUGGESTIONS.  — 1.  The  Gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  of  the  second  declension, 
neuter  gender.  Its  plural  and  nominative  singular  are  wanting,  and  it  is 
declined  as  follows  :  — 

Gen.  postula.ud.1,  of  demanding.  Ace.,  postulandum,  demanding. 

Dat.,  postulando,  to  (or  for}  demanding.    Abl.,  postulauAo,  by  demanding. 

2.  Sentences  1,  2,  3,  4,  and  5  show  the  common  use  of  the  gerund.    When 
the  gerund  would  have  an  object,  the  gerundive  construction  has  preference, 
but  such  constructions  as  those  in  6,  7,  8,  and  9  are  not  uncommon.     Com- 
pare them  with  sentences  1,  2,  5,  and  6  in  the  preceding  exercise. 

3.  The  Supines  are  verbal  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension,  in  the  ace.  and 
abl.  singular ;  e.g.  rogratum,  rogatu.,  to  ask. 

4.  Notice  that  gerundives,  gerunds,  and  supines  denote  a  purpose.     The 
infinitive  must  not  be  used  in  Latin  to  express  a  purpose,  as  in  English. 

181. 

1.  Spes  praedandi 1  studiumque  bellandi 2  hostls  ab  agricultura 
revocabat.  2.  Animus  hostium  ad  dimicandum 3  paratus  est. 
3.  Germ  am  in  Galliam  praedandi  causa  veniunt.  4.  Caesar  hos- 
tibus  potestatem  pugnandi  facit.  5.  Caesar  in  his  locis  legionem 
hiemandi  causa  conlocat.  6.  Galli  vitandi  aestum  causa  plerum- 
que  silvarum  ac  fLuminum  propinquitates  petunt.  7.  Galli  subito 
bellum  renovandi  consilium  capiunt.  8.  Caesar  in  his  locis  navis 
parandi  causa  moratur.  9.  Tempus  res  administrando 4  non 
dabatur.  10.  Facultas  sui 5  Hberandi  hostibus  non  datur.  11.  Hae- 
dui  legates  ad  Caesarem  mittunt  rogatum 6  auxilium. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :    !295.      2298.      3300.      4299  and  a. 

5  298,  a.    6  302  ;  Rule  66. 
H. :    !541.      2  542   and  I.      3542  and  III. 
4  542  and  II.     &  542,  Note  1.     6  545, 
and  Note  2  ;  546  ;  Kule  LIX. 

THE   GERUND. 
N.  Gen.  vocan'di ;  Dat.  vocan'do  ;  Ace.  vocan'dum  ;  Abl.  vocan'do. 

THE    SUPINES. 
Former  Supine,  voca'tum  ;  Latter  Supine,  voca'tu. 


132  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

182. 

1.  The  enemy  cross  the  line  to  plunder  (for  the  sake  of 
plundering).  2.  An  opportunity  of  fighting  is  given  to  the 
enemy.  3.  Caesar  leads  his  army  into  [the  country  of]  the 
Sequam  to  pass  (for  the  sake  of  passing)  the  winter.  4.  The 
time  is  suitable  for  (ad)  renewing  the  battle.  5.  We  prepared 
for  (ad)  [decisive]  fighting.  6.  The  enemy  delay  many  days 
for  the  sake  of  preparing  war.  7.  Caesar  remains  in  the  same 
place  to  avoid  (for  the  sake  of  avoiding)  danger.  8.  The  enemy 
have  an  opportunity  of  freeing  themselves.  9.  Ambassadors  are 
sent  to  Caesar  to  ask  aid. 


PRINCIPAL   PARTS. 

Verbs  which,  like  laudo,  have  -a-  before  -re  in  the  present  infinitive  (lau- 
da-re)  are  of  the  First  Conjugation.  To  inflect  a  verb  throughout  it  is  neces- 
sary to  know  (1)  to  what  conjugation  it  belongs,  and  (2)  its  three  stems. 
The  Principal  Parts  of  a  verb  are  therefore :  — 

1.  The  Present  Indicative,  showing  the  present  stem. 

2.  The  Perfect  Indicative,  showing  the  perfect  stem. 

3.  The  Supine  or  Perfect  Participle,  showing  the  supine  stem. 

4.  The  Present  Infinitive,  showing  the  conjugation. 
Thus,  laudo,  lauddvl,  lauddtum,  lauddre. 

Learn,  from  the  Vocabulary,  the  principal  parts  of  the  following  verbs  of 
the  first  conjugation:  appello,  anno,  colloco,  comporto,  conddno,  confirmo, 
convoco,  creo,  delecto,  demonstro,  enuntio,  erro,  existimo,  expugno,  flagito, 
impero,  laudo,  libero,  occupo,  oppugno,  paro,  postulo,  probo,  pugno,  servo, 
spero,  supero,  tempto,  vasto,  vexo,  vocd  ;  and  of  the  irregular  verbs  do,  iuvo. 
Repeat  these  till  they  are  mastered. 

Sum  is  an  irregular  verb.    Its  principal  parts  are  sum,  fui,  futurus,  esse. 

SYNOPSES. 
Give  synopses  of  the  above  verbs,  in  all  persons,  throughout  both  voices. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION,  ACTIVE   AND   PASSIVE  VOICES, 
INDICATIVE   MOOD.     TENSES    WITH   PRESENT   STEM. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Verb-stems  of  the  Second  Conjugation  end  in  -e-;  e.g. 
mone-  (stem  of  moneo,  I  warn},  vere-  (stem  of  vereoi,  I  fear}.    Notice  that 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR.  133 

in  the  forms  moneo  and  vereor,  -e-  is  shortened  and  retained  before  -6  and 
-or  ;  otherwise  the  changes  of  -e-  correspond  to  those  of  final  -a-  in  verb- 
stems  of  the  first  conjugation. 

2.  The  paradigms  begun  in  sentence  1  in  this  and  the  following  Latin 
Exercises,  are  to  be  completed,  compared  with  A.  &  G.  130,  pp.  96  ff.,  or 
H.  207,  pp.  90  ff.,  and  translated.  Sentences  2  and  3  may  be  developed  in 
the  various  tenses  for  practice  in  verb  inflection.  For  the  synopsis  of  vereor, 
see  A.  &  G.  135,  II. 

183. 

1.  Moneo.  Monebam.  Monebo.  Moneor.  Monebar.  Monebor. 
2.  Si  collem  teneo,  hostis  pabulatione  prohibeo.  3.  Si  hostis 
vereor,  amicus  populi  Komani  11611  habeor.  4.  Nationes  multae 
ea,  quae  ad  efteminandos  animos  l  pertinent,  important.  5.  Caesar 
alias  civitates  territando,2  alias  cohortando,2  in  officio  tenebat. 

6.  Legatus,  qui  loci  natura  continetur,  munitione  prohibebitur. 

7.  In  castiis  remanebamus,  quod 3  (because)  milites  paucos  habe- 
batis.     8.  In  Italia  reman ebimus,  quod  msueti  navigandi4  mare 
timemus.     9.  Inopia  frumenti  est,  quod  agricultura  prohibemur. 
10.  Caesar  inopiam  verebatur,   quod  German!  agriculturae  non 
student.     11.   Vim    hostium   ab   oppido   non   prohibebam,  quod 
nostrae  naves  tempestatibus  detinebantur.     12.   Hostes  oppido 
remanebunt,  quod  pabulatione  prohibentur.    13.  Monte  occupato, 
hostis  non  verebimur.     14.  Hostis  video,  et  mihf5  parati  ad  pu- 
gnandum  non  videntur. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 296  ;  300  and  NOTE.     2  301  (1) .    3  321 ; 

Rule  77,  first  clause.  4  Rule  18.  5232,c. 
H. :  i  543  ;  544,  I.    2  542  and  IV.    3  516,  I.  ; 
Rule  XL VII.  I.  4  Rule  XVII.  5384,I. ; 
Rule  XII.  I. 

Video,  /  see  (Passive,  I  seem} . 
ACTIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 
Sing.  1.  vi'deo  Plur.  1.  vide'mus 

2.  vi'des  2.  vide'tis 

3.  vi'det  3.  vi'dent 


134  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vide'bam  Plur.  1.  videba'mus 

2.  vide'bas  2.  videba'tis 

3.  vide'bat  3.  vide'bant 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vide'bo  Plur.  1.  vide'bimus 

2.  vide'bis  2.  vide'bitis 

3.  vide'bit  3.  vide'bunt 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'deor  Plur.  1.  vide'mur 

2.  vide'ris  (-re)  2.  vide'mim 

3.  vide'tur  3.  viden'tur 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vide'bar  Plur.  1.  videba'mur 

2.  videba'ris  (-re)  2.  videba'minl 

3.  videba'tur  3.  videban'tur 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vide'bor  Plur.  1.  vide'bimur 

2.  vi  de'be  ris  (-re)  2.  vi  de  bi'mi  ni 

3.  vide'bitur  3.  videbun'tur 


184. 

1.  I  see.  I  was  seeing.  I  shall  see.  I  seem.  I  seemed.  I  shall 
seem.  2.  If  you  (sing.)  remain  in  the  army,  the  enemy  will  be 
kept  from  our  territory.  3.  Many  things  tend  to  enfeeble  our 
minds.  4.  You  (sing.)  are  hemmed  in  by  very  rugged  moun- 
tains. 5.  The  mountains  will  be  held  by  our  forces.  6.  You 
(plur.)  will  keep  the  enemy  from  foraging  and  from  fortifying. 

7.  I  shall  not  remain  at  home,  because  I  am  afraid  of  danger. 

8.  All  the  Helvetii  were  desiring  a  revolution.     9.  You  (sing.) 
were  detained  at  home  by  a  storm.      10.  We  were  kept  from 
foraging,  because  the  enemy  were  in  sight.      11.   If  an  oppor- 
tunity of  fighting  is  given  (abl.  abs.),  I  shall  not  be  afraid  of 
the  enemy.     12.  The  victor  seems  to  me  worthy  of  all  honor. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  135 


SECOND   CONJUGATION,  ACTIVE  AND   PASSIVE  VOICES. 
REMAINING    TENSES    OF    THE    INDICATIVE    MOOD. 

SUGGESTIONS. — 1.  The  perfect  stem  of  moneo  is  monu-.  The  active 
tense-signs  are  as  follows:  perf.,  -ul;  pluperf.,  -wera- ;  fut.  perl,  -weri-. 
The  tenses  of  the  passive  voice  are  formed  as  in  the  first  conjugation. 

2.  The  following  have  irregular  perfects,  and  perfect  participles  ;  re- 
maned, perf.,  remdnsi,  perf.  part,  wanting;  persuaded,  perf ., persuasi,  perf. 
part.,  persudauB ;  faveo,  perf.,  fdvl,  perf.  part,  wanting;  removed,  perf., 
removi,  perf.  part.,  remotus ;  responded,  perf.,  respondl,  perf.  part.,  respon- 
BUB  ;  video,  perf. ,  vidl,  perf.  part. ,  VIBUB.  The  principal  parts  of  audeo 
(semi-deponent,  see  A.  &  G.  136 ;  H.  268,  3)  are  audeo,  aiiBUB  sum,  au- 
dere. 

185. 

1.  Monul.  Monueram.  Monuero.  Monitus  (-a)  (-urn)  sum. 
Monitus  (-a)  (-urn)  eram.  Monitus  (-a)  (-urn)  era.  2.  SI  collem 
tenui,  hostis  pabulatione  prohibul.  3.  SI  hostis  veritus  sum, 
amicus  populi  Roman!  non  habitus  sum.  4.  Nostris  persuasi,  et 
I  castra  hostium  oppugnare1  ausi  sunt.  5.  Helvetiis  propter 
adflnitatem  faveras.  6.  Legibus  parueramus  et  novis  rebus  non 
studuimus.  7.  SI  equos  ex  conspectu  removerimus,  timidi  vide- 
bimur.  8.  Neque  equos  ex  conspectu  removimus  neque  timidi 
visi  sumus.  9.  SI  in  castris  remanseris,  timidus  videberis. 
10.  SI  mumtione  prohibit!  erimus,  hostis  magno  opere  verebi- 
mur.  11.  Praefectus  territus  est  quod  commeatu  prohibitus  erat. 
12.  Nos  multos  dies  iter  moramur2  quod  commeatu  prohibit! 
eramus.  13.  Castra  commeatus  parandi  (commeatum  parand!) 
causa  remota  erant.  14.  Hostes,  data  facultate,  castra  sex  pas- 
suum  milia  ab  oppido  removerant. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 271 ;  Rule  59.    2  276,  a  and  NOTE  1,  first 

sentence. 

H. :  1533,  and  I.  1  and  2  ;  Rule  LVI.    2467, 
III.   2. 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'di  Plur.  1.  vi'dimus 

2.  vidi'sti  2.  vidi'stis 

3.  vi'dit  3.  vl  de'nmt  (-re) 


136  A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO   CAESAR. 


PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'deram  Plur.  1.  videra'mus 

2.  vl'deras  2.  videra'tis 

3.  vi'derat  3.  vi'derant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'dero  Plur.  1.  vlde'rimus 

2.  vi'deris  2.  vide'ritis 

3.  vi'derit  3.  vi'derint 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'sus  sum  Plur.  1.  vl'si  su'mus 

2.  vi'sus  es  2.  vi'si  e'stis 

3.  vi'sus  est  3.  vi'si  sunt 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'sus  e 'ram  Plur.  1.  vi'siera'mus 

2.  vi'sus  e'ras  2.  vi'si  e  ra'tis 

3.  vi'sus  e'rat  3.  vl'si  e'rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'sus  e'ro  Plur.  1.  vi'sie'rimus 

2.  vi'sus  e'ris  2.  vi'sie'ritis 

3.  vi'sus  e'rit  3.  vl'si  e'runt 

186. 

1.  I  saw  (have  seen).  I  had  seen.  I  shall  have  seen.  I 
seemed.  I  had  seemed.  I  shall  have  seemed.  2.  You  (sing.) 
had  persuaded  the  legions,  and  they  have  dared  to  storm  the 
enemy's  camp.  3.  You  (sing.)  have  favored  the  Helvetii  on 
account  of  relationship.  4.  You  (plur.)  had  not  obeyed  the 
laws,  and  you  (plur.)  have  desired  a  revolution.  5.  They  will 
have  seemed  cowardly,  if  they  shall  have  removed  the  horses 
out  of  sight.  6.  Neither  had  they  seemed  cowardly,  nor  had 
they  removed  the  horses.  7.  They  have  been  regarded  [as] 
brave  because  they  have  not  seemed  cowardly.  8.  If  I  shall 
have  been  kept  from  foraging,  I  shall  greatly  fear  hunger.  9.  I 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  137 

had  feared  greatly,  because  I  had  been  kept  from  supplies. 
10.  I  have  delayed  (pres.)  in  town  many  days,  because  I  have 
been  kept  from  fortifying.  11.  The  fields  having  been  devastated, 
I  have  had  no  supplies.  12.  Our  allies  have  remained  in  camp 
for  the  sake  of  avoiding  danger. 


SECOND   CONJUGATION,  ACTIVE  AND   PASSIVE  VOICES, 

SUBJUNCTIVE    MOOD.       SEQUENCE    OF    TENSES. 

CLAUSES    OP    PURE    PURPOSE. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Notice  that,  in  the  present  subjunctive,  final  -e-  of  the 
verb-stem  becomes  -ea-,  which  is  shortened  to  -ea-  before  -m,  -t,  -nt ;  -r  and 
-ntur. 

2.  The  sentence  remaned,  ut  laudem  et  moneam,  may  be  variously 
translated;  e.g.  I  remain 

(a)  that  (in  order  that}  1  may  praise  and  warn  / 

(b)  to  (in  order  to)  praise  and  warn  ; 

(c)  for  the  purpose  of  praising  and  warning. 

The  sentence  remanebam  ut  laudarem  et  monerem  is  similarly  trans- 
lated, using  might  for  may  if  form  (a)  is  employed. 

The  ut-clauses  in  these  sentences,  also  those  in  4  to  10,  are  called  Clauses 
of  Pure  Purpose.  The  singular  of  the  verbs  in  these  sentences  should  be 
inflected  in  place. 

3.  When  the  verb  of  a  subordinate  clause  is  in  the  subjunctive,  the  tense  to 
be  used  is  determined  by  a  preceding  verb  with  which  the  clause  is  connected  ; 
thus  in  suggestion  2,  above,  remaned,  present  indicative,  is  followed  by 
laudem  and  moneam,  present  subjunctives  ;  remanebam,  imperfect  indica- 
tive, by  laudarem  and  monerem,  imperfect  subjunctives.    This  principle 
is  called  Sequence  of  Tenses. 

187. 

1.  Si  moneam.  Si  monerem.  Si  monuerim.  Si  monuissem.  Si 
monear.  Si  monerer.  Si  monitus  (-a)  (-urn)  sim.  Si  monitus 
(-a)  (-um)  essem.  2.  Si  collem  teneam,  hostis  pabulatione  pro- 
hibeam.  3.  Si  hostis  verear,  amicus  populi  Roman!  non  habear. 

4.  Remaneo1   (remanebo,   remansero)   ut2  laudem3  et  moneam. 

5.  Remans!4  ut  laudem  et  moneam.     6.    Remans!   (remanebam, 


138  A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO   CAESAR. 

remanseram)  ut  laudarem  et  inonerem.  7.  Castra  removeo  (re- 
movebo,  removero)  ut  tiinoris  suspicionem  vitem.  8.  Castra 
removebam  (removi,  removerain)  ut  tiinoris  suspicionem  vitarem. 
9.  Legionern  in  his  locis  colloco  (collocabo,  collocavero)  ne  pabu- 
latione  prohibear.  10.  Legionem  in  his  locis  collocaveram  (collo- 
cabam,  collocavl)  ne  pabulatione  prohiberer. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :    1 285,  1  and  2.    2  317  and  1  ;   Rule  74. 

3  286,  also  Note  and  Remark,  Rule 
62.    *287,a. 

II.:  ilSS,  I.  1,  2,  3,  and  4,  II.  1,  2,  and  3; 
490;  491.  2497,  II.  ;  Rule  XLII. 
II.  8491;  Rule  XLI.  4495,  I.; 
492,  2,  Note  1. 


ACTIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'deam  Plur.  1.  videa'mus 

2.  vi'deas  2.  videa'tis 

3.  vi'deat  3.  vi'deant 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vide'rem  Plur.  1.  videre'mus 

2.  vidS'res  2.  videre'tis 

3.  vide'ret  3.  vide'rent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vl'derim  Plur.  1.  vide'rimus 

2.  vi'deris  2.  vide'ritis 

3.  vi'derit  3.  vl'derint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi  dis'sem  Plur.  1.  vldisse'mus 

2.  vidis'ses  2.  vldisse'tis 

3.  vidis'set  3.  vldis'sent 


A   STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  139 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'dear  Plur.  1.  videa'mur 

2.  vi  de  a'ris  (-re)  2.  videa'mini 

3.  videa'tur  3.  videan'tur 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vide'rer  Plur.  1.  videre'mur 

2.  vi  de  re'ris  (-re)  2.  videre'mim 

3.  videre'tur  3.  videren'tur 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vi'sus  sim  Plur.  1.  vi'si  svmus 

2.  vl'sus  sis  2.  vi'si  si'tis 

3.  vl'sus  sit  3.  vi 'si  sint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vl'sus  es'seni  Plur.  1.  vi'si  es  se'mus 

2.  vi'sus  es'ses  2.  vi'si  es  se'tis 

3.  vi'sus  es'set  3.  vi'si  es'sent 


SUGGESTION.  —  Sentences  2  to  8  inclusive  may  be  inflected  in  the 
plural,  in  both  English  and  Latin.  Watch  carefully  the  sequence  of 
tenses,  and  use  ne  to  express  a  negative  purpose,  not  ut  non.  • 

188. 

1.  If  I  should  see.  If  I  were  seeing.  If  I  should  see  (should 
have  seen).  If  I  had  seen.  If  I  should  seem.  If  I  were  seem- 
ing. If  I  should  seem  (should  have  seemed).  If  I  had  seemed. 
2.  We  remain  (shall  remain,  shall  have  remained)  that  we 
may  praise  and  warn.  3.  We  remained  (were  remaining,  have 
remained,  had  remained)  to  praise  and  warn.  4.  We  shall  move 
(are  moving,  shall  have  moved)  camp  in  order  to  avoid  suspicion 
of  fear.  5.  We  were  moving  (moved,  have  moved,  had  moved) 
camp  that  we  might  avoid  suspicion  of  fear.  6.  We  shall  have 
located  (are  locating,  shall  locate)  a  legion  in  these  places  that 


140  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

we  may  not  be  kept  from  foraging.  7.  We  had  located  (were 
locating,  located,  have  located)  a  legion  in  these  places  lest  we 
should  be  kept  from  foraging. 


PURPOSE      CLAUSES,      RELATIVE     AND      SUBSTANTIVE. 
ABRIDGED    CONDITIONS.      SEQUENCE    OF    TENSES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Sentences  1  and  2  are  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose. 
Sentences  3  to  8  inclusive  are  Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose.  Sentences 
9  to  12  inclusive  are  Abridged  Conditional  Sentences. 

2.  Translate  quo  in  2  like  ut ;  ut  after  adverb  of  fearing,  e.g.  7,  below, 
that  not;  ne,  8,  that  or  lest.     Translate  adsit  arid  adesset,  9  and  11,  were 
here;    adfuerit  and  adfuisset,   10  and  12,  had  been  here.     The  Latin 
treats  such  conditions  as  Conditions  Less  Vivid,  the  English  as  Supposi- 
tions Contrary  to  Fact.     Translate  operam  dederant,  6,  had  taken  pains. 

3.  Purpose  clauses  as  a  rule  use  only  the  present  and  imperfect  subjunctive. 

189. 

1.  Caesar  equites  habet  qui1  impetum  hostium  sustineat.1 
2.  Consul  legato  legionem  dedit  quo?  impetum  Gallorum  sus- 
tineret.2  3.  Caesar  tribums  militum  imperabit  ut 3  equites  pugna 
prohibeant.3  4.  Exsules  orant  ut  se  iuvetis.  5.  Caesar  huic  rei 
studebit  ut4  ad  urbem  cum  imperatore  remaneas.4  6.  Legati 
operam  dederant  ut5  custodes  quam  maxime  amlcos  haberent.5 
7.  Timemus  ut6  (ne  non)  satis  praesid!  habeas.6  8.  Timebant 
ne6  hostes  exercitum  magnum  haberent.6  9.  Horreo  (horrebo, 
horrui,  horruero)  velut  si  Ariovistus  adsit.  10.  Horreo  (horrebo, 
horrui,  horruero)  velut  si  Ariovistus  adfuerit.  11.  Horrebam 
(horrui,  horrueram)  velut  si  Ariovistus  adesset.  12.  Horrebam 
(horrui,  horrueram)  velut  si  Ariovistus  adfuisset. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :   ^l?  and  2;   Rule  74.     2317,  b  and 

Note  2.  3331.  4331  and  b. 
5 331,  e,  1.  6331,  /and  Note. 
H. :  1497,  I. ;  Rule  XLII.  I.  2497,  II.  2, 
first  sentence.  3' 4  498  and  I. 
5  498  and  II.  6498,  III.  and 
Note  1. 


A    STRAIGHT   KOAD   TO   CAESAR.  141 

190. 

1.  We  had  cavalry  to  (qui)  sustain  the  attack  of  the  enemy. 
2.  The  consul  gives  the  lieutenant  a  legion  in  order  that  (quo) 
he  may  sustain  the  attack  of  the  Gauls.  3.  Caesar  was  com- 
manding us  that  we  keep  the  cavalry  from  battle.  4.  The 
wounded  men  were  entreating  us  to  assist  them  (that  we  assist 
them).  5.  We  desire  this  thing,  that  you  remain  near  town 
with  auxiliaries.  6.  I  shall  take  care  that  you  have  as  friendly 
companions  as  possible.  7.  We  shall  fear  that  you  will  not 
have  sufficient  protection.  8.  The  enemy  were  fearing  that  we 
had  had  a  large  army.  9.  We  shall  shudder  (shudder,  have 
shuddered,  shall  have  shuddered)  as  if  Ariovistus  were  here. 
10.  We  shall  have  shuddered  (shall  shudder,  shudder,  have 
shuddered)  as  if  Ariovistus  had  been  here.  11.  We  had  shud- 
dered (were  shuddering,  shuddered)  as  if  Ariovistus  were  here. 
12.  We  had  shuddered  (were  shuddering,  shuddered)  as  if  Ario- 
vistus had  been  here. 


SECOND     CONJUGATION,     BOTH     VOICES,     IMPERATIVE 

AND    INFINITIVE    MOODS,    PARTICIPLES, 

GERUNDS    AND     SUPINES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  Imperatives,  Infinitives,  Participles,  Gerund, 
and  Supines  of  this  conjugation  are  formed  by  joining  the  endings 
already  given  (Exercise  175)  to  the  proper  stem. 

2.  The  table  below  exhibits  the  use  of  the  infinitive  when  the  apodo- 
ses  of  the  Latin  sentences  numbered  2  and  3  from  Exercises  183  to  187 
are  made  dependent  on  any  past  tense  of  a  verb  of  Saying,  Thinking, 
Telling,  Perceiving. 

a.  Frohibemus  hostis,     (  (Responderunt)  eos  hostis  prohibgre,  etc. 

etc.,  becomes  V  (They  replied)  that  they  were  keeping,  etc. 

b.  Prohibuimus  hos-       j  (Responderunt)  eos  hostis  prohibuisse,  etc. 

tis,  etc.,  becomes         j  (They  replied)  that  they  had  kept,  etc. 


142 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


c.  Prohibebimus  hos- 
tis, etc.,  becomes 


d.  Frohiberemus  hos- 
tis, etc.,  becomes 


(Responderunt)  eos  hostis  prohibituros 

esse,  etc. 
(They  replied)  that  they  would  keep,  etc. 

(Responderunt)  eos  hostis  prohibituros  fu- 

isse,  etc. 
(They  replied)  that  they  would  have  kept,  etc. 


e.  Habgmur,   etc.,    be-  \  (Responderunt)  eos  haberi,  etc. 

comes  V  (They  replied)  that  they  were  considered,  etc. 

/.  Habit!  sumus,  etc.,  \  (Responderunt)  eos  habitos  esse,  etc. 

becomes  1  (  They  replied)  that  they  had  been  considered,  etc. 


191. 

1.  Mone.  Moneto.  Monere.  Monetor.  2.  Monere,  monuisse, 
moniturus  (-tura)  (-turum)  esse ;  moneri,  monitus  (-ta)  (-turn) 
esse,  monitum  in.  3.  Ego  eas  res  memoria  teneo.  Caesar  dicit 
sese1  eas  res  memoria  tenere.  4.  Ob  earn  causam  tacui.  Liscus 
proponit  sese  ob  earn  causam  tacuisse.  5.  Amore  fraterno  com- 
moveor.  Divitiacus  dicit  se  amore  fraterno  commoveri.  6.  Ego 
obsidibus  non  tenebar.  Divitiacus  respondit  se  obsidibus  non 
tentum  esse.  7.  Fuga  Gallorum  nos  non  movebit.  Responderunt 
fugam  Gallorum  se  non  moturam  esse.  8.  NostrT,  in  castris 
manentes,2  hostis  non  verentur.  9.  Dumnorix  summam  in  spem 
per  Helvetios  regni  obtinendi  venit.  10.  Cupiditas  haec  ha- 
bendi  nostros  confirmavit.  11.  Vultus  barbarorum  nostris  non 
erat  facilis  visu.3 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1336,  I.  and  I.  a,  i.     2292.    8303  and 

Remark;  Rule  67. 

H.:  1523,  I.;  Rule  LIII.  I.  2549,  2 
and  4.  8547  and  2,  first  sen- 
tence ;  Rule  LX. 


ACTIVE   VOICE. 

Sing.  2.  vi'dS 
Plur.  2.  vi  d6'te 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 
Present  Tense. 


PASSIVE   VOICE. 

Sing.  2.  vi  de're 
Plur.  2.  vidg'minl 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


143 


Future  Tense. 


Sing.  2  and  3.  vide'to 
Plur.  2.  vi  de  to'te 
Plur.  3.  vi  den 'to 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 

vi  de're 


vi  dis'se 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense. 

« 

Perfect  Tense. 
I 

Future  Tense. 


visu'rus  es'se 


PARTICIPLES. 


Sing.  2  and  3.  vi  dg'tor 

Plur.  2.  

Plur.  3.  vi  den 'tor 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 
vi  de'ri 


vi'aus  es'se 


vi'sum  I'ri 
(vi'sus  fo're) 


ACTIVE  VOICE,  Present,  vi'dens ;  Future,  vi  su'rus. 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  Perfect,  vi'sus;  Future,  viden'dus  (Gerundive). 

Decline  vi'dens  like  po'tens,  Exercise  85;  the  other  participles  as  sug- 
gested by  Exercises  177  and  179. 

THE  GERUND  AND  SUPINES. 

N.  Gen.  vi  den'di,  Dat.  vi  den'do,  Ace.  vi  den'dum,  Abl.  vi  den'do. 
Former  Supine,  vi'sum ;  Latter  Supine,  vi'su. 


192. 

1.  See  (thou,  you).  See  (ye,  you).  Seem  (do  thou,  you). 
Seem  (do  ye,  you).  2.  To  see.  To  have  seen.  To  be  about  to 
see.  To  seem.  To  have  seemed.  To  be  about  to  seem.  3.  We 
hold  our  friends  in  memory.  They  say  that  they  are  holding 
their  friends  in  memory.  4.  We  shall  be  silent  for  a  good  rea- 
son. They  represent  that  they  will  be  silent  for  a  good  reason. 
5.  He  had  been  influenced  by  fraternal  love.  6.  Divitiacus  says 
that  he  had  been  influenced  by  fraternal  love.  We  are  not  bound 
(held)  by  hostages.  They  reply  that  they  are  not  bound  by 


144  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

hostages.  7.  The  flight  of  the  Gauls  has  not  moved  us.  They 
replied  that  the  flight  of  the  Gauls  had  not  disturbed  (moved) 
them.  8.  While  remaining  in  camp,  I  shall  not  fear  the  enemy. 
9.  I  have  the  greatest  hope  (have  come  into  the  greatest  hope) 
of  obtaining  assistance  (gerundive).  10.  I  have  the  greatest 
hope  of  obtaining  assistance  (gerund).  11.  The  expression-of- 
the-countenance  is  not  always  pleasant  (easy  to  see). 


RESULT    CLAUSES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Sentences  1  and  2  are  Pure  Clauses  of  Result ;  sen- 
tence 3  is  a  Relative  Clause  of  Result.  Translate  qui  (ut  is),  3,  that  he ; 
qum  (qui  non),  4,  that  not  or  but  that;  quominus  (ut  eo  minus,  that  the 
less  by  this)  pareret,  5,  from  obeying.  Sentences  6,  7,  and  8  are  Clauses 
of  Characteristic. 

2.  Result  and  Characteristic  Clauses  take  all  tenses  of  (he  subjunctive. 

3.  Teachers  will  note  remark  in  Preface,  page  vii.,  at  middle. 

193. 

1.  Tantus1  timor  omnes  occupavit,  ut  *  nostri  in  castrls  remane- 
rent.1  2.  Sic  fortuna  versat  ut  alter  alterl  immlcus  auxilio  salii- 
tique  sit.  3.  Nemo  est  tarn  clarus  qui2  honoribus  maioribus  non 
studuerit.3  4.  Nemo  ad  bellum  tarn  paratus  crat  qum4  pacis 
cupidus  esset.  5.  Mors  consulem  clarissimum  non  deterrebat 
quominus5  legibus  pareret.  6.  Sunt  qui6  civitati  fideles  sint. 
7.  Quis  est  qui6  non  gaudeat?  8.  Tu  es  solus  qui7  non  gavisus 
sis.  9.  Dignus  est  qui 8  imperet. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :   1319  and   1,  also  3,  Remark.     2319 

and  2.  '  287,  b.  4319,^/.  53i9)C; 
Rule  75.  6320  and  a.  7320,  b. 
8  320,  /;  Rule  76. 

H. :  1 500,  II.  and  Note  1 ;  Rule  XLIII.  IT. 
2 500,  and  I.;  Rule  XLIII.  I. 
3  492,  1  and  2.  4504  and  I. 
5  505,  II.  1.  6503,1.  7503,11.1. 
8  503,  II.  2. 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR.  145 

194. 

1.  So  great  terror  seizes  all,  that  our  [forces]  remain  in  camp. 
2.  Fortune  so  turned  that  one  rival  assisted  and  protected  the 
other  (was  to  the  other  for  assistance  and  safety).  3.  No  one 
was  so  illustrious  that  he  [did]  not  (who  would  not)  desire 
greater  honors.  4.  No  one  is  so  ready  for  war  but  that  he  is 
desirous  of  peace.  5.  Death  [does]  not  hinder  the  illustrious 
consul  from  obeying  (the  less  by  which  he  should  obey)  the  laws. 
6.  There  were  those  who  had  been  faithful  to  the  state.  7.  Who 
was  [there]  that  had  not  rejoiced  ?  8.  We  were  the  only  [per- 
sons] who  did  not  rejoice.  9.  You  (plur.)  were  worthy  to  com- 
mand (who  should  command). 


PRINCIPAL  PARTS   AND   SYNOPSES. 

At  this  point  write  and  give  orally  the  principal  parts  and  synopses  of 
all  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation,  thus  far  used.  See  Principal  Parts, 
page  132. 


THIRD     CONJUGATION,    BOTH    VOICES,    INDICATIVE 
MOOD,    TENSES    WITH    PRESENT    STEM. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Verb-stems  of  the  Third  Conjugation  end  in  -e-; 
e.g.  tege-  (stem  of  tego,  I  conceal),  seque-  (stem  of  the  deponent  se</uor, 
I  follow).  Learn  the  inflection  of  tego  in  A.  &  G.,  pp.  98  and  99,  or 
of  re  go  in  H.,  pp.  94  if. 

2.  Sentence  1  in  195,  197,  199,  may  be  developed  in  the  common  con- 
ditional forms. 

195. 

1.  Si  hostis  sequor,  eos  vinco.  2.  Silva  magna  hostis  tegit. 
3.  Duas  legiones  in  citeriore  Gallia  conscribebam.  4.  Oppida 
nostra  omnia,  vicos,  reliqua  privata  aedificia  incendes.  5.  Gall! 
cum  Germams  bella  multa  gerebant.  6.  Multos  annos1  de  po- 
tentatu  contendemus.  7.  Num.  Dumnorigi2  custocles  ponitis? 
8.  Ego  Caesarem  ex  urbe  amicitiae  causa  sequor.  9.  Tu  finibus 
patriis  expellebaris  (-re).  10.  Gallia  pacata,  noster  exercitus  in 


146  A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 

Britaiiniam  mittetur.  11.  Nos  ad  oppidum  expugnandum  deligi- 
mur.  12.  Alacritate3  magna  et  studio  iitemim.  13.  Eo  itinere 
vix  singuli  cam  ducebantur. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn    A.   &  G. :  *256;    Rule    55.     2225;    Rule   21. 

3  249;  Rule  49. 

H.:  1379;  Rule  IX.  2384,11.;  Rule  XII. 
II.    3421,1.;  Rule  XXVI.   I. 

Pono,  I  place  (Passive,  /  am  placed). 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'no  Plur.  1.  po'nimus 

2.  po'nis  2.  po'nitis 

3.  po'nit  3.  po'nunt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  pone'bam  Plur.  1.  p6neba;mus 

2.  pone'bas  2.  poneba'tis 

3.  ponS'bat  3.  pone'bant 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'nam  Plur.  1.  pone'mus 

2.  po'nes  2.  pone'tis 

3.  po'net  3.  po'nent 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'nor  Plur.  1.  ponimur 

2.  po'neris  (-re)  2.  poni'mini 

3.  po'nitur  3.  ponun'tur 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  pone'bar  Plur.  1.  poneba'mur 

2.  poneba'ris  (-re)  2.  poneba'mini 

3.  poneba'tur  3.  ponebaii'tur 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD    TO   CAESAR.  147 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'nar  Plur.  1.  po  ne'mur 

2.  pone'ris  (-re)  2.  pone'mini 

3.  po  ne'tur  3.  po  nen'tur 

196. 

1.  I  shall  place  a  guard  over  Dumnorix.  2.  You  (sing.)  will 
contend  many  days  for  the  chief  command.  3.  He  is  waging 
war  with  the  Gauls.  4.  By  this  route  we  draw  our  wagons  with 
difficulty,  one  by  one.  5.  Will  you  (plur.)  not  select  the  tenth 
legion  for  capturing  the  stronghold  ?  6.  They  were  driving  us 
out  from  our  ancestral  territory.  7.  You  (sing.)  were  concealed 
by  large  forests.  8.  I  shall  employ  great  activity.  9.  A  new 
legion  was  being  enrolled  in  Hither  Gaul.  10.  We  are  following 
Caesar  for  friendship's  sake.  11.  Our  villages  were  all  being 
burned.  12.  You  (plur.)  will  be  sent  into  Britain  when  Gaul  is 
subdued. 


THIRD    CONJUGATION,    BOTH    VOICES,    INDICATIVE 
MOOD,    REMAINING    TENSES. 

197. 

1.  SI  hostls  secutus  sum,  eos  vicl.  2.  Caesar  suos  cohortatus,1 
proelium  coinmisit.  3.  Helvetii  in  servitutem  liberos  Haedu- 
orum  abduxerunt.  4.  Locum  idoneum  castris  delegeramus. 
5.  Summum  montis  iugum  ascendl.  6.  Viros  multos  et  fortissi- 
mos  eduxeras.  7.  Tertiam  Galliae  partem  incolueritis.  8.  Mul- 
titude Germanorum  trans  Bhenum  transducta  est.  9.  Nos  ad 
flumen  hiemandi  causa  collocati  sumus.  10.  Studio  magno  et 
alacritate  ad  hostls  consectandos  usus  eram.  11.  Tu  Dumnorigi 
custodem  positus  eris.  12.  Helvetii  cum  omnibus  cams  secuti 
erant.  13.  Vos  cum  legione  decima  conscript!  eritis. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  x  111,  b ;  135,  a  and  b. 

H. :  1195,  II.  2,  and  foot-note,  first  sentence. 


148  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'sui  Plur.  1.  posu'imus 

2.  posui'sti  2.  posui'stis 

3.  po'su  it  3.  po  su  e'runt  (-re) 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  posu'eram  Plur.  1.  posuera'mus 

2.  posu'eras  2.  posuera'tis 

3.  posu'erat  3.  posu'erant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  posu'ero  Plur.  1.  posue'rimus 

2.  po  su'e  ris  2.  po  su  e'ri  tis 

3.  posu'erit  3.  posu'erint 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'situs  sum         Plur.  1.  po'siti  su'mus 

2.  po'situs  ea  2.  po'siti  e'stis 

3.  po'situs  est  3.  po'siti  sunt 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'situs  e'ram      Plur.  1.  po'siti  era'mus 

2.  po'situs  e'ras  2.  po'siti  era'tis 

3.  po'situs  e'rat  3.  po'siti  e'rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'situs  e'ro         Plur.  1.  po'si  ti  e'ri  mus 

2.  po'situs  e'ris  2.  po'si'ti  e'ri  tis 

3.  po'situs  e'rit  3.  po'siti  e'runt 

198. 

1.  The  Helvetii  having  encouraged  their  (men)  had  joined 
battle.  2.  The  children  of  the  Haedui  have  been  led  away  into 
servitude  by  the  Helvetii.  3.  A  suitable  place  will  have  been 
selected  for  a  camp.  4.  We  shall  have  ascended  the  highest 
ridge  of  the  hill.  5.  I  have  led  out  many  legions  from  winter 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  149 

quarters.      6.    You    (plur.)    have   inhabited   one   part  of   Gaul. 

7.  You  (plur.)  will  have  been  led  over  the  bridge  in  company 
with  the  remaining  forces.     8.  We  had  been  located  among  the 
Belgae  for  the  sake  of  spending  the  winter.     9.  I  had  employed 
the  same  leaders  for  pursuing  the  enemy.     10.  You  (sing.)  will 
have  placed  a  guard  over  Dumnorix.     11.  You  (sing.)  have  fol- 
lowed the  enemy  to  the  fortifications.     12.  Caesar  had  enrolled 
three  new  legions. 

THIRD      CONJUGATION,     BOTH      VOICES,     SUBJUNCTIVE, 
IMPERATIVE,    AND    INFINITIVE    MOODS,    PAR- 
TICIPLES,   GERUNDS,  AND    SUPINES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  verbs  in  sentences  2  to  6  inclusive  (except 
petunt,  4)  may  be  inflected  in  place. 

2.  The  Sequence  of  Tenses  should  be  carefully  studied. 

199. 

1.  Si  hostis  sequar,  eos  vincam.  2.  Vereor  ne1  Divitiaci  ani- 
mum  offendam.  3.  Verebar  ne  Divitiaci  animum  offenderem. 
4.  Haedul  petunt  ut  dementia  in  Bellovacos  utar.  5.  Vereor  ut l 
dementia  digna  maiestate  populi  Roman!  usus  sim.  6.  Verebar 
ut  dementia  usus  essem.  7.  Due2  tecum  reliquos  obsides. 

8.  Caesar,  petentibus  Haeduis,3  ut  Boios  in  finibus  suis  collocent, 
concedit.     9.    Galba,  castellis  compluribus  hostium  expiignatis, 
missis  ad  eum  undique  legatis,  obsidibusque  datls,  cohortes  duas 
in   Nantuatibus   collocare   constituit.      JO.    Divitiacus    Haeduus 
dixit  Haeduos4  omnem  nobilitatem  amisisse  et  se4  Romam  ad 
senatum  missum  esse  auxilium  postulatum.5    11.  Caesar  dicit  se 
hostis   sequi    et    Haeduorum   iniurias   non   neglecturum  (esse).6 
12.  Summa  alacritas  et  cupiditas  bell!  gerend!  (bellum  gerendi) 
innata  est. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &   G.:    !331,  /and  Note.    2128,  c.   3Rule 

21.      4272;    Rule    60.      5302; 
Rule  66.     6293,  a. 

H. :  1 498,  III.  and  Note  1.  2  238.  3  Rule 
XII.  4Rule  LIII.  I.  5546; 
RuleLTX.  6  534,  Note. 


150  A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'nam  Plur.  1    po  na'mus 

2.  po'nas  2.  po  na'tis 

3.  po'nat  3.  po'nant 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'ne  rem  Plur.  1.  ponere'mus 

2.  po'ne  res  2.  ponere'tis 

3.  po'ne  ret  3.  po'ne  rent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  posu'erim  Plur.  1.  posue'rimus 

2.  posu'eris  2.  posue'ritis 

3.  posu'erit  3.  posu'erint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  posuis'sem  Plur.  1.  posuisse'mus 

2.  posuis'ses  2.  posuisse'tis 

3.  po.su  is 'set  3.  posuis'sent 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'nar  Plur.  1.  pona'mur 

2.  pona'ris  (-re)  2.  pona'mini 

3.  pona'tur  3.  ponan'tur 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'ne  rer  Plur.  1.  ponere'mur 

2.  ponere'ris  (-re)  2.  ponere'mini 

3.  ponere'tur  3.  poneren'tur 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'situs  sim  Plur.  1.  po'sitl  si'mus 

2.  po'situs  sis  2.  po'sitl  si'tis 

3.  po'si  tus.  sit  3.  po'si  tl  sint 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 


151 


PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  po'situs  es'sem 

2.  po'si  tus  es'ses 

3.  po'si  tus  es'set 


Plur.  1.  po'si  ti  esse'mus 

2.  po'si  ti  esse'tis 

3.  po'si  ti  es'sent 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 

Sing.  2.  po'ne 
Plur.  2.  po'ni  te 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense. 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 


Sing.  2.  po'ne  re 
Plur.  2.  po  ni'mi  ni 


Feature  Tense. 


Sing.  2  and  3.  po'ui  to 
Plur.  2.  po  ni  to  te 
Plur.  3.  po  nun'to 


Sing.  2  and  3.  po'ni  tor 

Plur.  2.  - 

Plur.  3.  po  nun'tor 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

ACTIVE  VOICE.          Present  Tense.          PASSIVE  VOICE. 
po'ne  re  |  po'ni 

Perfect  Tense. 
posuis'se  |  po'situs  es'se 

Future  Tense. 


po'si  tu'rus  es'se 


po'si  turn  I'ri 
(po'situs  fo're) 


PARTICIPLES. 


ACTIVE  VOICE,  Pres.  po'nens;  Put.  po  si  tu'rus. 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  Per/,  po'situs;  Put.  po  nen'dus  (Gerundive). 

THE  GERUND  AND  SUPINES. 

N.  Gen.  po  nen'di,  Dat.  poneii'do,  Ace.  ponen'dum,  Abl.  ponen'do. 
Former  Supine,  po'si  turn  ;  Latter  Supine,  po'si  tu. 

200. 

1.  Caesar  fears  that  he  has  hurt  the  feelings  (sing.)  of  Divi- 
tiacus.  2.  Caesar  feared  that  he  had  hurt  the  feelings  of 
Divitiacus.  3.  I  have  often  asked  that  you  (sing.)  exercise 


152  A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 

kindness  worthy  the  majesty  of  the  Roman  people.  4.  I  used 
to  fear  that  you  (plur.)  [did]  not  exercise  kindness  towards 
the  Helvetii.  5.  Place  (plur.)  faithful  guards  over  Dumnorix 
(dative).  6.  Caesar  has  granted  at  my  request  (to  me  asking) 
that  we  locate  the  Boii  in  our  territory.  7.  Caesar,  many  towns 
of  the  Gauls  having  been  captured,  determined  to  wage  war  with 
the  Germans.  8.  Divitiacus  says  that  the  state  is  losing  all 
the  nobility  and  that  he  is  sent  to  Rome  to  ask  (supine)  assist- 
ance. 9.  Caesar  said  that  he  had  not  neglected  the  wrongs  of 
the  Haedui  and  that  he  would  follow  the  enemy.  10.  The  lead- 
ing men  said  that  they  were  quite  ready  for  (ad)  waging  war. 


VERBS    IN   -IO,  THIRD    CONJUGATION. 

SUGGESTIONS. —  1.  These  verbs  differ  from  other  verbs  of  this  con- 
jugation in  certain  tenses  formed  from  the  present  stem. 

2.  The  inflection  of  capio  is  to  be  carefully  committed  from  A.  &  G., 
page  100;  H.,  Sections  218,  219. 

3.  Translate  sementes  faciam,  2,  I  shall  sow;  consilium  facient,  7, 
will  adopt  the  plan;  terga  vertunt,  8,  turn  and  flee. 

201. 

1.  Si  Caesarem  interficio,  nobilibus  gratum  facio.  2.  Semen- 
tes quam  maximas  faciam.  3.  Allobroges  qui  trans  Rhodanurn 
vicos  possessionesque  habent,  fuga  se  *  ad  Caesarem  recipiunt. 
4.  Nos  et  Haeduis2  et  Allobrogibus  satisfaciebamus.  5.  Hostes 
fugientes3  capiuntur  et  in  catenis  coniciuntur.  6.  Conantes 
dicere  in  catenis  coniciebamur.  7.  Helvetii  consilium  itineris 
faciendi  (iter  faciendl)  per  provinciam  capient.  8.  Hostes  multa 
volnera  accipiunt  turn  cum4  terga  vertunt.  9.  Praefectus,  cum 
triduum 5  iter  fecimus,  locum  idoneum  castiis  deligit.  10.  Praefec- 
tus, cum  iter  faceremus,  locum  idoneum  castris  delegit.  11.  Prae- 
fectus, cum  triduum  iter  fecissemus,  locum  idoneum  castris  dele- 
git.  12.  Postridie  eius  diel6  Caesar,  priusquam 7  se  hostes  ex 
terrore  ac  fuga  reciperent,  in  finis  Suessionum  exercitum  dQxit. 
13.  Prmcipes  Britanniae  id  optimum  factii  duxerunt. 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  153 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  i"L96,  Rule  7.  2227,  e,  2.   3292.  4325; 

Rule  78.    s  Rule  55.    6223,  c.    7327. 

11.:  '448;  449.     2384,  4,  Note  1.     3549,  I. 

4  521,  L;  Rule  LIT.   I.     ^Rule  IX. 

6398,  5.     7  520,  I.  1 ;  Rule  LI.  I.  1. 

Recipid,  Itakeback  (Passive,  is  taken  back). 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  re  ci'pio  Plur.  1.  reci'pimua 

2.  re'ci  pis  2.  re  ci'pi  tis 

3.  re'ci  pit  3.  re  ci'pi  unt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  re  ci  pi  e'bam  Plur.  1.  re  ci  pi  e  ba'mus 

2.  recipie'bas  2.  re  ci  pi  e  ba'tis 

3.  recipie'bat  3.  recipie'bant 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  re  ci'pi  am  Plur.  1.  recipie'mus 

2.  re  ci'pi  es  2.  recipie'tis 

3.  re  ci'pi  et  3.  re  ci'pi  ent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  rece'pi  Plur.  1.  rece'pimus 

2.  recepi'sti  2.  recepi'stis 

3.  rece'pit  3.  recepe'runt  (-re) 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  rece'peram  Plur.  1.  re  ce  pe  ra'mus 

2.  rece'peras  2.  re  ce  pe  ra'tis 

3.  rece'perat  3.  rece'perant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  rece'pero  Plur.  1.  recepe'rimus 

2.  rece'peris  2.  recepe'ritis 

3.  rece'perit  -3.  rece'perint 


154  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  reci'pior  PJur.  1.  reci'pimur 

2.  re  ci'pe  ris  (-re)  2.  recipi'minl 

3.  reci'pitur  3.  recipiun'tur 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  recipie'bar  Plur.  1.  re  cipieba'mur 

2.  re  ci  pi  e  ba'ris  (-re)  2.  re  ci  pi  e  ba'mi  ni 

3.  re  ci  pi  e  ba'tur  3.  re  ci  pi  e  ban'tur 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  reci'piar  Plur.  1.  recipie'mur 

2.  recipig'ris  (-re)  2.  re  ci  pi  e'mi  111 

3.  recipie'tur  3.  recipien'tur 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  recep'tus  sum  Plur.  1.  recep'ti  su'rnus 

2.  recep'tus  es  2.  recep'ti  e'stis 

3.  recep'tus  est  3.  recep'ti  sunt 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  recep'tus  e'ram  Plur.  1.  recep'tl  era'mus 

2.  recep'tus  e'ras  2.  recep'ti  era'tis 

3.  recep'tus  e'rat  3.  recep'ti  e'rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  recep'tus  e'ro  Plur.  1.  recep'ti  e'rimus 

2.  re  cep'tus  e'ris  2.  re  cep'tl  e'ri  tis 

3.  recep'tus  e'rit  3.  recep'ti  e'runt 


ACTIVE   VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  reci'piam  Plur.  1.  recipia'mus 

2.  reci'pias  2.  recipia'tis 

3.  reci'piat  3.  reci'piant 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD  TO   CAESAR.  155 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  reci'perem  Plur.  1.  recipere'mus 

2.  reci'peres  2.  recipere'tis 

3.  reci'peret  3.  reci'perent 


PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  rece'perim  Plur.  1.  recepe'rimus 

2.  rece'peris  2.  recepe'ritis 

3.  rece'perit  3.  rece'perint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  recepis'sem  Plur.  1.  recepisse'mus 

2.  re  ce  pis'sgs  2.  re  ce  pis  se'tis 

3.  recepis'set  3.  recepis'sent 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  reci'piar  Plur.  1.  recipia'mur 

2.  re  ci  pi  a'ris  (-re)  2.  re  ci  pi  a'mi  ni 

3.  recipia'tur  3.  recipian'tur 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  reci'perer  Plur.  1.  recipere'mur 

2.  re  ci  pe  re'ris  (-re )  2.  re  ci  pe  re'mi  ni 

3.  re  ci  pe  re'tur  3.  re  ci  pe  ren'tur 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  re  cep'tus  sim  Plur.  1.  re  cep'ti  si'mus 

2.  re  cep'tus  sis  2.  re  cep'ti  sl'tis 

3.  re  cep'tus  sit  3.  re  cep'ti  sint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  re  cep'tus  es'sem  Plur.  1.  re  cep'ti  esse'mus 

2.  re  cep'tus  es'ses  2.  re  cep'ti  es  se'tis 

3.  re  cep'tus  es'set  3.  re  cep'ti  es'sent 


156 


A   STRAIGHT  ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 


ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Sing.  2.  re'ci  pe 
Plur.  2.  re  ci'pi  te 


Present  Tense. 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 


Sing.  2.  re  ci'pe  re 
Plur.  2.  re  ci  pi'mi  ni 


Future  Tense. 


Sing.  2  and  3.  re  ci'pi  to 
Plur.  2.  recipito'te 
Plur.  3.  re  ci  pi  un'to 


Sing.  2  and  -3.  re  ci'pi  tor 

Plur.  2.  - 

Plur.  3.  recipiun'tor 


ACTIVE  VOICE. 
re  ci'pe  re 


re  ce  pis'se 
receptu'rus  es'ae 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense. 
I 

Perfect  Tense. 

I 
Future  Tense. 


PARTICIPLES. 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 
re'ci  pi 

recep'tus  es'se 


recep'tum  I'ri 
recep'tus  fo're 


ACTIVE  VOICE,  Pres.  re  ci'pi  ens;  Fut.  receptu'rus 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  Perf.  recep'tus;  Fut.  recipien'dus  (Gerundive). 

THE  GERUND  AND  SUPINES. 

N.  Gen.  re  ci  pi  en'di,   Dat.   recipien'do,  Ace.  re  ci  pi  en'dum,  Abl. 
re  ci  pi  en'do. 

Former  Supine,  recep'tum.     Latter  Supine,  recep'tu. 


202. 

1.  The  enemy  are  making  as  long  marches  as  possible. 
2.  You  who  had  possessions  beyond  the  Ehine  were  betaking 
yourselves  to  Caesar.  3.  I  shall  make  amends  to  Caesar. 
4.  The  ambassadors,  endeavoring  to  do  this  which  they  had 


A    STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  157 

determined  [upon],  are  thrown  into  chains.  5.  Caesar  adopts 
the  plan  of  making  a  march  through  Gaul.  6.  Then  you  will 
receive  many  wounds,  when  you  turn  and  flee  (fut.  perl).  7.  The 
enemy,  when  they  have  made  a  three  days'  march,  select  a 
suitable  place  for  a  camp.  8.  The  enemy,  when  they  had  made 
a  three  days'  march,  selected  a  suitable  place  for  a  camp. 
9.  The  lieutenants  who  had  led  their  legions  into  the  territory 
of  the  Suessiones  betook  themselves  to  Caesar  before  the  enemy 
had  recovered  from  the  fright.  10.  This  is  not  easy  to  do 
(supine). 

PRINCIPAL  PARTS   AND   SYNOPSES. 

At  this  point  review  and  commit  thoroughly  the  principal  parts  and 
synopses  of  all  verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation  thus  far  used.  Let  noth- 
ing interfere  with  complete  mastery  of  the  verb  forms. 


FOURTH    CONJUGATION,  BOTH  VOICES,  INDICATIVE 

MOOD. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Verb-stems  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation  end  in  -I-; 
e.g.  audl-  (stem  of  audio,  I  hear},  experl-  (stem  ofexperior,  I  try}.  The 
inflection  of  audio  is  to  be  learned  from  A.  &  G.,  pp.  104  and  105,  H.,  98  ff. 

2.  Sentence  1,  Exercises  203,  205,  may  be  developed  in  the  common 
conditional  forms. 

3.  Translate  non  solum  .  .  .  sed  etiam,  4,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also;  in 
contemptionem  venietis,  4,   you   will  incur   the   contempt;    quam    ob 
rem,  5,  why;   per  msidias,  10,  treacherously;  frumentum  metiar,  12, 
I  shall  distribute  rations. 

203. 

1.  Si  venio,  belli  fortunam  experior.  2.  Quid  de  hac  re  audis 
(audiebas,  audies,  audivisti,  audiveras,  audiveris)  ?  3.  Nostii 
socii  audientes  quas  iniurias  hostes  faciebant,  ad  Caesarem 
veniebant.  4.  Vos  non  solum  hostibus  sed  etiam  nostris1  in 
contemptionem  venietis.  5.  Quam  ob  rem  legatus  castra  non 
muriivit?  6.  Cum  ego  venero,2  castra  vallo  fossaque  muniam. 
7.  Nos  iarn  per  angustias  et  finis  Sequanorum  nostras  copias  tra- 


158  A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 

duxeramus  et  in  Haeduorum  finis  perveneramus  eorumque  agros 
populabamur.  8.  Quod3  ubi  auditum  est,  conclamavit  omnes 
victoriam.  9.  Ego  copias  nieas  cum  C.  Fabio  partiar.  10.  No- 
stii  per  msidias  circumveniebantur.  11.  Totms  Galliae  imperio 
potiti  sumus.  12.  Cum  copias  partiti  eritis,  frumentum  metiar. 
13.  Quam  ob  rem  frumentum  imlitibus  non  mensus  eras  ? 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  1 225,  6,2.   2 281  and  Remark.   3201,e. 
H.:  1384,4.     2473?  i.     8453. 

Muiiio,  I  fortify  (Passive,  is  fortified) . 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  mu'nio  Plur.  1.  muni'mus 

2.  mu'nis  2.  mu  ni'tis 

3.  mu'nit  3.  mu'niunt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  munig'bam  Plur.  1.  munieba'mus 

2.  munie'bas  2.  munieba'tis 

3.  munig'bat  3.  munie'bant 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  mu'ni  am  Plur.  1.  munie'mus 

2.  mu'ni  gs  2.  munie'tis 

3.  mu'ni  et  3.  mu'ni  ent 

PERFECT  TENSE  (1st  form). 

Sing.  1.  mu  ni'vi  Plur.  1.  mum'vimus 

2.  munivi'sti  2.  mumvi'stis 

3.  mu  ni'vit  3.  mu  ni  vS'runt  (-re) 

PERFECT  TENSE  (2d  form). 

Sing.  1.  mu'ni  I  Plur.  1.  muni'imus 

2.  munii'sti  2.  munii'stis 

3.  mu'ni  it  3.  muni  e'runt  (-re) 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  159 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  muni'veram  Plur.  1.  mu  nl  ve  ra'mus 

2.  muni'veras  2.  mu  nl  ve  ra'tis 

3.  muni'verat  3.  mu  n I've  rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  muni'vero  Plur.  1.  mum  ve'ri  mus 

2.  mum'veris  2.  muni  ve'ri  tis 

3.  munl'verit  3.  muni'verint 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  mu'nior  Plur.  1.  muni'mur 

2.  muni'ris  (-re)  2.  muni'mini 

3.  mu  ul'tur  3.  mu  ni  un'tur 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  mu  ni  e'bar  Plur.  1.  mu  ni  e  ba'mur 

2.  mu  ni  e  ba'ris  (-re)  2.  mu  ni  e  ba'mi  ni 

3.  munieba'tur  3.  munieban'tur 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  mu'niar  Plur.  1.  munie'mur 

2.  mu  ni  e'ris  (-re)  2.  munie'minl 

3.  munie'tur  3.  munien'tur 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  muni'tus  sum  Plur.  1.  muni'ti  su'mus 

2.  muni'tus  es  2.  muni'ti  e'stis 

3.  muni'tus  est  3.  muni'ti  sunt 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  muni'tus  e'ram  Plur.  1.  muni'ti  e  ra'mus 

2.  muni'tus  e'ras  2.  muni'ti  e  ra'tis 

3.  muni'tus  e'rat  3.  muni'ti  e'rant 


160  A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO    CAESAR. 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  muni'tiiB  e'ro  Plur.  1.  munl'ti   e'rimus 

2.  muni'tuB  e'ris  2.  raunl't!  e'ritis 

3.  muni'tus  e'rit  3.  muni'ti  e'runt 

204. 

1.  The  enemy  are  surrounding  us  treacherously.  2.  We  were 
reaching  the  vicinity  of  (ad)  Vesontio.  3.  You  (sing.)  will  hear 
concerning  (de)  this  thing.  4.  I  have  fortified  my  house  by  a 
rampart.  5.  You  (plur.)  will  have  surrounded  our  forces  on 
(ex)  the  march.  6.  The  day  which  Caesar  had  determined  with 
the  ambassadors  came.  7.  When  Caesar  arrives,  I  shall  have 
obtained  possession  of  the  town.  8.  You  (sing.)  had  tried  the 
same  fortune  of  war.  9.  No  voice  was  heard  unworthy  of  the 
majesty  of  the  Eoman  people.  10.  We  shall  always  measure 
great  men  by  valor,  not  by  [good]  fortune.  11.  You  (plur.)  who 
have  remained  in  camp  are  surrounded  by  the  enemy.  12.  The 
consuls  have  distributed  the  provinces  among  themselves. 


FOURTH    CONJUGATION,   REMAINING    MOODS   AND 
FORMS. 

205. 

1.  Si  veniam,  belli  fort  imam  experiar.  2.  Caesar  hoc  audiens 
non  exspectat  dum l  in  Santones  Helvetii  perveniant.  3.  Hoc 
faciam  dum  modo 2  (dummodo)  vos  ab  hostibus  ne  circumvenia- 
mini.  4.  Literas  ad  Caesarem  misimus  antequam3  in  Italiam 
vemremus.  5.  Literas  ad  Caesarem  ante 4  mis!  quam 4  in  Italiam 
venissem.  6.  111!  non  destiterunt  priusquam  totms  Galliae5 
potlrentur.  7.  Vos  non  prius  destitistis  quam  rerum  potiti  es- 
setis.  8.  Tametsi 6  ab  duce  nostro  deserebamur,  tamen  belli  for- 
tunam experiebamur.  9.  Etsi  res  sit  multae  laboris,  tamen  fru- 
mentum  militibus  metiamur.  10.  Nisi  perveneris,7  castra  muniam. 
11.  Caesar  dlcit  sese  castra  mumturum,  nisi  perveneris.8  12.  Cae- 
sar dixit  se  potiundi  (potiendi)  oppidi  causa  venisse.  13.  Hoc 
est  nefas  etiam  auditu. 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO  CAESAR.  161 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  *  328.     2  314  and  a ;  Rule  73.     8  327. 

4  262.  5223,  a.  6313,  c.  7307,c. 
8  336  and  2;  Rule  80;  286,  Re- 
mark (6),  last  part. 

H.:  !519,  II.  2;  Rule  L.  II.  2.  2513,  L; 
Rule  XLV.  I.  8520  and  II. ;  Rule 
LI.  II.  4520,  foot-note  1.  5410, 
V.  and  3.  6515,  II. ;  Rule  XLVI. 
7  508,  2.  8524 ;  Rule  LIV. ;  525,  2. 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  mu'niam  Plur.  1.  munia'mus 

2.  mu'nias  2.  munia'tis 

3.  mu'niat  3.  mu'niant 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  muni'rem  Plur.  1.  munire'mus 

2.  mum'res  2.  munire'tis 

3.  muni'ret  3.  muni'rent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  mum'verim  Plur.  1.  mu  ni  ve'ri  mus 

2.  muni'veris  2.  muni  ve'ri  tis 

3.  muni'verit  3.  munl'verint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  munlvis'sem  Plur.  1.  muni  vis  se 'mus 

2.  mu  ni  vis'ses  2.  mu  ni  vis  se'tis 

3.  munivis'set  3.  muulvis'sent 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  mu'niar  Plur.  1.  munia'mur 

2.  munia'ris  (-re)  2.  munia'mini 

3.  munia'tur  3.  munian'tur 


162 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  muni'rer 

2.  munire'ris  (-re) 

3.  munlre'tur 


Plur.  1.  mu  ni  rg'mur 

2.  mu  ni  re'mi  m 

3.  muniren'tur 


PERFECT  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  muni'tus  sim 

2.  muni'tus  sis 

3.  muni'tus  sit 


Plur.  1.  muni'ti  si'mus 

2.  muni'ti  si'tis 

3.  muni'ti  sint 


PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  muni'tus  es'sem 

2.  muni'tus  es'sgs 

3.  muni'tus  es'set 


Plur.  1.  muni'ti  esse'mus 

2.  muni'ti  esse'tis 

3.  muni'ti  es'sent 


ACTIVE  VOICE. 
Sing.  2.  mu'ni 
Plur.  2.  munl'te 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 
Present  Tense. 


Future  Tense. 


Sing.  2  and  3.  mu  ni'to 
Plur.  2.  mu  ni  to'te 
Plur.  3.  muniun'to 


PASSIVE   VOICE. 

Sing.  2.  mu  ni're 
Plur.  2.  muni'mini 


Sing.  2  and  3.  mu  ni'tor 

Plur.  2.  

Plur.  3.  mu  ni  un'tor 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

ACTIVE  VOICE.          Present  Tense.  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

muni're  |  muni'ri 

Perfect  Tense. 
munivis'se  I  muni'tus  es'se 


Future  Tense. 


munitu'rus  es'se 


muni'tum  I'ri 
muni'tus  fo're 


A   STRAIGHT    KOAD   TO    CAESAR.  163 

PARTICIPLES. 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  Pres.  mu'ni  ens ;  Fut.  mu  ni  tu'rus 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  Perf.  muni'tus;  Fut.  munien'dus  (Gerundive). 

THE  GERUND  AND  SUPINES. 

N.,  Gen.  munien'di,  Dat.  munien'do,  Ace.  munien'dum,  Abl. 
mu  ni  en'do. 

Former  Supine,  muni'tum.     Latter  Supine,  mu  ni'tu. 

206. 

1.  The  enemy  will  not  wait  until  I  have  reached  [the  country 
of]  the  Santones.  2.  We  shall  do  this  provided  the  camp  is 
fortified.  3.  I  sent  a  scout  to  Vesontio  before  I  came  into  Gaul. 
4.  We  sent  scouts  to  Avaricum  before  we  had  come  into  the 
province.  5.  You  (sing.)  [did]  not  stop  before  (earlier  than) 
you  had  become  masters  of  all  Gaul.  6.  Our  consuls  [did]  not 
stop  before  they  had  become  masters  of  affairs.  7.  Although 
our  forces  were  being  abandoned  by  their  leaders,  still  they  tried 
the  fortune  of  war.  8.  Even  if  the  task  had  been  great  (if 
the  thing  had  been  of  great  labor)  we  should  have  distributed 
rations  to  the  army.  9.  Unless  new  legions  arrive,  we  shall  for- 
tify the  camp.  10.  The  commanders  say  that,  unless  new  legions 
arrive,  they  will  fortify  the  camp.  11.  Our  leaders  say  that  they 
will  try  the  fortune  of  war,  unless  they  secure  the  authority. 
12.  Caesar  says  that  he  will  come  for  the  sake  of  obtaining 
possession  of  the  town. 


POSSUM,  VOLO,  NOLO,  MALO. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  In  translating  the  forms  of  possum,  can  and 
could  should  be  commonly  used ;  e.g.  prohibere  possunt,  1,  can  keep 
from.  But  translate  plurimum  poterat,  2,  was  the  most  powerful  man 
(was  able  the  most}. 

2.  Find  the  inflection  of  these  verbs  at  the  end  of  Exercise  207. 


164  A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

207. 

1.  Perpauci  exercitum  itinere  facile  prohibere  possunt.  2.  Dum- 
norix  apud  Sequanos  plurimum  poterat.  3.  Non  est  dubium 
qum  totlus  Galliae  plurimum  Helvetii  possint.  4.  Nostri  sequi l 
non  potuerunt.  5.  Legati  dicunt  nostros  sequi  non  potuisse. 
6.  Si  quid  voltis  ad  Id.2  Apr.  (Idus  Aprllis)  revertere.  7.  Si 
interfici  non  voltis,  arma  ponite.  8.  Pugnare 3  quam  servire  malu- 
mus.  9.  Si  veteris  contumeliae 4  obllvisci  volo,  recentiuin  iniuri- 
arum  memoriam  deponere  non  possum.  10.  Ego  nulll  iter  per 
provinciam  dare  possum,5  si  volam.  11.  Caesar  negat  se  posse 6 
ulll  iter  per  provinciam  dare  si  velit.7 

DIRECTIONS.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :  12TL  ;  Rule  59.   2376,  a,  6,  c,  d.   3331, 

b  and  1.  4219  ;  Rule  19.  5307,  d. 
6  304,  c.  7337,  1;  Rule  80. 
H.:  !533  and  I.  1,  2;  Rule  LVI.  2642, 
I.  1,  2,  3,  II.  3498)  L  and  Note> 
4  406,  II. ;  Rule  XIX.  II.  «  511  and 
1.  6527  and  I.  7524;  Rule  LIV. 

Possum,  I  am  able  (I  can). 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  pos'suni  Plur.  1.  pos'su  mus 

2.  po'tes  2.  pote'stis 

3.  po'test  3.  pos'sunt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'teram  Plur.  1.  potera'mus 

2.  po'teras  2.  potera'tis 

3.  po'terat  3.  po'terant 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'tero  Plur.  1.  pote'rimus 

2.  po'te  ris  2.  po  te'ri  tis 

3.  po'te  rit  3.  po'te  runt 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  165 


PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po'tui  Plur.  1.  potu'imus 

2.  potui'sti  2.  potui'stis 

3.  po'tu  it  3.  po  tu  e'runt  (-re) 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po  tu'e  ram  Plur.  1.  po  tu  e  ra'mus 

2.  potu'eras  2.  potuera'tis 

3.  po  tu'e  rat  3.  po  tu'e  rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  potu'ero  Plur.  1.  potue'rimua 

2.  potu'eris  2.  potue'ritis 

3.  po  tu'e  rit  3.  po  tu'e  rint 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  pos'sim  Plur.  1.  pos  si'mus 

2.  pos'sis  2.  poBBi'tis 

3.  pos'sit  3.  pos'sint 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  pos'sem  Plur.  1.  posse'mus 

2.  pos'ses  2.  posse'tis 

3.  pos'set  3.  pos'sent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  po  tu'e  rim  Plur.  1.  potue'rimus 

2.  potu'eris  2.  potue'ritis 

3.  po  tu'e  rit  3.  po  tu'e  rint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  potuis'sem  Plur.  1.  potuisse'mus 

2.  potuis'ses  2.  potuisse'tis 

3.  potuis'set  3.  potuis'sent 


166  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

(No  IMPERATIVE.) 

INFINITIVES. 
Pres.  pos'se  Perf.  po  tu  is'se 

PARTICIPLE  (as  adjective). 
Pres.  po'tens 


Volo,  lam  willing  (I wish). 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vo'16  Plur.  1.  vo'lu  mus 

2.  vis  2.  vol'tis  (vul  tis) 

3.  volt  (vult)  3.  vo'lunt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vole'bam  Plur.  1.  voleba'mus 

2.  vole'bas  2.  voleba'tis 

3.  vole'bat  3.  vole'bant 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vo'lam  Plur.  1.  vo  le'mus 

2.  voles  2.  vole'tis 

3.  vo'let  3.  vo'lent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vo'lu  i  Plur.  1.  volu'imus 

2.  vo  lu  i'sti  2.  vo  lu  i'stis 

3.  vo'lu  it  3.  vo  lu  e'runt  (-re) 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vo  lu'e  ram  Plur.  1.  vo  lu  e  ra'mus 

2.  volu'eras  2.  voluera'tis 

3.  vo  lu'e  rat  3.  vo  lu'e  rant 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR.  167 


FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vo  lu'e  ro  Plur.  1.  vo  lu  e'ri  mus 

2.  volu'eris  2.  volue'ritis 

3.  volu'erit  3.  volu'erint 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  ve'lim  Plur.  1.  ve  IT'mus 

2.  veils  2.  veli'tis 

3.  ve'lit  3.  ve'lint 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vel'lem  Plur.  1.  velle'mus 

2.  vel'les  2.  vellg'tis 

3.  vel'let  3.  vel'lent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  vo  lu'e  rim  Plur.  1.  vo  lu  e'ri  mus 

2.  volu'eris  2.  volue'ritis 

3.  volu'erit  3.  volu'erint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  voluis'sem  Plur.  1.  vo  lu  is  s§'mus 

2.  voluis'ses  2.  voluisse'tis 

3.  voluis'set  3.  voluis'sent 


(No  IMPERATIVE.) 

INFINITIVES. 
Pres.  vel'le  Per/,  vo  lu  is'se 

PARTICIPLE. 
Pres.  vo'lens 


168  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD  TO   CAESAR. 

Nolo,  /  am  unwilling. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  no'16  Plur.  1.  no'lumus 

2.  nonvis  2.  nonvol'tis  (vul'tis) 

3.  non  volt  (vult)  3.  no'lunt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  nole'bam  Plur.  1.  noleba'mus 

2.  nole'bas  2.  noleba'tis 

3.  nole'bat  3.  nole'bant 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  no'lam  Plur.  1.  nole'mus 

2.  no'les  2.  nole'tis 

3.  no'let  3.  no'lent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  no'lui  Plur.  1.  nolu'imus 

2.  nolui'sti  2.  nolui'stia 

3.  no'lu  it  3.  no  lu  e'runt  (-re) 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  no  lu'e  ram  Plur.  1.  116  lu  e  ra'mus 

2.  no  lu 'eras  2.  noluera'tis 

3.  no  lu'e  rat  3.  no  lu'e  rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  no  lu'e  ro  Plur.  1.  no  lu  e'ri  mus 

2.  nolu'eris  2.  nolue'ritis 

3.  nolu'erit  3.  nolu'erint 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  no'lim  Plur.  1.  no  li'mus 

2.  no'lis  2.  noli'tia 

3.  no'lit  3.  uo'lint 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  169 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  nol'lem  Plur.  1.  nol  le'mus 

2.  nol'les  2.  nollg'tis 

3.  nol'let  3.  nol'lent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  nolu'erim  Plur.  1.  nSlue'rimus 

2.  nolu'eris  2.  nolue'ritis 

3.  nolu'erit  3.  nolu'erint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  noluis'sem  Plur.  1.  no  lu  is  se'mua 

2.  noluis'ses  2.  noluisse'tis 

3.  noluis'set  3.  nolais'sent 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Pres.  Sing.  2.  no'H  Plur.  2.  no  li'te 

Put.    Sing.  2  and  3.  no  ll'to  Plur.  2.  noli  to 'te 

INFINITIVES. 
Pres.  nol'le  Perf.  no  lu  is'se 

PARTICIPLE. 
Pres.  no 'lens 


Miilo,  /  wish  rather  (I  prefer). 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  ma'15  Plur.  1.  ma'lumus 

2.  ma'vis  2.  mavol'tis  (-vul'tis) 

3.  ma'volt  (-vult)  3.  ma'lunt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  male'bam  Plur.  1.  maleba'mus 

2.  malg'bas  2.  ma  le  ba'tis 

3.  male'bat  3.  male'baiit 


1TO 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


Sing.  1.  ma/lam 

2.  males 

3.  ma'let 


Sing.  1.  ma'lu  I 

2.  malui'sti 

3.  ma'lu  it 


FUTURE  TENSE. 


Plur.  1.  male'mus 

2.  male'tis 

3.  ma'lent 


PERFECT  TENSE. 


Plur.  1.  malu'imus 

2.  malui'stis 

3.  ma  lu  e'runt  (-re) 


PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  malu'eram 

2.  malu'eras 

3.  malu'erat 


Plur.  1.  ma  lu  e  ra'mus 

2.  maluera'tis 

3.  malu'erant 


FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  malu'ero 

2.  malu'eris 

3.  malu'erit 


Plur.  1.  malue'rimus 

2.  malue'ritis 

3.  malu'erint 


Sing.  1.  malim 

2.  ma'lis 

3.  ma'lit 


Sing.  1.  mal'lem 

2.  mal'les 

3.  mallet 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 


Plur.  1.  ma  li'mus 

2.  mali'tis 

3.  ma'lint 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 


Plur.  1.  mal  le'mus 

2.  mal  le 'tis 

3.  mal'lent 


PERFECT  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  malu'erim 

2.  ma  lu'e  ris 

3.  malu'erit 


Plur.  1.  ma  lu  e'ri  mus 

2.  malue'ritis 

3.  malu'erint 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD   TO  CAESAR.  171 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  maluis'sem  Plur.  1.  ma  luis  se'mus 

2.  maluis'ses  2.  maluisse'tis 

3.  maluis'set  3.  maluis'sent 

(No  IMPERATIVE.) 

INFINITIVES. 
Pres.  mal'le  Perf.  ma  lu  is'se 

(No  PARTICIPLES.) 

208. 

1.  A  very  few  could  (were  able  to)  keep  our  legions  from  the 
journey.  2.  Dumnorix  has  been  the  most  powerful  man  (has 
been  able  the  most)  among  the  Sequani.  3.  There  was  no  doubt 
that  the  Helvetii  had  been  the  most  powerful  people  of  all  Gaul. 

4.  The  auxiliaries  cannot  (are  not  able  to)  follow  the  enemy. 

5.  The  leader  says  that  the  auxiliaries  cannot  follow  the  enemy. 

6.  If  you  (sing.)  wish  anything,  return  on  the  thirteenth  day  of 
April.    7.   If  you  (sing.)  [do]  not  wish  to  be  put  to  death,  lay 
down  your  arms.     8.  I  prefer  to  fight  [rather]  than  to  turn  and 
flee.     9.  If  we  shall  be  willing  to  forget  the  former  insult,  we 
cannot  (are  not  able  to)  lay  aside  the  memory  of  recent  injuries. 
10.   We  can  give  (are  able  to  give)  no  one  a  way  through  the 
province,  if  we  [shall]  wish.    11.  The  commanders  say  that  they 
cannot  give  to  any  one  a  way  through  the  province,  if  they  wish. 


IMPERSONAL  VERBS.       HISTORICAL    INFINITIVES. 

SUGGESTION.  —  In   connection  with  Impersonal  Verbs,  A.  &  G.  145, 
146,  a,  b,  c,  and  d ;  H.  298,  300,  301  and  1  should  be  carefully  studied. 


172 


A  STRAIGHT  ROAD  TO  CAESAR. 


209. 

1.  Caesaris l  maxime  interest,  manus  hostium  distineri.a  2.  Ni- 
hil 2  mea 3  intererat,  manus  hostium  distineri.4  3.  Si  volt  mecum 
conloqui,  licet.  4.  Si  velim  in  Ubiorum  fmibus  considers,  liceat. 
5.  Poenam,  ut5  igni  cremaretur,  eum  damnatum6  sequi a  oporte- 
bat.  6.  Copiasne 7  adversum  hostem  ducere,  an 7  castra  def endere, 
an 7  f  uga  salutem  petere  praestat  ?  7.  Diu  cum  esset  pugnatum,8 
impedimentis  castrisque  nostri  potiti  sunt.  8.  Nostri  sese  in 
castra,  ut  erat  imperatum,9  receperunt.  9.  Hanc  Galliae  partem 
Gallos  obtinere  dictum  est.  10.  Id b  aliquot  de  causis  accidebat, 
ut 10  subito  Galli  belli  renovandl  consilium  caperent.  11.  Ea  res  b 
merito  populT  Komani  non  accidit.  12.  Omnibus  constat  hiemari11 
in  Gallia  oportere.12  13.  Diem  ex  die  ducere 13  Haedui.  14.  Hae- 
dui  dicere  frumentum  adesse. 

DIRECTION.  —  Read   A.  &   G. :  a29,  c;    270    (1)  and   b.    b!45   and 

foot-note. 

H.:  «^42,  Note;   538  and   1.    b298,  foot- 
note 5. 

Learn  A.  &  G. :  !222.  2238  and  6;  Rule  31.  8222,  a. 
4  270 ;  Rule  58.  5329.  6292.  '211. 
8 145;  146,  d.  9230.  10332,  / 
11  Rule  35.  i2  Rule  13.  is275. 
H. :  1 406,  III. ;  Rule  XIX.  III.  2  378 ;  Rule 
VIII.  8408, 1.  2.  4538.  5  501  and 
HI.  6  549, 1.  7  353, 1,  2  and  Note  5. 
8  298;  301  and  1.  9384,  5.  10501 
and  III.  "  538  and  2.  i2  Rule  III. 
13  536,  1. 


210. 

1.  It  especially  concerned  the  republic  that  (inf.)  we  come  as 
soon  as  possible.     2.  It  concerns  you  not  at  all  that  I  have  come. 

3.  If  he  wishes  to  try  the  fortune  of  war,  [it]  will  be  permitted. 

4.  If  you  (sing.)  had  wished  to  settle  in  the  territory  of  the  Ubii, 
[it]  would  have  been  permitted.    5.   [It]  is  fitting  that  (inf.)  the 
punishment  of  being  burned  to  death   (that  he  be  burned  by 


A   STRAIGHT   EOAD   TO   CAESAR.  173 

fire)  be  inflicted  upon  him  when  condemned  (to  follow  him  con- 
demned). 6.  Was  [it]  better  that  I  had  led  (to  have  led)  the 
forces  against  the  enemy,  or  had  sought  safety  in  flight  ?  7.  You 
(plu.)  will  obtain  possession  of  the  town  when  the  engagement 
shall  have  continued  a  long  time  (when  [it]  shall  have  been 
fought  a  long  time).  8.  We  are  betaking  ourselves  to  camp 
according  to  command  (as  [it]  has  been  commanded).  9.  [It] 
was  evident  to  all  that  we  ought  to  pass  the  winter  in  Gaul  (the- 
winter-to-be  passed  (inf.)  in  Gaul  to  behoove,  was  evident). 
10.  Caesar  demands  (inf.)  corn  of  the  Haedui. 


FERO.     EO.     FIO. 

211. 

1.  Equitatus,  tripartite  divisus,  contra  hostem  it.  2.  Nostrl 
subsidio  sociis  ierunt.  3.  Sequam  hac  via l  propter  angustias  ire 
non  possunt.  4.  Caesar  Britanniae  quoque 2  nationes 3  adire  volt. 
5.  Nostri  frumentandi  causa  trans  Mosam  ierant.  6.  Hostes  ne 
unum  quidem4  nostroruin  impetum  ferunt.  7.  Factum  est,  ut 
hostes  ne  unum4  quidem  nostrorum  impetum  ferrent.  8.  Nos 
propter  ea,  quae  ferebamus,  onera  irnpediebamur.  9.  Nonnulli5 
ne  voltum  quidem  hostium  atque  aciem  oculorum  ferre  potuerant. 
10.  Helvetil  non  facile  finitimis  bellum  Inferre  poterant.  11.  His 
rebus  fit,  ut6  Helvetil  minus  facile  finitimis  bellum  Inferre  pos- 
sint.  12.  His  rebus  fiebat,  ut  Haedui  sese  ab  Helvetiis  defendere 
non  possent.  13.  Id  si  fiat,  magno  cum  periculo  provinciae  sit, 
ut  (provincia)  homines  bellicosos  locis  patentibus  maximeque 
frumentariis  fmitimos  habeat. 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G. :  !258,  g.     2151,  a.     3228,  a;  237,  d. 

4 151,  e,  second  part.     5150  and  a. 
6  332  and  a,  2. 

H.  :  !420,  1,  3);  Rule  XXV.  2554,  I.  4. 
3  372.  4569,  III.  2.  5  553  and  1. 
6  501,  L  1. 


174  A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR.. 

Fero,  /  bear  (I  endure). 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fe'ro  Plur.  1.  fe'rimus 

2.  fers  2.  fer'tis 

3.  fert  3.  fe'runt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fere'bam  Plur.  1.  fereba'mus 

2.  fere'bas  2.  fereba'tis 

3.  fere'bat  3.  fere'bant 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fe'ram  Plur.  1.  fe  re'mus 

2.  fe'res  2.  fere'tis 

3.  fe'ret  3.  fe'rent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  tu'li  Plur.  1.  tu'limus 

2.  tuli'sti  2.  tuli'stis 

3.  tu'lit  3.  tu  le'runt  (-re) 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  tu'leram  Plur.  1.  tulera'mus 

2.  tu'leras  2.  tulera'tis 

3.  tu'lerat  3.  tu'lerant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  tu'lero  Plur.  1.  tule'rimus 

2.  tu'leris  2.  tule'ritis 

3.  tu'lerit  3.  tu'lerint 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fe'ror  Plur.  1.  fe'ri  mur 

2.  fer'ris  (-re)  2.  feri'mim 

3.  fer'tur  3.  ferun'tur 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  175 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fere'bar  Plur.  1.  fere  ba'mur 

2.  f e  re  ba'ris  (-re)  2.  fe  re  ba'mi  m 

3.  fereba'tur  3.  fereban'tur 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fe'rar  Plur.  1.  fere'mur 

2.  fe  re'ris  (-re)  2.  fe  re'mi  ni 

3.  fere'tur  3.  feren'tur 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  la'tus  sum  Plur.  1.  la'ti  su'mus 

2.  la'tus  es  2.  la'ti  e'stis 

3.  la'tus  est  3.  la'ti  sunt 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  la'tus  e'ram  Plur.  1.  la'ti  era'mus 

2.  la'tus  e'ras  2.  la'ti  e  ra'tis 

3.  la'tus  e'rat  3.  la'ti  e'rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  la'tus  e'ro  Plur.  1.  la'ti  e'rimus 

2.  la'tus  e'ris  2.  la'ti  e'ritis 

3.  la'tus  e'rit  3.  la'ti  e'runt 


ACTIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fe'ram  Plur.  1.  fe  ra'mus 

2.  fe'ras  2.  fe  ra'tis 

3.  fe'rat  3.  fe'rant 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  f er'rem  Plur.  1.  fer  re'mus 

2.  fer'res  2.  ferre'tis 

3.  fer'ret  3.  fer'reut 


176  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  tu'lerim  Plur.  1.  tule'rimus 

2.  tu'leris  2.  tule'ritis 

3.  tu'lerit  3.  tu'le  rint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  tulis'sem  Plur.  1.  tulisse'mus 

2.  tulis'ses  2.  tulisse'tis 

3.  tulis'set  3.  tulis'sent 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fe'rar  Plur.  1.  fe  ra'mur 

2.  fe  ra'ris  (-re)  2.  fe  ra'mi  ni 

3.  fera'tur  3.  feran'tur 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fer'rer  Plur.  1.  ferre'mur 

2.  fer  re'ris  (-re)  2.  f er  re'mi  111 

3.  ferre'tur  3.  fer  ren'tur 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  la'tus  sim  Plur.  1.  la'ti  si'mus 

2.  la'tus  sis  2.  la'ti  si'tis 

3.  la'tus  sit  3.  la'ti  sint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  la'tus  es'sem  Plur.  1.  la'ti  es  se'mus 

2.  la'tus  es'ses  2.  la'ti  esse'tis 

3.  la'tus  es'set  3.  la'ti  es'sent 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

ACTIVE  VOICE.          Present  Tense.       PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Sing.  2.  fer  I  Sing.  2.  fer'ri 

Plur.  2.  fer'te  Plur.  2.  fe  ri'mi  ni 


A    STRAIGHT    KOAD    TO    CAESAR. 


177 


Future   Tense. 


Sing.  2  and  3.  fer'to 
Plur.  2.  fer  to'te 
Plur.  3.  ferun'to 


Sing.  2  and  3.  fer'tor 

Plur.  2.  — 

Plur.  3.  fe  run'tor 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 

fer're 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

Present   Tense. 

\ 


PASSIVE   VOICE. 

fer'ri 


tu  lis'se 


Perfect  Tense. 
I 


la'tus  es'se 


latu'rus  es'se 


Future  Tense. 


la'tum  I'rl 
la'tus  fo're 


PARTICIPLES. 

ACTIVE  VOICE,  Pres.  fe'rens,  Put.  latu'rus. 

PASSIVE  VOICE,  Perf.  la'tus,  Fut .  fe  ren'dus  (Gerundive). 

THE  GERUND  AND  SUPINES. 

N.  Gen.  feren'di,  Dat.  feren'do,  Ace.  feren'dum,  Abl.  feren'do. 
Former  Supine,  la'tum.     Latter  Supine,  la'tu. 


Sing.  1.  e'6 

2.  Is 

3.  it 


Eo,  I  go. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 


Plur.  1.  I'mus 

2.  I'tis 

3.  e'unt 


178 


A   STRAIGHT    ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


Sing.  1.  I^bam 

2.  I'bas 

3.  I'bat 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 


Plur.  1.  iba'mus 

2.  Iba'tis 

3.  I'bant 


FUTURE  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  I'bo 

2.  I'bis 

3.  I'bit 


Sing.  1.  I' vi 

2.  Ivi'Btl 

3.  I'vit 


Plur.  1.  I'bimus 

2.  I'bitis 

3.  I'bunt 


PERFECT  TENSE. 
%  etc.) 


Plur.  1.  I'vimus 

2.  Ivi'stis 

3.  Ive'runt  (-re) 


PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  I've  ram  (i'e  ram,  etc.)  Plur.  1.  ivera'mus 

2.  I'verSs  2.  ivera'tis 

3.  I've  rat  3.  I've  rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  I've  r6       (i'e  ro,  etc.)     Plur.  1.  Ive'rimus 

2.  I'veris  2.  Ive'ritis 

3.  I'verit  3.  I'verint 


Sing.  1.  e'am 

2.  e'as 

3.  e'at 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 


Plur.  1.  ea'mus 

2.  ea'tis 

3.  e'ant 


Sing.  1.  I'rem 

2.  I'res 

3.  I'ret 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 


Plur.  1.  Ire'mus 

2.  Ire'tis 

3.  I'rent 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  179 


PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  I've  rim    (i'e  rim,  etc.)  Plur.  1.  ive'rimus 

2.  I'veris  2.  ive'ritis 

3.  I'verit  3.  I'verint 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  ivis'sem  (is'sem,  etc.)  Plur.  1.  ivisse'mus 

2.  ivis'ses  2.  ivisse'tis 

3.  Ivis'set  3.  ivis'sent 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Pres.  Sing.  2.  I  Plur.  2.  I'te 

Put.    Sing.  2  and  3.  I'tS  Plur.  2.  ito'te;  3.  eun'to 

INFINITIVES. 
Pres.  I're  Perf.  ivis'se  (is'se)          Put.  itu'rus  es'se 

PARTICIPLES. 
Pres.  i'ens  (gen.  e  un'tis).  Put.  i  tu'rus 

Gerund.  Gen.  e  un'di,  Dat.  eun'do,  Ace.  eun/dum,  Abl.  eun'do. 
Former  Supine,  i'tum.     Latter  Supine,  i'tu. 


FI5,  /  am  made,  I  become. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 


Sing.  1.  fi'6 
2.  fis 
3.  fit 

Plur.  1.  fi'mus 
2.  fi'tis 
3.  fi'unt 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fie'bam 
2.  fie'bas 
3.  fig'bat 

Plur.  1.  fTeba'mus 
2.  fieba'tis 
3.  fie'bant 

180  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

FUTURE  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fi'am  Plur.  1.  fie'mus 

2.  fl'es  2.  fie'tis 

3.  fi'et  3.  fi'ent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fac'tus  sum  Plur.  1.  fac'ti  su'mus 

2.  fac'tus  es  2.  fac'ti  e'stis 

3.  fac'tus  est  3.  fac'ti  sunt 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fac'tus  e'ram  Plur.  1.  fac'ti  era'mus 

2.  fac'tus  e'ras  2.  fac'ti  era'tis 

3.  fac'tus  e'rat  3.  fac'ti  e'rant 

FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fac'tus  e'ro  Plur.  1.  fac'ti  e'rimus 

2.  fac'tus  e'ris  2.  fac'ti  e'ri  tis 

3.  fac'tus  e'rit  3.  fac'ti  e'runt 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fi'am  Plur.  1.  fia'mus 

2.  fl'as  2.  fia'tis 

3.  fl'at  3.  fl'ant 

IMPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fi'erem  Plur.  1.  fiere'mus 

2.  fi'eres  2.  fi  e  re'tis 

3.  fi'eret  3.  fi'erent 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fac'tus  sim  Plur.  1.  fac'ti  si'mus 

2.  fac'tus  sis  2.  fac'ti  si'tis 

3.  fac'tus  sit  3.  fac'ti  sint 


A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  181 


PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

Sing.  1.  fac'tus  es'sem  Plur.  1.  fac'ti  es  se'mus 

2.  fac'tus  es'ses  2.  fac'ti  es  se'tis 

3.  fac'tus  es'set  3.  fac'ti  es'sent 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Pres.  Sing.  2.  fi  Plur.  2.  fi'te 

Put.    Sing.  2  and  3.  fi'to  Plur.  3.  fito'te;  fiun'to 


INFINITIVES. 
Pres.  fi'e  ri  Perf.  fac'tus  es'se  Put.  fac'tum  I'ri 

PARTICIPLES. 
Perf.  fac'tus  Put.  facien'dus  (Gerundive) 

212. 

1.  The  infantry,  separated  into  three  divisions,  attack  (go 
against)  the  enemy.  2.  We  were  going  to  reinforce  the  cavalry 
(for  a  reinforcement  to  the  cavalry).  3.  I  could  not  have  gone 
(was  not  able  to  have  gone)  by  sea.  4.  Why  [do]  you  (sing.) 
wish  to  visit  the  nations  of  Britain  ?  5.  I  am  going  for  the  sake 
of  waging  war.  6.  You  (plur.)  will  not  endure  even  one  attack 
of  the  enemy.  7.  It  did  not  happen  without  reason  that  we 
did  not  endure  even  one  attack  of  the  enemy.  8.  I  am  hindered 
by  this  load  which  I  am  carrying.  9.  Some  cannot  (are  not  able 
to)  endure  the  enemies'  expression-of-countenance  and  the  glare 
of  their  eyes.  10.  We  could  have  made  (were  able  to  have 
made)  war  upon  the  enemy.  11.  From  these  circumstances  it 
happens  that  we  can  easily  make  war  upon  our  neighbors.  12.  It 
happened  all  along  (imperfect  tense)  that  we  could  not  defend 
ourselves  from  the  enemy.  13.  If  this  happens  (shall  happen), 
it  will  be  with  great  danger  to  the  province  that  it  has  warlike 
men  as  neighbors  in  an  open  and  especially  fertile  country. 


182  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 


QUESTIONS    AND    IMPERATIVE    FORMS    IN    INDIRECT 
DISCOURSE.     FUTURE    PASSIVE    INFINITIVES. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  Cum,  1  and  2,  is  to  be  translated  since;  cum, 
3,  although;  fecerunt  ut  profectio  videretur,  2,  they  caused  that  the 
departure  seemed,  or  concisely,  the  departure  seemed. 

2.  The  second  sentences  in  9  and  10  show  two  ways  of  expressing  the 
future  passive  infinitive.  The  form  in  10  is  the  common  one.  It  is  often 
used  to  express  the  future  active  infinitive  with  the  verb  of  the  ut-clause 
in  the  subjunctive  active,  and  must  be  used  when  the  verb  has  no  future 
active  participle.  Since  deponent  verbs  have  the  participles  of  both 
voices,  the  form  given  in  10,  third  sentence,  may  also  be  used  with 
deponents. 

213. 

1.  Perf acile  1  est,  cum 2  virtute  omnibus  praestemus,  totius  G-al- 
liae  imperid  potni.  2.  Cum  quisque  domum3  pervenire  prope- 
raret,  fecerunt  ut 4  consimilis  fugae  profectio  videretur.  3.  Cum 2 
ea  ita  sint,  pacem  Helvetils  faciam.  4.  Quid  tib! 5  vis  ?  Ario- 
vistus  rogavit  quid  sib! 5  vellet.6  5.  Num. 7  recentium  iniuriarum 
memoriam  deponere  possum  ?  His  Caesar  respondit  num 8  recen- 
tium iniuriarum  memoriam  deponere  posse  ?fi  6.  Sl9flumen  no- 
stri  transirent,  hostes  exspectabaiit.  7.  Finem  orandi  fac.10  Cae- 
sar dicit,  finem  orandi  faciat.11  8.  Vercingetorix  proditionis 
accusatus  est,  quod  castra  propius  Eomanos  movisset,12  quod  sine 
imperio  copias  reliquisset,  quod  ems  discessu  Romani  celeriter 
venissent.  9.  Ea  res  longius 13  ducetur.  Legatus  longius  earn 
rem  ductum  iri  exlstimabat.  10.  Si  opus  erit,  mirabor.  Caesar 
dicit  fore 14  (futurum  esse)  ut 14  miretur,  si  opus  sit.  Caesar  dicit 
se  miraturum  (esse),  si  opus  sit.  11.  Si  opus  esset,  mirarer. 
Caesar  dixit  futurum  fuisse  15  ut 15  mlraretur,  si  opus  esset. 

DIRECTION.  —  Learn  A.  &  G. :   *  Rule  2.     2326;    Rule   79.     3258,  b. 

4332,e.  5235  and  Note;  236; 
Rule  20.  e  338.  '  210,  1,  2  and  c. 
8 210,  2  and  /,  Remark.  9334 
and/.  10128,  c.  n  339  ;  Rule  82. 
12321;  341  and  d;  Rule  83. 
13  93,  a.  14  288, /.  15  337,  b  and  3. 


A    STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR.  183 


Learn  H. :  iRule  XXXIV.  2517.  Rllle  XLVIIT.  3380,  II.  2,  1) ; 
Rule  X.  4501,  II.  1.  5389.  6523,  II.  1,  2  ;  Rule  LIII. 
II.  1,  2.  7351,  if  Xote  3.  ^529,  L,  II.  1  and  Note  3; 
Rule  LV.,  I.  9529,  II.  1  and  Note  1.  10238.  "523, 
III.;  Rule  LIII.  III.  i2516)  n. ;  Rule  XLVII.  II. 
13  444  and  1.  14537,  3  and  Note  1.  15527,  III.  and 
Note  1. 

214. 

1.  It  was  very  easy,  since  we  excelled  all  in  valor,  to  obtain 
control  of  the  entire  province.  2.  Since  we  are  all  hastening  to 
reach  home,  we  make  the  departure  seem  (that  the  departure 
seems)  very  much  like  a  flight.  3.  Although  these  things  were 
so,  I  made  peace  with  them.  4.  What  do  you  want  (for  your- 
selves)? I  asked  what  they  wanted  (for  themselves).  5.  Can 
we  blot  out  the  memory  of  our  wrongs  ?  The  consuls  asked 
whether  they  could  blot  out  the  memory  of  their  wrongs.  6.  We 
are  waiting  [to  see]  if  you  will  cross  the  river.  7.  Don't  wait 
(make  an  end  of  waiting).  Caesar  asked  [him]  not  to  wait. 

8.  I  am  accused  of  treason  because  (as  they  say)  I  have  moved 
camp  nearer  the  enemy,  and  have  left  the  forces  without  control. 

9.  Ariovistus  will  be  condemned.    They  say  that  Ariovistus  will 
be  condemned.     10.  If  there  should  be  need,  I  should  wonder. 
The  lieutenants  said  that  if  there  should  be  need,  they  would 
wonder  (express  in  two  ways).     11.  If  there  had  been  need,  we 
should  have  wondered.     The  commanders  said  that  if  there  had 
been  need,  they  would  have  wondered. 


PERIPHRASTIC    CONJUGATIONS. 

SUGGESTIONS.  —  1.  The  inflections  of  the  periphrastic  conjugations  are 
to  be  learned  from  A.  &  G.  129 ;  H.  233,  234,  and  translated  as  suggested 
by  the  following  illustrations :  laudaturus  sum,  /  am  (about)  to  praise, 
I  intend  {propose)  to  praise ;  laudandus  sum,  1  am  to  be  praised,  1  must 
(ought  to,  need  to)  be  praised. 

2.  The  subjunctive  of  the  first  periphrastic  conjugation  is  used  in 
Indirect  Questions  referring  to  future  time.  Learn  A.  &  G.  333,  5,  Note; 
334  and  a;  H.  529,  II.  4;  e.g.  Scio  quid  facturus  sim,  etc.,  I  know  what 
I  shall  do,  etc.  Sclvl  quid  facturus  essem,  etc.,  1  knew  what  I  should  do, 
etc.  Sclvl  quid  facturus  fuerim,  etc.,  I  knew  what  I  should  have  done,  etc. 


184  A   STRAIGHT   ROAD   TO   CAESAR. 

3.  Such  sentences  as  hoc  tlb'i  faciendum  est,  this  is  to  be  (must  be)  done 
by  you,  are  best  translated  actively,  you  must  do  this. 

215. 

1.  Eepraesentabo  quod  in  longiorem  diem  conlaturus  fui.  Cae- 
sar dicit  se,  quod  in  longiorem  diem  conlaturus  fuerit,  repraesen- 
taturum1  (esse).  2.  Scio  quo  iturus  sim.2  Scivl  quo  iturus  essem. 
Scivi  quo  iturus  fuerini.  3.  Caesari3  omnia  uno  tempore  agenda 
erant;  milites  cohortandi,  vexillum  proponendum,  signum  tuba 
dandum,  acies  Tnstruenda.  4.  Militibus 3  de  navibus  erat  desilien- 
dum,4  in  fluctibus  consistendum 4  et  cum  hostibus  pugnandum.4 
5.  Caesar  concedendum4  (esse)  non  putabat.  6.  Caesar  non  ex- 
pectandum4  (esse)  sib!3  statuit.  7.  Caesar  partiendum  (esse) 
sib! 3  exercitum  putavit,  priusquam  plures  civitates  conspirarent. 

DIRECTION.  — Learn  A.  &  G. :   1336,  2;    Rule   80.     2338;   Rule  81. 

3 232   and   Note,  first   sentence; 
Rule  26.     4  Impersonal. 
H. :  1 523,   I. ;   Rule    LIU.  I. ;    524 ;    Rule 
LTV.     2523,  IT.  1.;    Rule  LIU. 
II.  1.     3  388.     4  Impersonal. 

216. 

1.  I  am  about-to-go.  This  you  (sing.)  were  to-do-at-once.  We 
have  purposed-to-do  this.  They  had  intended-to-divide  the  army. 
2.  Caesar  said  that  he  would  do-at-once  what  he  had  intended-to- 
postpone  to  a  more  distant  day.  3.  We  often  wish  to  know  what 
will  happen  (will  be).  We  have  often  wished  to  know  what 
would  happen.  We  have  often  wished  to  know  what  would 
have  happened.  4.  I  must-be-protected.  We  ought-to-have-been 
(perfect)  selected.  5.  We  need  to  encourage  the  legions,  hang 
out  the  flag,  give  the  signal  with  a  trumpet,  and  arrange  the 
battle-line  (the  legions  need-to-be-encouraged  by  us,  etc.).  6.  You 
(plur.)  will  need  to  jump  down  from  the  ships,  take  position 
in  the  waves,  and  fight  with  the  enemy  (it  will  need-to-be- 
jumped-down  by  you,  etc.).  7.  Caesar  [does]  does  not  think  that 
a  concession  ought  to  be  made  (it  ought-to-be-conceded).  8.  I 
think  that  I  must  divide  the  auxiliaries  (that  the  auxiliaries 
ought-to-be-divided  by  me) . 


VOCABULARIES. 


ABBKEVIATIONS. 


a., 

active  (transitive). 

N., 

neuter  gender. 

abl., 

ablative. 

n., 

neuter  (intransitive). 

ace., 

accusative. 

num., 

numeral. 

adj., 

adjective. 

ord., 

ordinal. 

adv., 

adverb. 

p., 

passive. 

aux., 

auxiliary. 

p.p., 

perfect  participle. 

c., 

common  gender. 

part., 

particle. 

card., 

cardinal. 

pass., 

passive. 

comp., 

comparative. 

perf., 

perfect. 

conj., 

conjunction. 

pers., 

personal. 

coor., 

coordinate. 

pl. 

plural. 

dat., 

dative. 

pluperf., 

pluperfect. 

dem., 

demonstrative. 

poss., 

possessive. 

dep., 

deponent. 

prep., 

preposition. 

dist., 

distributive. 

pres., 

present. 

F., 

feminine  gender. 

pres.  p., 

present  participle. 

fut., 

future. 

pron., 

pronoun. 

gen., 

genitive. 

reflex., 

reflexive. 

imperf., 

imperfect. 

rel., 

relative. 

impers., 

impersonal. 

semi-dep., 

semi-deponent. 

ind., 

indicative. 

sing., 

singular. 

indecl., 

indeclinable. 

sub., 

subordinate. 

indef., 

indefinite. 

subj., 

subjunctive. 

interrog., 

interrogative. 

sup. 

superlative. 

irr., 

irregular. 

v., 

verb. 

M., 

masculine  gender. 

LATIN-ENGLISH. 


ab  (a,  abs),  prep.,  by,  from. 
abducuritur,  3.  v.  p.,  are  led  away. 
a  best,  irr.  v.  n.,  is  away. 
absura,  -ful,  -futurus,  -esse,  irr.  v. 

n.,  be  absent. 
absunt,  irr.  v.  n.,  are  away. 

ac,  conj.,  and. 

acceptus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  acceptable. 

accido,  -cidl,  — ,  -cidere,  3.  v.  n., 
happen. 

accipio,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  -cipere,  3.  v. 
a.,  receive,  take. 

accipiunt,  3.  v.  a.,  take. 

accommodo,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v. 
a.,  put  on. 

accuse,  1.  v.  a.,  accuse. 

acer,  -cris,  -ere,  adj.,  active,  violent. 

acerrime,  adv.,  sup.,  most  (very)  vio- 
lently. 

acerrimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  most 
(very)  active,  violent. 

acies,  -el,  F.,  (battle)  line,  glare. 

acrior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  more  (rather) 
active,  violent. 

acriter,  adv.,  violently,  with  spirit. 

acrius,  adv.,  comp.,  more  violently. 

ad,  prep.,  to,  towards,  near. 
adduco,    -duxi,    -ductum,    -ducere, 

3.  v.  a.,  lead  to. 
adeo,  -h  (-Tvi),  -itum,  -ire,  irr.  v.  a. 

and  n.,  visit. 

adfmitas,  -tatis,  F.,  relationship. 
aditus,  -us,  M.,  approach. 
administro,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

execute. 


adsum,  -ful,  -futurus,  -esse,  irr.  v. 
n.,  be  here. 

adventus,  -us,  M.,  an  arrival. 

adversus,  prep.,  against. 

aedificium,  -I,  N.,  a  building. 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fair. 

aestas,  -tatis,  F.,  heat. 

aetas,  -tatis,  F.,  age. 

ager,  agn,  M.,  afield. 

agit,  3.  v.  a.,  treats. 

agmen,  -minis,  N.,  an  army  (on  the 
march),  a  column. 

ago,  egi,  actum,  agere,  3.  v.  a.,  do, 
treat. 

agricultura,  -ae,  F.,  agriculture. 

alacritas,  -tatis,  F.,  activity. 

alienus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unfavora- 
ble. 

aliquis,  -qua,  -quid  (-quod),  pron., 
some,  any. 

aliquot,  pron.  indecl.,  several. 

alius,  -a,  -ud,  adj.  pron.,  other,  an- 
other. 

alius  .  .  .  alius,  one  .  .  .  another; 
alii  .  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  .  others. 

Allobroges,  -um,  M.  pi.,  the  Allo- 
broges. 

Alpes,  -him,  M.  pi.,  the  Alps. 

alter,  -era,  -erum,  the  other.  In  pi., 
the  other  party.  Alter  .  .  .  alter, 
the  one  .  .  .  the  other;  alterl  .  .  . 
alter!,  one  party  .  .  .  the  other. 

altitudo,  -inis,  F.,  height,  depth. 

altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  high,  deep. 

Ambarri,  -orum,  pi.  of  adj.,  the 
Ambarri. 

3 


VOCABULARIES. 


amlcior,    -us,     adj.,    comp.,    more 

(rather)  friendly. 
amicissimus,   -a,   -urn,    adj.,    sup., 

most  (very)  friendly. 
amicitia,  -ae,  F.,  friendship. 
amlcus,  -I,  M.,  a  friend. 
ainicus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  friendly. 
amltto,     -misl,    -missum,     -nilttere, 

3.  v.  a.,  lose. 
amor,  -oris,  M.,  love. 
amplius,  adv.,   comp.,   more   (with 

abl.,  more  than). 
an,  interrog.  particle,  or  (used  with 

second  part  of  double  question), 
angustiae,  -arum,  F.,  narrowness  of 

passage. 

animus,  -I,  M.,  disposition,  mind,  feel- 
ings. 

annus,  -I,  M.,  a  year. 
animus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  annual. 
ante,  prep.,  before. 
antequam,  adv.,  before. 
appellantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  called. 
appellat,  1 .  v.  a.,  calls. 
appellatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  called. 
appello,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  call. 
Apr.,  see  Aprllis. 
Aprilis,  -e,  adj.,  April. 
apud,  prep.,  among. 
Arar,  -aris,  M.,  the  Saone. 
arbor,  -oris,  F.,  a  tree. 
arduus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  rugged. 
Ariovistus,  -I,  M.,  Ariovistus. 
arma,  -orum,  N.  pi.,  arms. 
armant,  1.  v.  a.,  arm. 
armantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  armed. 
armat,  1.  v.  a.,  arms. 
armatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  armed. 
armo,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  arm, 

equip. 
Arverni,   -orum,    pi.    of   adj.,    the 

Arverni. 

ascendit,  3.  v.  a.,  ascends. 
ascendo,   -scendi,    -scensum,   -scen- 

dere,  3.  v.  a.  and  n.,  ascends. 


at,  conj.,  but. 
atque,  conj.,  and. 
auctor,  -oris,  M.,  an  adviser. 
auctoritas,  -tatis,  F.,  authority,  influ- 
ence. 

audacia,  -ae,  F.,  boldness. 
audacior,    -us,    adj.,    comp.,    more 

(rather)  daring. 
audacissime,  adv.,  sup.,  most  (very) 

boldly. 
audacissimus,   -a,   -um,   adj.,   sup., 

most  (very)  daring. 
audacius,  adv.,  comp.,  more  (rather, 

too)  boldly. 

audacter,  adv.,  boldly. 
audax,  -acis,  adj.,  daring. 
audeo,  ausus,  audere,   2.  v.,  semi- 

dep.,  dare. 
audio,    -IvI,    -Itum,    -Ire,    4.    v.    a., 

h  ear. 

Aulus,  -I,  M.,  Aulus. 
auxilium,    -I,    N.,    assistance;    pi., 

auxiliary  forces,  auxiliaries. 
Avaricum,  -I,  N.,  Avaricum. 

B. 

barbari,  -orum,  noun  from  adj.,  M., 

barbarians. 

Belgae,  -arum,  M.  pi.,  the  Belgians. 
bellicosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  warlike. 
bello,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  n.,  male 

war. 

Bellovaci,  -orum,  M.,  Bellovaci. 
bellum,  -I,  N.,  war. 
bene,  adv.,  well. 
Boil,  -orum,  M.,  Boii. 
bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  good. 
Britannia,  -ae,  F.,  Britain. 
Brutus,  -I,  M.,  Brutus. 

C. 

cado,  cecidl,  casurus,  cadere,  3.  v. 

n.,fall. 
cadunt,  3.  v.  n.,fall. 


LATIN-ENGLISH. 


caedes,  -is,  F.,  slaughter. 

Caesar,  -aris,  M.,  Caesar. 

calamitas,  -tatis,  F.,  misfortune. 

calo,  -onis,  M.,  a  servant  (of  a  sol- 
dier). 

capio,  cepi,  captum,  capere,  3.  v.  a., 
take,  capture,  adopt. 

captivus,  -I,  M.,  noun  from  adj.,  a 
captive,  prisoner. 

carrum,  -I,  N.,  cart,  wagon. 

carrus,  -I,  M.,  cart,  wagon. 

Cassianus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Cassius. 

castellum,  -I,  N.,  fortress. 

Casticus,  -I,  M.,  Casticus. 

castra,  -orurn,  N.  pi.,  a  camp. 

catena,  -ae,  F.,  chain. 

causa,  -ae,  F.,  cause,  sake. 

causa,  for  the  sake  of. 

cautus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  careful. 

celer,  -eris,  -ere,  adj.,  swift,  Jleet. 

celerior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  swifter. 

celeriter,  adv.,  siviftly,  quickly. 

celerius,  adv.,  comp.,  more  (rather) 
swiftly. 

celerrime,  adv.,  sup.,  most  (very) 
swiftly. 

celerrimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  swift- 
est. 

Celtae,  -arum,  M.,  Celts. 

centurio,  -onis,  M.,  a  centurion. 

certus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  definite. 

Cicero,  -onis,  M.,  Cicero. 

circiter,  adv.,  about. 

circum,  prep.,  around,  about. 

circumvenio,  -veni,  -ventum,  -ve- 
nire, 4.  v.  a.,  surround. 

citerior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  hither. 

citra,  prep.,  this  side. 

clvis,  -is,  c.,  a  citizen. 

clvitas,  -tatis,  F.,  the  state. 

clarior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  more  illus- 
trious. 

clarissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  most 
(very)  illustrious. 

clarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  illustrious. 


classis,  -is,  F.,  a  Jleet. 

Claudius,  -I,  M.,  Claudius. 

dementia,  -ae,  F.,  kindness. 

cohors,  -ortis,  F.,  a  cohort. 

cohortor,  -atus,  -ari,  1.  v.  dep.,  ex- 
hort, encourage. 

collis,  -is,  M.,  a  hill. 

collocant  (conlocant),  1.  v.  a.,  lo- 
cate. 

collocantur  (conlocantur),  1.  v.  p., 
are  located. 

colloco  (conloco),  -avi,  -atum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a.,  locate. 
colloquium,  see  conloquium. 
comes,  -itis,  c.,  a  companion. 
commeatus,  -us,  M.,  supplies. 
committit,  3.  v.  a,.,  joins. 
committo,  -misi,  -mlssum,  -mlttere, 

3.  v.  a.,  join. 
commoveo,  -movl,  -motum,  -movere, 

2.  v.  a.,  influence. 
communis,  -e,  adj.,  common. 
complures,  -plura    (-pluria),    adj., 

very  many. 
comporto,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

bring  together. 
concedo,  -cessi,  -cessum,  -cedere,  3. 

v.  a.  and  n.,  concede,  grant. 
concldit,  3.  v.  a.,  cuts  to  pieces. 
concldo,  -cidi,  -cisum,  -cidere,  3.  v.  a., 

cut  to  pieces. 

concilium,  -I,  N.,  a  council. 
conclamo,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  n., 

shout  together. 
condono,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

pardon. 
confero,    -tuli,   -latum,   -ferre,   irr. 

v.  a.,  postpone. 

confirmant,  1.  v.  a.,  encourage. 
confirmantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  encour- 
aged. 

confirmat,  1.  v.  a.,  encourages. 
confirmatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  encouraged. 
confirmo,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

encourage,  strengthen. 


VOCABULARIES. 


conicio,  -ieci,  -iectum,  -icere,  3.  v.  a., 

throw. 

coniuratio,  -onis,  F.,  a  conspiracy. 
conloco,  etc.,  see  colloco,  etc. 
conloquium,  -I,  N.,  a  conference. 
conloquor,     -locutus,    -loqui,     3.  v. 

dep.,  confer. 

conor,  -atus,  -an,  1.  v.  dep.,  endeavor. 
conscius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  conscious. 
conscribit,  3.  v.  a.,  enrolls. 
conscribo,  -scrips!,  -scriptum,  -scri- 

bere.  3.  v.  a.,  enroll. 
consector,  -atus,  -an,  1.  v.  dep.,  pur- 
sue, overtake. 

consensus,  -us,  M.,  consent. 
conserve,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

spare. 

Considius,  -I,  M.,  Considius. 
consido,    -sedl,    -sessurus,    -sidere, 

3.  v.  n.,  settle. 
consilium,  -I,  N.,  a  plan. 
consimilis,  -e,  adj.,  very  much  like. 
consisto,  -stitl,  — ,  -sistere,  3.  v.  n., 

take  position. 
conspectus,  -us,  M.,  sight. 
consplro,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  n., 

conspire. 
constituo,   -stitui,  -stitutum,  -stitu- 

ere,  3.  v.  a.  and  n.,  determine. 
consto,  -stitl,  -staturus,  -stare,  1.  v. 

n.,  impers.,  is  evident. 
consuetude,  -inis,  F.,  custom. 
consul,  -ulis,  M.,  a  consul. 
consulatus,  -us,  M.,  consulship. 
contemptio,  -onis,  F.,  contempt. 
contendit,  3.  v.  n.,  hastens. 
contendo,  -tendi,  -tentum,  -tendere, 

3.  v.  n.,  hasten,  contend. 
continenter,  adv.  continually. 
contineo,    -tinui,   -tentum,    -tinere, 

2.  v.    a.,   keep,   restrain,    hem   in; 

with  reflexive,  keep  within. 
continet,  2.  v.  a.,  keeps. 
continuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  successive. 
contra,  prep.,  against. 


contumelia,  -ae,  F.,  insult. 
convoco,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

call  together,  call. 
copia,    -ae,    F.,  plenty,   supply;   pi., 

troops,  forces. 
cornu,  -us,  (-u),  N.,  a  wing  (of  an 

army). 

corpus,  -oris,  N.,  body. 
cotidie,  adv.,  daily. 
Cotta,  -ae,  M.,  Cotta. 
creant,  1.  v.  a.,  elect. 
creantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  elected. 
creat,  1.  v.  a.,  elects. 
creatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  elected. 
cremo,    -avl,   -atum,    -are,    1.  v.    a., 

burn. 

creo,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  elect. 
cultus,  -us,  M.,  civilization. 
cum,  prep.,  (in  company)  with  (abl. 

case). 

cum,  conj.,  although,  since,  when. 
cupide,  adv.,  eagerly. 
cupidissime,  adv.,  sup.,  most  {very) 

eagerly. 

cupiditas,  -tatis,  F.,  desire. 
cupidius,    adv.,   comp.,    more    (too, 

rather)  eagerly. 

cupidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  desirous  of. 
cur,  adv.,  why*- 
cura,  -ae,  F.,  care. 
currus,  -us,  M.,  chariot. 
custos,  -odis,  c.,  a  guard. 


D. 

damno,   -avl,  -atum,  -are,   1.  v.   a., 

condemn. 

dant,  1.  v.  a.,  give. 
dantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  given. 
dat,  1.  v.  a.,  gives. 
datur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  given. 
de,  prep.,  concerning,  for,  from. 
decem,  card.  num.  adj.,  indecl.,  ten. 
decimus,  -a,  -um,  ord.  num.    adj., 

tenth. 


LATIN-ENGLISH. 


decretum,  -I,  N.,  a  decree. 
defendo,  -fendi,  -fensum,  -fendere, 

3.  v.  a.,  defend. 
defendunt,  3.  v.  a.,  defend. 
defessus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wearied. 
delectant,  1.  v.  a.,  delight. 
delectantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  delighted. 
delectat,  1.  v.  a.,  delights. 
delectatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  delighted. 
delecto,  -avi,   -atum,  -are,  1.  v.   a., 

delight. 

deligit,  3.  v.  a.,  selects. 
deligitur,  3.  v.  p.,  is  selected. 
deligo,  -le'gi,  -lectum,  -ligere,  3.  v.  a., 

select. 

deligunt,  3.  v.  a.,  select. 
deliguntur,  3.  v.  p.,  are  selected. 
demonstrant,  1.  v.  a.,  show. 
demonstrantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  shown. 
demonstrat,  1.  v.  a.,  shows. 
dernonstratur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  shown. 
demonstro,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

show,  point  out. 
depono,  -posui,    -posit um,   -ponere, 

3.  v.  a.,  lay  aside,  blot  out. 
depopulor,   -atus,    -arl,    1.   v.   dep., 

devastate. 
desero,  -serui,  -sertum,  -serere,  3.  v. 

a.,  abandon. 
desilio,  -silui,  -sultum,  -silire,  4.  v.  n., 

leap  down. 
desisto,  -stiti,  -stiturus,  -sistere,  3.  v. 

n.,  stop. 
desum,  -fui,  -f uturus,  -esse,  irr.  v.  n., 

lack. 
deterreo,  -terrui,  -territum,  -terrere, 

2.  v.  a.,  hinder. 
detineo,  -tinul,  -ten turn,  -tinere,  2.  v. 

n.,  detain. 
devasto,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

devastate. 
dexter,  -era,  -erum,  and  -tra,  -truin, 

adj.,  right. 
dico,  dixi,  dictum,  dicere,  3.  v.  a. 

and  n.,  say. 


dicor,    dictus,   did,    pass,  of   dico, 

3.  v.  p.  impers.,  it  is  said. 
dies,    -el,    M.    (sometimes     F.),    a 

day. 

difficilis,  -e,  adj.,  difficult. 
difficultas,  -tatis,  F.,  a  difficulty. 
dignior,     -us,     adj.,     comp.,     more 

worthy. 
dlgnissirnus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,   sup., 

most  (very)  worthy. 
dignus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  worthy. 
diligens,  -entis,  adj.,  diligent. 
diligenter,  adv.,  diligently. 
diligentior,  -us,   adj.,  comp.,   more 

diligent,  more  careful. 
diligentissime,  adv.,  sup.,  most  (very) 

diligently. 
diligentissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  most 

(very)  diligent. 

diligentius,  adv.,  comp.,  more  dili- 
gently. 
dimico,  -avi,  -aturus,  -are,  1.  v.  n., 

fight  (to  the  end), 
discessus,  -us,  M.,  departure. 
dispono,  -posui,  -positum,  -ponere, 

3.  v.  a.,  station. 
distineo,    -tinui,    -tentum,    -tinere, 

2.  v.  a.,  keep  apart. 
diu,  adv.,  a  long  time. 
Divico,  -on is,  M.,  Divico. 
dividit,  3.  v.  a.,  separates. 
divide,  -visi,  -visum,  -videre,  3.  v.  a., 

separate. 

dividunt,  3.  v.  a.,  separate. 
divisus,     -a,     -um,     p.p.    as    adj., 

divided,  separated. 
Divitiacus,  -i,  M.,  Divitiacus. 
do,  dedi,  datum,  dare,  1.  v.  a.,  give. 
domicilium,  -i,  N.,  an  abode. 
dominus,  -i,  M.,  a  master,  owner. 
domus,  -I  (-us),  F.,  a  house,  home. 
dubitatio,  -onis,  F.,  doubt. 
dubius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  doubtful. 
ducit,  3.  v.  a.,  leads. 
ducitur,  3.  v.  p.,  is  led. 


VOCABULARIES. 


duco,  duxi,  ductum,  ducere,  3.  v.  a., 

lead,  draw. 

ducunt,  3.  v.  a.,  lead. 
ducuntur,  3.  v.  p.,  are  led. 
dum,  conj.,  while,  until. 
dummodo,  conj.,  provided. 
Dumnorix,  -igis,  M.,  Dumnorix. 
duo,  -ae,  -o,  card.  num.  adj.,  two. 
duodecim,  card.  num.  adj.,  indecl., 

twelve. 
dux,  duels,  c.,  a  leader. 


ea,  see  is. 

educit,  3.  v.  a.,  leads  out. 

educo,  -duxi,  -ductum,  -ducere,  3.  v. 

a.,  lead  out,  lead  away. 
effemino,  -avl,  -aturn,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

enfeeble. 

egeo,  egul,  — ,  egere,  2.  v.  n.,  need. 
euutitio,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

reveal,  disclose. 
eo,  Ivi   (ii),   itum,   Ire,  irr.  v.   n., 

go. 
eques,   -itis,    M.,    a   horseman;    pi., 

cavalry. 

equitatus,  -us,  M.,  cavalry. 
equus,  -I,  M.,  a  horse. 
erro,  -avl,  -aturus,  -are,  1.  v.  n.,  be 

mistaken,  go  wrong. 
erumpo,  -rupi,  -ruptum,  -rumpere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n.,  break  forth. 
es,  see  sum. 

est,  (he,  she,  it,  there'}  is. 
et,  conj.,  and. 
et  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  .  and. 
etiam,  conj.,  even. 
etsl,  conj.,  even  if. 
ex  (e),  adv.  and  prep., /row,  on. 
exeo,  -Ivi  (-ii),  -itum,  -Ire,  irr.  v.  n., 

go  forth. 

exercitus,  -us,  M.,  an  army  (in  train- 
ing). 
exeunt,  irr.  v.  n.,  go  forth. 


exlstimo,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

think,  believe. 
exit,  irr.  v.  n.,  goes  forth. 
expellit,  3.  v.  a.,  drives  out. 
expellitur,  3.  v.  p.,  is  driven  out. 
expello,    -pull,    -pulsum,     -pellere, 

3.  v.  a.,  drive  out. 
expellunt,  3.  v.  a.,  drive  out. 
expelluntur,  3.  v.  p.,  are  driven  out. 
experior,  -pertus,  -peiiii,  4.  v.  dep., 

try. 

explorator,  -oris,  M.,  a  scout. 
expugnantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  captured. 
expugno,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

capture. 
exspecto,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 

and  n.,  wait. 
exsul,  -ulis,  c.,  an  exile. 


F. 

faber,  -bri,  M.,  an  engineer  (in  an 

army). 

Fabius,  -I,  M.,  Fabius. 
facile,  adv.,  easily. 
facilis,  -e,  adj.,  easy. 
facilius,  adv.,  comp.,  more  easily. 
facillime,    adv.,    sup.,   most   (very) 

easily. 

f acinus,  -oris,  N.,  a  crime. 
facio,  feel,  factum,  facere,  irr.  v.  a. 

and  n.,  make. 
facit,  irr.  v.  a.  and  n.,  makes;    iter 

facit,  he  makes  a  journey,  marches. 
faciunt,  irr.  v.  a.  and  n.,  make. 
factio,  -onis,  F.,  a  faction. 
factum,   -I,    x.    of    p.p.,   act;   opus 

facto,  need  of  action. 
facultas,  -tatis,  F.,  opportunity. 
fames,    -is,    F.,    starvation,   famine, 

hunger. 

favent,  2.  v.  n.,  favor. 
faveo,  favl,  fauturus,  favere,  2.  v.  n., 

favor  (with  dat.). 
favet,  2.  v.  n.,  favors. 


LATIN-EXGLISH. 


femina,  -ae,  F.,  a  icoman. 

fero,    tuli,  latum,  ferre,   irr.   v.   a. 

and  n.,  bring. 
ferrum,  -I,  N.,  iron,  sword. 
fert,  irr.  v.  a.  and  n.,  brings. 
ferunt,  irr.  v.  a.  and  n.,  bring,  bear, 

carry,  endure. 
fidelior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  more  faith- 

ful 

fidelis,  -e,  &&].,  faithful. 
fidelissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  most 

{very}  faithful. 
filia,  -ae,  r.,  a  daughter. 
filius,  -I,  M.,  a  son. 
finis,  -is,  M.,  sing.,  a  boundary,  limit : 

pi.,  territory. 

finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  adjacent. 
flo,   factus,   fieri,    pass,    of    facio, 

happen. 

fit,  irr.  v.  p.,  is  made,  becomes. 
fiunt,  irr.  v.  p.,  are  made,  become. 
flagitant,    1.  v.    a.,    (earnestly)    de- 
mand. 

flagitat,  1.  v.  a.,  (earnestly)  demands. 
flagito,    -avi,  -atum,    -are,    1.  v.    a., 

(earnestly)  demand. 
fluctus,  -us,  M.,  wave. 
fluit,  3.  v.  n.,  flows. 
flunien,  -inis,  N.,  a  river. 
fluo,  fluxi,  fiuxum,  fluere,  3.  v.  n., 

flow. 

foedus,  -eris.,  N.,  a  treaty. 
fortior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  more  brave. 
fortis,  -e,  adj.,  brave. 
fortissimo,  adv.,  sup.,   most  (very} 

bravely. 
fortissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  most 

(very}  brave. 
fortiter,  adv.,  bravely. 
fortitude,  -inis,  F.,  bravery. 
fortius,  adv.,  comp.,  more  bravely. 
fortuna,  -ae,  F.,  fortune. 
fossa,  -ae,  F.,  a  trench,  ditch. 
frater,  -tris,  M.,  a  brother. 
fraternus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fraternal. 


frigus,  -oris,  N.,  cold;  pi.,  cold 
weather,  frosts. 

frumentarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fer- 
tile. 

frumentor,  -tatus,  -tari,  1.  v.  dep., 
gather  grain. 

frumentum,  -I,  N.,  grain,  rations. 

fuga,  -ae,  F.,  flight. 

ftigio,  fugi,  fugiturus,  fugere,  3.  v. 
a.  and  n.,  fly. 

fui,  see  sum. 

furor,  -oris,  M.,  frenzy. 


G. 

G.,  see  Gaius. 
Gains,  -I,  M.,  Gaius. 
Galba,  -ae,  M.,  Galba. 
galea,  -ae,  F.,  a  helmet. 
Gallia,  -ae,  F.,  Gaul. 
Galli,  -orum,  M.  pi.,  Gauls. 
Gallicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Gallic. 
gaudeo,  gavisus,  gaudere,  2.  v.  n., 

rejoice. 

Genava,  -ae,  F.,  Geneva. 
genus,  generis,  N.,  a  class. 
Germani,   -orum,  adj.  as  noun,  the 

Germans. 

Germania,  -ae,  F.,  Germany. 
gero,  gessi,  gestum,  gerere,  3.  v.  a., 

carry  on. 

gerunt,  3.  v.  a.,  carry  on. 
gloria,  -ae,  F.,  glory,  fame. 
gratia,  -ae,  F.,  popularity,  favor. 
gratum,  -I,  N.  of  adj.,  favor. 
gravior,  -us,  adj.,  3.,  comp.  of  gravis; 

greater,  more  advanced. 
graviter,  adv.,  severely. 

H. 

habent,  2.  v.  a.  and  n.,  have,  treat, 

regard. 
habentur,  2.  v.  p.,  are  treated  (as), 

are  regarded  (as). 


10 


VOCABULARIES. 


habeo,    habui,    habitum,    habere, 

2.  v.   a.   and   n.,  have,   treat,   re- 
gard. 
habet,  2.  v.  a.  and  n.,   has,   treats, 

regards. 
habetur,  2.  v.  p.,  is  treated  (as),  is 

regarded  (as). 
Haedui,  -orum,  M.,  noun  from  adj., 

the  Haedui. 
Haeduus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    of    the 

Haedui. 
Helvetil,  -orum,  M.,  noun  from  adj., 

the  Helvetii. 
hlbernus,  -a,    -um,   adj.,  N.  pi.  as 

noun,  winter  quarters. 
hie,  haec,  hoc,  dem.  pron.,  this,  he, 

she,  it. 
hiemo,  -avi,  -aturus,  -are,  1.  v.  n., 

pass  the  winter. 
homo,  -inis,  M.,  a  man. 
honor  (-os),  -oris,  M.,  honor. 
horreo,  horrui, — ,  horrere,  2.  v.  n. 

and  a.,  shudder  at. 
hospes,  -itis,  M.,  a  guest. 
hostis,  -is,  c.,  an  enemy. 


1,  see  is. 

iam,  adv.,  already. 

ibi,  adv.L  there. 

Id.,  see  Idus. 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  dem.  pron.,  the 

same. 

idoueus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  suitable. 
Idus,  Iduum,  F.  pi.,  Ides. 
ignis,  -is,  M.,  fire. 
Ignotus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unknown. 
ille,  ilia,  illud,  dem.  pron.,  that,  he, 

she,  it. 

impedl  men  turn,  -I,  N.,  baggage. 
impedio,  -IvI,  -Itum,  -Ire,   4.  v.   a., 

obstruct,  hinder. 
imperator,  -oris,  M.,  commander  (in 

chief). 


imperium,  -I,  N.,   (military)  power, 

control,  order. 
irnpero,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.  and 

n.,  command,  order. 
imperor,  -atus,  -an,  pass,  of  impero, 

1.  v.  p.,  impers.,  it  is  commanded. 
impetus,  -us,  M.,  an  attack. 
importo,  -avi,  -atum,   -are,  1.  v.  a., 

import. 

improbus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wicked. 
Imus,  see  Injimus. 
in,  prep.,  in,  into,  upon,  towards. 
incendo,  -cendi,  -censum,  -cendere, 

3.  v.  a.,  burn,  set  onjire. 
incolo,   -colul,  — ,  -colere,  3.  v.  a. 

and  n.,  inhabit. 

incolimt,  3.  v.  a.  and  n.,  inhabit. 
incommodum,    -i,    N.,   noun    from 

adj.,  disaster. 

incredibilis,  -e,  adj.,  extraordinary. 
incuso,   -avi,    -atum,  -are,   1.   v.   a., 

upbraid. 

indignus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unworthy. 
inferior,  adj.,  comp.,  inferior. 
Infero,  intuli,  illatum,  Inferre,  irr. 

v.  a.,  bring  upon. 
infert,  irr.  v.  a.,  brings  upon. 
Infertur,  irr.  v.  p.,  is  brought  upon. 
Inferunt,  irr.  v.  a.,  bring  upon. 
Inferuntur,   irr.    v.  p.,  are   brought 

upon. 
infimus   (Imus),    adj.,    sup.,    lowest 

part  of,  foot  of. 
Influo,  -flux!,  -fluxum,  -fluere,  3.  v. 

n.,flow  into. 

ingens,  -entis,  adj.,  enormous. 
inimlcus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unfriendly; 

M.  as  noun,  an  enemy  (personal), 

rival. 
j   iniuria,  -ae,  F.,  injury,  violence;  pi., 

wrongs. 
!   innascor,  -natus,  -nascl,  3.  v.  dep., 

spring  up. 

inopia,  -ae,  F.,  scarcity. 
\   Insidiae,  -arum,  F.  pi.,  treachery. 


LATIN-ENGLISH. 


11 


insignis,  -e,  adj.,  N.  as  noun,  decora- 
tions. 
Instruo,  -uxi,  -uctum,  -uere,  3.  v.  a., 

arrange, 

insuetus,  -a,  -uni,  adj.,  unaccustomed. 
inter,  prep.,  between,  among. 
intercludo,  -clusi,  -clusum,  -cludere, 

3.  v.  a.,  cut  off. 
interest,  irr.  v.  n.,  intervenes. 
interficio,  -f  eel,  -fectum,  -ficere,  3.  v. 

a.,  slay,  put  to  death. 
interim,  adv.,  meanwhile. 
intersum,   -ful,  -futurus,   -esse,  irr. 

v.  n.,  intervene;    also  impers.,   it 

concerns. 

intra,  prep.,  within. 
inutilis,  -e,  adj.,  unserviceable. 
invitissimus,    -a,   -um,    adj.,    sup., 

most  (very)  unwilling. 
invitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unwilling. 
ipse,   -a,   -um,   dem.  pron.,  himself, 

herself,  itself. 
is,  ea,  id,  dem.  pron.,  this,  that,  he, 

she,  it. 

iste,  ista,  istud,  dem.  pron.,  this,  that. 
ita,  adv.,  so. 
Italia,  -ae,  F.,  Italy. 
iter,  itineris,  N.,  journey,  road,  way, 

march ;  pi.,  routes,  roads,  marches. 
iterum,  adv.,  again. 
iugum,  -i,  N.,  ridge. 
iunior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  younger. 
iure,  adv.,  ablative  of  ius,  rightly. 
ius,  iuris,  N.,  right. 
iustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  just. 
iuvant,  1.  v.  a.,  assist,  aid. 
iuvantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  assisted,  are 

aided. 

iuvat,  1.  v.  a.,  assists,  aids. 
iuvatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  assisted,  is  aided. 
iuvenis,  -is,  M.,  noun  from  adj.,  a 

young  man,  youth. 
iuvenis,  -e,  adj.,  young. 
iuvo,   iuvi,  iutum,  iuvare,  1.  v.  a., 

assist,  aid. 


labor,  -oris,  M.,  labor,  task. 

laboro,   -avi,    -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  n., 

struggle. 

lac  us,  -us,  M.,  a  lake. 
laetior,     -us,     adj.,     comp.,      more 

glad. 
laetissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  most 

(very)  glad. 

laetus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  glad. 
latro,  -onis,  M.,  a  robber. 
laudant,  1.  v.  a.,  praise. 
laudantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  praised. 
laudat,  1.  v.  a.,  praises. 
laudatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  praised. 
laudo,    -avi,    -atum,   -are,    1.  v.    a., 

praise. 

laus,  laudis,  F.,  praise. 
legatio,  -onis,  F.,  an  embassy. 
legatus,  -I,  M.,  a  lieutenant,  an  am- 
bassador. 

legio,  -onis,  F.,  a  legion. 
Lemannus,  -I,  M.,  Lemannus. 
lenitas,  -tatis,  F.,  gentleness. 
lex,  legis,  F.,  a  law. 
Hbeii,  -drum,  M.  pi.,  children. 
libero,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  set 

free. 

llbertas,  -tatis,  F.,  liberty. 
licet,  licuit  (licitum  est),  licere,  2.  v. 

impers.,  is  permitted. 
Liger,  -eris,  M.,  the  Loire. 
lingua,  -ae,  F.,  language. 
Liscus,  -i,  M.,  Liscus. 
littera  (litera),  -ae,  F.,  letter  (of  the 

alphabet)  ;  pi.,  letter,  epistle. 
litus,  -oris,  N.,  a  shore. 
locus,  -i,  M.  (pi.  loci  and  neut.  loca), 

N.  pi.,  places,  country. 
longe,  adv.,/«r. 

longissime,  adv.,  sup.,  farthest,  very 
-    far. 

longius,  adv.,  comp.,/ar^er. 
longus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  distant. 


12 


VOCABULARIES. 


Lucius,  -i,  M.,  Lucius. 
lux,  lucis,  F.,  light. 

M. 

M.,  see  Marcus. 

magis,  adv.,  more. 

magistrates,  -us,  M.,  a  magistracy,  a 

magistrate. 

magnitude,  -iriis,  F.,  magnitude. 
magnopere     (magno    opere),   adv., 

greatly ',  very  much. 
magnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  great,  large. 
maiestas,  -tatis,  F.,  majesty. 
maior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  greater. 
malo,  rnalui,  — ,  malle,    irr.    v.  a. 

and  n.,  prefer. 
malus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bad. 
maneo,    niansl,    mansum,    manere, 

2.  v.  n.,  remain. 
manus,  -us,  F.,  a  hand,  a  band. 
Marcus,  -I,  M.,  Marcus. 
mare,  -is,  N.,  the  sea. 
mater,  -tris,  F.,  mother. 
matrimonium,  -I,  N.,  marriage. 
maturus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ripe. 
maxime,  adv.,  sup.,  very,  in  the  high- 
est degree,  especially. 
maximus,  -a,-um,  adj.,  sup., greatest. 
melior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  better. 
melius,  adv.,  cornp.,  better. 
memoria,  -ae,  F.,  memory. 
merces,  -edis,  F.,  a  reward. 
ineritum,  -I,  N.,  desert. 
Messala,  -ae,  M.,  Messala. 
metior,  mensus,  metirl,  4.  v.   dep., 

distribute,  measure. 
metus,  -us,  M.,fear. 
meus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  adj.  pron.,  my, 

mine. 

miles,  -itis,  M.,  a  soldier. 
milia  (millia),  -ium,  N.,  thousand. 
mllitaris,  -e,  adj.,  military. 
mille,  card.  adj.  indecl. ;  and  neut. 

noun,  indecl.  in  sing.,  a  thousand. 


Minerva,  -ae,  F.,  Minerva. 
minimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  least. 
minor,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  less;  N.  as 

noun. 

minus,  adv.,  less. 
miror,  -atus,  -ari,  1.  v.  dep.,  a.  and 

n.,  wonder  (at). 

miser,    -era,    -erum,    adj.,    unfortu- 
nate. 

mittit,  3.  v.  a.,  sends. 
mittitur,  3.  v.  p.,  is  sent. 
mitto,  mlsl,  missum,  mittere,  3.  v. 

a.,  send. 

mlttunt,  3.  v.  a.,  send. 
mlttuntur,  3.  v.  p.,  are  sent. 
monent,  2.  v.  a.,  warn. 
monentur,  2.  v.  p.,  are  warned. 
moneo,  -ui,  -itum,  -ere,  2.  v.  a.,  warn. 
monet,  2.  v.  a.,  warns,  admonishes. 
monetur,  2.  v.  p..  is  warned. 
mons,  montis,  M.,  a  mountain. 
moror,  -atus,  -art,  1.  v.  dep.,  delay. 
mors,  mortis,  F.,  death. 
mos,  moris,  M.,  a  custom. 
Mosa,  -ae,  M.,  Meuse. 
moveo,  mo vi,  motum,  movere,  2.  v. 

a.,  disturb,  move. 
multitude,  -in is,  F.,  a  multitude. 
multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much,  many. 
munio,  -Ivi  (-il),  -Iturn,  -ire,  4.  v.  a. 

and  n.,  fortify. 
munltio,    -onis,    F.,    a   fortification, 

fortifying. 
mums,  -I,  M.,  a  wall. 

N. 

Nantuates,  -um,  M.  pi.,  Nantuates. 

natio,  -onis,  F.,  a  nation. 

natura,  -ae,  F.,  nature. 

nauta,  -ae,  M.,  a  sailor. 

navigo,  -avi,   -atum,  -are,   1.  v.  n., 

navigate. 

navis,  -is,  F.,  a  ship. 
ne,  conj.,  lest,  that  .  .  .  not,  not. 


LATIN-ENGLISH. 


13 


-ne  ...  an  ...  an,  or  ...  or. 

-ne,  enclitic,  asks  a  question,  did, 

etc.,  do,  etc. 

ne  ...  quidem,  adv.,  not  .  .  .  even. 
nefas,  indecl.,  N.,  crime. 
negiego,  -lexi,  -lectum,  -legere,  3.  v. 

a.,  neglect. 
nego,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,   1.  v.  a.  and 

ii.,  say  .  .  .  not. 
nemo,  ne  minis,  c.,  no  one. 
neque,  adv.,  neither. 
neque  .  .  .  neque,    adv.,   neither  .  .  . 

nor. 

uex,  necis,  F.,  death. 
nihil,  indecl.,  N.,  as  adv.,  not  at  all. 
nisi,  conj.,  unless. 
nix,  nivis,  F.,  snow. 
nobilis,  -e,  adj.,  3.  pi.  as  M.,  noun, 

nobles. 

nobilitas,  -tatis,  F.,  the  nobility. 
nolo,  nolul,  — ,  nolle,  irr.  v.  a.  arid 

n.,  be  unwilling. 
nouien,  -minis,  N.,  a  name. 
non,  adv.,  not. 

non  .  .  .  modo,  adv.,  not  only. 
non   modo  .  .  .  sed  etiain,  not  only 

.  .  .  but  also. 
non  .  .  .  solum,  sed  .  .  .  etiarn,  adv., 

not  only  .  .  .  but  also. 
nonne,  interrog.  part.,  asks  a  ques- 
tion, did  not,  etc.,  do  not,  etc. 
nonnullus    (non    nullus),   -a,   -um, 

adj.,  some. 
noster,  -tra,  -trum,  poss.  adj.  pron., 

our. 

notus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  well-known. 
novem,  card.  num.  adj.  indecl.,  nine. 
novissimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  new- 
est, rear.  ^ 
novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new. 
nullus,   -a,  -um,  gen.  nullms,  dat. 

null!,  adj.  as  M.  noun,  no  one. 
nurn,  interrog.  part.,  does  ?  is  f  it  is 

not,  is  it  f 
numerus,  -I,  M.,  a  number. 


numquam  (nunquam),  adv.,  never. 

nunc,  adv.,  now. 

nuntius,  -I,  M.,  a  messenger. 

O. 

O.  exclamation,  o. 

ob,  prep.,  on  account  of. 

oblltus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  forgetful. 

obliviscor,  -litus,  -liviscl,  3.  v.  dep., 

forget. 

obses,  -idis,  c.,  a  hostage. 
obtineo,  -tiuui,  -tentum,  -tinere,  2.  v. 

a.,  obtain,  hold,  possess. 
oceupo,   -avi,   -atum,   -are,    1.  v.    a., 

occupy,  take  possession  of,  seize. 
octo,  card.  num.  adj.  indecl.,  eight. 
oculus,  -I,  M.,  eye. 
offendo,   -fendi,  -fensum,  -fendere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n.,  hurt. 
officium,  -I,  N.,  duty. 
omnis,  -e,  adj.,  all,  every. 
onus,  -eris,  N.,  load. 
opera,  -ae,  F.,  care. 
oportet,  -uit,  — ,  -ere,  2.  v.  impers., 

it  behooves,  is  fitting. 
oppidum,  -I,  N.,  town  (^walled),  strong- 
hold. 

oppilgnat,  1.  v.  a.,  storms. 
oppugno,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

storm. 

optime,  adv.,  sup.,  best. 
optimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  best. 
opus,  operis,  N.,  need. 
oratio,  -onis,  F.,  oration. 
orator,  -oris,  M.,  an  orator. 
orbis,  -is,  M.,  a  circle. 
ordo,  -inis,  M.,  a  rank,  company. 
Orgetorix,  -igis,  M.,  Orgetorix. 
ornamentum,  -I,  N.,  an  adornment. 
oro,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.  and  n., 

entreat. 

P. 

pabulatio,  -onis,  F.,  a  foraging. 
pabulum,  -I,  N.,  fodder. 


14 


VOCABULARIES. 


paco,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  sub- 
due. 

paene,  adv.,  almost. 

parant,  1.  v.  a.,  prepare. 

parantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  prepared. 

parat,  1.  v.  a.,  prepares. 

paratior,  -us,  adj.,  corap.,  better  pre- 
pared. 

pavatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  prepared. 

paratus,  -a,  -urn,  p.p.  as  adj.,  pre- 
pared, ready. 

pareo,  parul,  pariturus,  pare  re,  2.  v. 
n.,  obey. 

paro,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  pre- 
pare. 

pars,  partis,  F.,  a  part,  some. 

partior,  -Itus,  -irl,  4.  v.  dep.,  divide. 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  small,  little. 

passus,  -us,  M.,  a  pace. 

patens,  -entis,  pres.  p.  as  adj., 
open. 

pater,  -tris,  M.,  father;  pi.,  ances- 
tors. 

patrius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ancestral. 

paucus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,/ew. 

pax,  pacis,  F.,  peace. 

peciinia,  -ae,  F.,  money. 

pedes,  -itis,  M.,  foot-soldier ;  pi.,  in- 
fantry. 

peior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  worse. 

per,  prep.,  through. 

perducit,  3.  v.  a.,  constructs. 

perduco,  -duxl,  -ductum,  -ducere, 
3.  v.  a.,  construct. 

pereo,  -h  (-IvI),  -iturus,  -Ire,  irr.  v. 
n.,  perish. 

pereunt,  irr.  v.  n.,  perish. 

perfacilis,  -e,  adj.,  very  easy. 

perfidia,  -ae,  F.,  treachery. 

perfuga,  -ae,  M.,  a  deserter. 

perlculum,  -I,  N.,  danger,  peril. 

perit,  irr.  v.  n.,  perishes. 

perltissimus,  -a,-um,  adj.,  sup.,  very 
skilful. 

perltus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  skilful. 


perpaucus,  -a,  -um,adj.,  pi.,  very  few. 

persuadent,  2.  v.  a.  and  n.,  per- 
suade. 

persuadeo,  -suasl,  -suasum,  -suadere, 
2.  v.  a.  and  n.,  persuade. 

persuadet,  2.  v.  a.  and  n.,  persuades. 

pertineo,  -tinul,  — ,  -tinere,  2.  v.  n., 
tend. 

pervenio,  -vein,  -ventum,  -venire, 
4.  v.  n.,  reach,  arrive. 

perveniunt,  4.  v.  n.,  arrive,  reach. 

pes,  pedis,  M.,  afoot. 

pessimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  worst. 

peto,  petlvi,  petltum,  petere,  3.  v. 
a.  and  n.,  request,  seek. 

phalanx,  -angis,  F.,  a  phalanx. 

Piso,  -onis,  M.,  Piso. 

plebs,  -is,  F.,  the  populace. 

plcnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,/w//. 

plerutnque,  adv.,  generally. 

plurimum,  adv.,  sup.,  the  most. 

plurimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  most. 

plus,  pluris,  adj.,  comp.,  more. 

poena,  -ae,  F.,  punishment. 

ponit,  3.  v.  a.,  places,  pitches,  lays 
down. 

pono,  posul,  positum,  ponere,  3.  v. 
a.,  place,  pitch,  lay  down. 

pons,  pontis,  M.,  a  bridge. 

populor,  -atus,  -an,  1.  v.  dep.,  devas- 
tate. 

populus,  -I,  M.,  a  people. 

porta,  -ae,  F.,  gate. 

possessio,  -onis,  F.,  possession. 

possum,  potul,  posse,  irr.  v.  n.,  be 
able,  can. 

post,  prep.,  after. 

posterus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  the  next. 

postrld^,  adv.,  the  next  day. 

postulant,  1.  v.  a.,  demand. 

postulat,  1.  v.  a.,  demands. 

postulo,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 
demand. 

potens,  -entis,  adj.,  powerful,  influ- 
ential. 


LATIN-ENGLISH. 


15 


potentatus,  -us,  M.,  chief  command. 
potentior,    -us,    adj.,    comp.,    more 

powerful. 
potentissimus,  -a,   -urn,    adj.,  sup., 

most  (very)  powerful. 
potestas,  -tatis,  F.,  civil  power. 
potior,  potltus,    potlri,   4.  v.  dep., 

obtain  control  of,  become  master  of. 
praeco,  -orris,  M.,  a  herald. 
praedor,    -atus,    -ari,    1.    v.     dep., 

plunder. 

praeest,  irr.  v.  ri.,  in  charge  of. 
praefectus,  -I,  M.,  a  commander. 
praeficio,  -ieci,  -fectum,  -ficere,  3.  v. 

a.,  put  (place)  in  charge  of. 
praeficit,  3.  v.  a.,  puts  (places)  in 

charge  of. 

praemit.tit,  3.  v.  a.,  sends  forward. 
praesens,  -entis,  adj.,  present. 
praesidium,  -I,  N.,  a  garrison. 
praesto,  -stiti,  -statum,  -stare,  1.  v. 

a.  and  n.,  excel;  impers.,  is  better. 
praesum,  -fui,  -esse,  irr.  v.  n.,  be  in 

charge  of. 

praeter,  prep.,  beyond. 
praeterita,   -orum,   adj.,    N.  pi.   as 

noun,  the  past. 
prima  lux,  daybreak. 
primus,   -a,    -um,    adj.,   sup.,  first, 

front. 
princeps,   -cipis,   M.   adj.  as   noun, 

leading  man,  chief. 
prlncipatus,  -us,  M.,  leadership. 
prior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  the  former. 
priusquam,  adv.,  before. 
privatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  private. 
pro,  prep.,  in  place  of,  as. 
probo,   -avi,   -atum,   -are,    1.   v.    a., 

approve. 

proconsul,  -ulis,  M.,  a  proconsul. 
proditio,  -onis,  F.,  treason. 
proelium,  -I,  N.,  a  battle. 
profectio,  -onis,  F.,  departure. 
prohibent,  2.  v.  a.,  keep  from. 
prohibentur,  2.  v.  p.,  are  kept  from. 


prohibeo,  -hibul,  -hibitum,  -hibere, 

2.  v.  a.,  keep  from. 
prohibet,  2.  v.  a.,  keeps  from. 
prope,  adv.  and  prep.,  near. 
propero,  -avi,  -atum,   -are,   1.  v.  a. 

and  n.,  hasten. 

propinqukas,  -tatis,  F.,  vicinity. 
propior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  nearer. 
propono,  -posui,  -positum,  -ponere, 

3.  v.  a.,  represent. 

propter,  prep.,  on  account  of. 

provincia,  -ae,  F.,  the  province. 

proxirnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  near- 
est, (very)  near. 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  public. 

puer,  -i,  M.,  a  boy. 

pugna,  -ae,  F.,  a  fight. 

pugno,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,   1.  v.   n., 

fight. 
pugnor,  -atus,  -ari,  pass,  of  pugno, 

1.  v.  p.  impers.,  it  is  fought. 
puto,    -avi,    -atum,    -are,   1.   v.   a., 

think. 

Q. 

quam,  adv.  and  conj.,  than,  as  much 

as  possible,  how. 
quare,  conj.,  why. 
quartus,  -a,  -um,  ord.  num.  adj., 

fourth. 
quattuor,   card.  num.  adj.  indecl., 

four. 

-que,  conj.,  enclitic,  and. 
qui,   quae,  quod,    cuius,    etc.,   rel. 

pron.,  who,  which,  that. 
quibuscum,  prep,  phrase,  with  ivhom. 
quin,  conj.,  but  that. 
quindecim,  card.  num.  adj.  indecl., 

fifteen. 
quingenti,  -ae,  -a,  card.  num.  adj., 

Jive  hundred. 
quini,  -ae,  -a,  dist.  num.  adj.,  five 

(at  a  time), 
quinque,   card.    num.  adj.   indecl., 

five. 


16 


VOCABULARIES. 


quis  (qul),  quae,  quid  (quod), 
cuius,  etc.,  iuterrog.  pron.,  who, 
which,  ivhat. 

quis  (qul),  quae,  quod  (quid), 
cuius,  etc.,  indef.  pron.,  anyone. 

quisquam,  quae-,  quid-,  cuius-,  etc., 
indef.  pron.,  anyone,  anything. 

quisque,  quae-,  quid-  (quod-),  in- 
def. pron.,  each  one. 

quo,  rel.  adv.,  whither ;  conj.,  that,  in 
order  that. 

quod,  conj.,  because. 

quominus,  conj.,  (the  less  by  which), 
from  (with  subj.). 

quoque,  conj.,  also. 


recens,  -entis,  adj.,  recent. 

recipio,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  -cipere,  3.  v. 
a.,  with  reflexive,  betake  himself 
(themselves),  recover,  retreat. 

recipiunt,  3.  v.  a.,  se  recipiunt,  be- 
take themselves,  retreat. 

regio,  -on is,  F.,  a  region. 

regnum,  -I,  N.,  the  throne. 

rego,  rexi,  rectum,  regere,  3.  v.  a., 
rule. 

relinquo,  -liqui,  -lictum,  -linquere, 
3.  v.  a.,  leave. 

reliquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  remaining. 

remaneo,  -mans!,  -mansurus,  -ma- 
nere,  2.  v.  n.,  remain. 

Remi,  -orum,  M.  pi.,  Remi. 

rernoveo,  -movi,  -inofcum,  -movere, 
2.  v.  a.,  remove. 

renovo,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 
renew. 

repraesento,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v. 
a.,  do  at  once. 

res,  rel,  F.,  thing,  affair,  circum- 
stance, undertaking,  property. 

rescindit,  3.  v.  a.,  destroys. 

respondeo,  -spondi,  -sponsum,  -spon- 
dere,  2.  v.  n.,  to  respond,  reply. 


respondet,  2.  v.  n.,  responds,  replies. 

res  publica,  rel  publicae,  F.,  corn- 
won  wealth,  republic. 

reverto,  -verti,  -versum,  -vertere, 
3.  v.  n.,  return. 

revoco,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 
call  away. 

rex,  regis,  M.,  a  king. 

Rhenus,  -I,  M.,  the  Rhine. 

Rhodanus,  -I,  M.,  the  Rhone. 

rogo,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  ask. 

Roma,  -ae,  F.,  Rome. 

Roman  us,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  Roman. 

rumor,  -oris,  M.,  a  rumor. 


&. 

saepe,  adv.,  often. 

saepissime,  adv.,  sup.,  most  often. 

saepius,  adv.,  comp.,  more  (rather) 

often. 

salus,  -utis,  F.,  safety. 
Sautoncs,   -um  (-1,  -orum),  M.  pi., 

Santones. 
satis,  adv.,  sufficiently;  with  gen., 

sufficient. 
satisfacio,  -feel,  -facturus,  -facere, 

irr.  v.  n.,  satisfy,  make  amends. 
satisfactio,  -onis,  F.,  amends. 
saucius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wounded. 
scapha,  -ae,  F.,  a  boat. 
scio,  scivl,  scitum,  scire,  4.  v.  a., 

know. 

se  (sese),  see  sul. 
secum,    prep,     phrase,     with     him, 

etc. 

sed,  conj.,  but. 
sedecim,  card.    num.   adj.  indecl., 

sixteen. 

sedes,  -is,  F.,  a  dwelling-place. 
sementis,  -is,  F.,  a  solving;  sementls 

facere,  sow  grain. 
semper,  adv.,  always. 
senator,  -oris,  M.,  a  senator. 
senatus,  -us,  M.,  the  senate. 


LATIN-ENGLISH. 


17 


senex,    senis,  M.   adj.  as  noun,  an 

old  man. 
senl,  -ae,  -a,    dist.  num.  adj.,  six 

each. 

senior,  -us,  adj.,  older. 
septem,  card.  num.  indecl.,  seven. 
Sequanl,  -orum,  M.  pi.  from  adj., 

the  Sequani. 
sequor,   secutus,  sequl,  3.  v.  dep., 

follow,  be  inflicted  upon. 
sermo,  -onis,  M.,  conversation. 
servant,  1.  v.  a.,  protect. 
servantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  protected. 
servat,  1.  v.  a.,  protects. 
servatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  protected. 
servio,  -ii  (-ivi),  -Iturus,  -Ire,  4.  v.  n., 

to  be  a  slave. 

servitus,  -utis,  r.,  servitude. 
servo,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  pro- 
tect. 

servus,  -I,  M.,  a  slave. 
severitas,  -tatis,  F.,  strictness. 
sex,  card.  num.  adj.  indecl.,  six. 
sexcenti,  -ae,  -a,  card.  num.  adj., 

six  hundred. 
si,  conj.,  if. 
sic,  adv.,  so. 
signum,  -I,  N.,  signal. 
silentium,  -I,  N.,  silence. 
silva,  -ae,  r.,  a  forest. 
similior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,  more  like. 
similis,  -e,  adj.,  like. 
simillimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  most 

like. 

sine,  prep.,  without. 
singull,  -ae,  -a,  dist.  num.  adj.  pi., 

single,  one  by  one. 
sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  left. 
socius,  -I,  M.,  an  ally. 
solus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alone. 
soror,  -oris,  F.,  o  sister. 
spatium,  -I,  N.,  space. 
spero,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.  and 

n.,  hope,  expect. 
spes,  -el,  F.,  hope. 


statuo,  -ul,  -utum,  -uere,  3.  v.  a., 
v  decide. 

student,  2.  v.  n.,  desire. 
studeo,  studui,  — ,  studere,  2.  v.  n., 

desire. 

studet,  2.  v.  n.,  desires. 
studium,  -I,  N.,  zeal. 
sub,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl.,  under, 

at  the  foot  of. 
subito,  adv.,  suddenly. 
subsidiurn,  -I,  N.,  re-enforcement. 
Suessiones,  -um,  M.  pi.,  Suessiones. 
sui,  sibi,  se,  reflex,  pron.,  himself, 

herself,  itself,  etc. 
Sulla,  -ae,  M.,  Sulla. 
sum,  ful,  futurus,  esse,  irr.  v.   n., 

be. 

sunt,  are. 
superior,   -us,   adj.,  cornp.,  higher, 

superior. 
supero,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.  and 

n.,  conquer,  overcome,  overpower. 
supersum,  -fin,  -futurus,  -esse,  irr. 

v.  n.,  survive,  remain. 
supplex,  -icis,  c.,  a  suppliant. 
supremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sup.,  high- 
est, supreme. 

susplcio,  -onis,  F.,  suspicion. 
sustineo,    -tinui,  -tentum,    -tinere, 

1.  v.  a.  and  n.,  sustain. 
SUMS,  -a,  -um,  reflex,  adj.  pron.,  his, 

hers,  its,  their ;  his  own,  etc. 


taceo,  tacul,  taciturn,  tacere,  2.  v.  a. 

and  n.,  be  silent. 
tarn,  adv.,  so. 
tamen,  adv.,  still,  yet. 
tametsl,  adv.,  although. 
tandem,  adv.,  at  length. 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  so  great. 
tecum,  prep,  phrase,  with  you. 
tego,  texi,  tectum,  tegere,  3.  v.  a., 

cover,  conceal. 


18 


VOCABULARIES. 


tempero,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

refrain. 

tempestas,  -atis,  F.,  storm. 
temptant,  1.  v.  a.,  attempt,  try. 
tempto,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

attempt,  try. 
tempus,  -oris,  N.,  time. 
teneo,  tenul,  teritum,  tenere,  2.  v,  a., 

hold,  keep,  bind. 
tergum,  -I,  N.,  back. 
terra,  -ae,  F.,  land. 
terreo,  terrul,  territum,  terrere,  2.  v. 

a.,  terrify. 
territo,   -avi,  -atum,  -are,   1.  v.  a., 

frighten. 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  ord.  num.  adj.,  third. 
testis,  -is,  c.,  a  witness. 
timed,  -ui,  — ,  -ere,  2.  v.  a.  and  n., 

be  afraid  (of). 

timidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  cowardly. 
timor,  -oris,  M.,fear. 
totus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  the  whole  (of), 

entire. 

trans,  prep.,  beyond,  across. 
transducitur,  3.  v.  p.,  is  led  over. 
transduce  (traduco),  -duxl,  -duct urn, 

-ducere,  3.  v.  a.,  lead  over. 
transducunt,  3.  v.  a.,  lead  over. 
transducuntur,  3.  v.  p.,  are  led  orer. 
transeo,  -ii,  -itum,  -Ire,  irr.  v.  a.  and 

n.,  cross. 

transeunt,  irr.  v.  a.  and  n.,  cross. 
transit,  irr.  v.  a.  and  n.,  crosses. 
transitur,  irr.  v.  p.,  is  crossed. 
transporto,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a., 

transport. 

Trebonius,  -i,  M.,  Trebonius. 
tres,   tria,  gen.  trium,  card.   num. 

adj.,  three. 

Treveri,  -orum,  M.  pi.,  the  Treveri. 
tribunus,  -I,  M.,  a  tribune. 
trlduum,  -I,  N.,  space  of  three  days. 
tripartite,  abl.  as  adv.,  in  three  divis- 
ions. 
tuba,  -ae,  F.,  trumpet. 


turn,  adv.,  then. 
turris,  -is,  F.,  a  tower. 
tutus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  safe. 
tuus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  adj.  pron.,  your, 
yours. 

U. 

ubi,  adv.,  when,  where. 

Ubii,  -orum,  M.,  the  Ubii. 

ullus,  -a,  -um,  gen.  ullms,  dat.  ulli, 

adj.,  any ;  as  noun,  anybody,  any- 
one. 

undique,  adv., /row  every  side. 
unus,  -a,  -um,  card.  num.  adj.,  one, 

alone,  only. 
urbs,  urbis,  F.,  a  city. 
usus,  -us,  M.,  use. 
ut  (uti),  conj.  (with  subj.),  that,  in 

order  that,  so  as   to;  (with  iud.) 

as. 

ut .  .  .  ita,  as  ...  so. 
utilior,  -us,  adj.,  comp.,?nore  useful. 
iltilis,  -e,  adj.,  useful. 
utilissimus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,     sup., 

most  (very)  useful. 
fitor,  usus,  uti,  3.  v.  dep.,  employ, 

exercise,  use. 
uxor,  -oris,  F.,  a  wife. 


V. 

vadum,  -I,  N.,  a  ford. 

vallum,  -I,  N.,  «  rampart,  palisade. 

vastant,  1.  v.  a.,  lay  waste. 

vastantur,  1 .  v.  p.,  are  laid  waste. 

vastat,  1.  v.  a.,  lays  waste. 

vastatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  laid  ivaste. 

vasto,  -avi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  lay 
waste. 

vectlgal,  -alis,  N.,  tribute :  pi.,  reve- 
nues. 

vehementer,  adv.,  severely. 

velutsi,  adv.,  (just)  as  if. 

venio,  veni,  venturus,  venire,  4.  v. 
n.,  come. 


LATIN-ENGLISH. 


19 


venit,  4.  v.  n.,  comes. 

veniunt,  4.  v.  n.,  come. 

vereor,  -itus,  -eri,  2.  v.  dep.,fear. 

Vergobretus,  -I,  M.,  Vergobretus. 

verso,  -a vi,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  turn 

(this  way  and  that), 
verto,  verti,  versum,  vertere,  3.  v.  a., 

turn;     terga    vertere,    turn    and 

flee. 

Vesontio,  -onis,  F.,  Vesontio. 
vaster,  -tra,  -trum,  poss.  adj.  pron., 

your,  yours. 

veteranus,  -a, -urn,  adj.,  veteran. 
vetus,  -eris,  adj.,  former. 
vexant,  1.  v.  a.,  harass. 
vexillum,  -I,  N.,flag. 
vexo,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  harass. 
via,  -ae,  F.,  way. 
victor,  -oris,  M.,  a  victor. 
victoria,  -ae,  FM  victory. 
vlcus,  -I,  M.,  village. 
video,  vidi,  vlsum,  videre,  2.  v.  a., 

see  ;  pass.,  videor,  seem. 


vinco,  vici,  victum,  vincere,  3.  v.  a. 
and  n.,  conquer. 

vir,  viri,  M.,  a  man. 

virtus,  -utis,  F.,  valor ;  pi.,  virtues. 

vis,  vis,  IF.,  force. 

vita,  -ae,  F.,  life. 

vlto,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  avoid. 

vivo,  vixi,  victum,  vlvere,  3.  v.  n., 
live. 

vix,  adv.,  with  difficulty. 

vocant,  1.  v.  a.,  summon. 

vocantur,  1.  v.  p.,  are  summoned. 

vocat,  1.  v.  a.,  summons. 

vocatur,  1.  v.  p.,  is  summoned. 

voco,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a.,  sum- 
mon. 

volnus  (vulnus),  -eris,  N.,  wound. 

volo,  voliri,  — ,  velle,  irr.  v.  a.  and 
n.,  be  willing,  wish,  want. 

vox,  vocis,  F.,  a  voice. 

vulgus,  -I,  N.,  common  people. 

vultus,  -us,  M.,  expression  of  counte- 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


A. 

A.,  see  Aulus. 

a,  untranslated. 

abandon,  desero,  -serui,  -sertum,  -se- 

rere,  3.  v.  a. 

able,  possum,  potul,  posse,  irr.  v.  n. 
abode,  domicilium,  -I,  2.  N. 
about,  circiter,  adv. 
about,  circum,  prep,  with  ace. 
absent,  absum,  -ful,  -fulurus,  -esse, 

irr.  v.  n. 
acceptable,  acceptus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

accomplish,  ybezw,  feel,  factum,  fa- 
cere,  3.  v.  a. 

accordance  (in  .  .  .  with),  abl.  case. 

account  (on  .  .  .  of),  ob,  prep. 

account  (on  ...  of),  causa  with 
gen. 

accuse,  accusO,  -am,  -atum,  -are, 
1.  v.  a. 

across,  trans,  prep,  with  ace. 

act,  factum,  -I,  2.  N. 

action,  see  act. 

active,  acer,  acris,  acre,  3.  adj. 

actively,  acriter,  adv. 

activity,  alacritas,  -tatis,  3.  F. 

adjacent,  flnitimus,  -a,-um,  1.  and 2. 
adj. 

admiral,  praefectus  classis. 

adopt,  capio,   cepl,  captum,  capere, 

3.  v.  a. 

adornment,  ornamentum,  -I,  2.  N. 
advanced,  gravis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
affair,  see  thing. 
20 


afraid  of,  timeo,  -ul,  — ,  -ere,  2.  v. 

a.  and  n. 

again,  iterum,  adv. 
against,    contra,    adversus,    preps. 

with  ace. 

against  .  .  .  will,  see  unwillingly. 
age,  aetas,  -tatis,  3.  F. 
agriculture,  agricultura,  -ae,  1.  F. 
aid,  see  assist, 
aid,  praesidium,  -I,  2.  N. 
alarmed,  commotus,  -a,  -um,  p.p.  1. 

and  2.  as  adj. 
all,  omnis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
all  along,  imperfect  tense. 
Allobroges,  Allobroges,  -um,  pi.,  3.  M. 
ally,  socius,  -l,  2.  M. 
almost,  paene,  adv. 
alone,  see  one. 
alone,    solus,   -a,    -um,    1.    and    2. 

adj. 

Alps,  Alpes,  -ium,  pi.,  3.  F. 
already,  iam,  adv. 
also,  quoque,  adv. 
although,  cum,  etsl,  tametsl,  conjs. 
always,  semper,  adv. 
am,    sum,  ful,   futurus,    esse,    irr. 

v.  n. 

Ambarri,  Ambarrl,  -Drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 
ambassador,  legdtus,  -I,  2.  M. 
amends,  satisfactio,  -Onis,  3.  F. 
among,  in,  prep,  with  abl. 
among,  apud,  prep,  with  ace. 
among  themselves,  inter  se. 
ancestors,  patres,  -trum,  pi.,  3.  M., 

see  father. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


21 


ancestral,  patrius,  -a,  -urn,   1.  and 

2.  adj. 

and,  et,  -que,  atque,  ac,  cob'r.  conj. 
and  (both  .  .  .  and),  et  .  .  .  et,  -que 

.  .  .  -que. 

announce,  see  reveal. 
annually,  annuus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

another,  alius,  alia,  aliud,  adj.  pron. 
another  (one  .  .  .  another),  see  one. 
any,  aliquis,  -qua,  -quid,  adj.  pron. 
any,  ullus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
anybody,  see  anyone  (ullus). 
anyone  (indefinite),  quisquam,  quae- 

quam,  quidquam,  pron. 
anyone  (very  indefinite),  quis  (qul), 

quae,  quid(quod),  pron. 
anyone,  ullus,  -a,  -um,  gen.  ullius, 

dat.  ulll,  adj.  as  mas.  noun,  1. 

and  2. 

anything,  see  anyone. 
anxiety,  metus,  -us,  4.  M. 
approach,  aditus,  -us,  4.  M. 
approve,    probd,    -avl,    -atum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 
are,  see  am. 
April,  Aprllis,  -e,  M.  adj.  as  noun, 

3. 

Ariovistus,  Ariovistus,  -I,  2.  M. 
arm,  armd,  -avl,  -alum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
arm,  armant,  1.  v.  a. 
armed  (are),  armantur,  1.  v.  p. 
armed  (is),  armatur,  1.  v.  p. 
arms,  armat,  1.  v.  a. 
arms,  arma,  -drum,  pi.,  2.  N. 
army  (in   training),    exercitus,  -us, 

4.  M. 
army  (on   the  march),  agmen,  ag- 

minis,  3.  N. 
arrange,   Instrud,   -struxl,   -structum, 

-struere,  3.  v.  a. 
arrival,  adventus,  -us,  4.  M. 
arrive,  pervenid,  -veni,  -ventum,  -ve- 
nire, 4.  v.  n. 
Arverni,  Arvernl,  -drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 


as,  mark  of  apposition,  untrans- 
lated. 

as,  see  for. 

as  ...  as  possible,  quam  with  sup. 

as  if,  velut  si,  conj. 

as  ...  so,  ut  .  .  .  ita,  conj. 

ascend,  ascendo,  -cendl,  -censum, 
-cendere,  3.  v.  a.  and  n. 

ask,  rogo,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
and  n. 

ask  (as  a  right),  flagito,  -avl,  -atum, 
-are,  1.  v.  a. 

assist,  iuvo,  iuvl,  iutum,  iuvare,  1.  v.  a. 

assist,  iuvant,  1.  v.  a. 

assisted  (are),  iuvantur,  1.  v.  p. 

assisted  (is),  iuvatur,  1.  v.  p. 

assists,  z'wyaf,  1.  v.  a. 

assistance,  auxilium,  -I,  2.  N. 

at  length,  tandem,  adv. 

attack,  impetus,  -us,  4.  M. 

attempt,  tempto,   -acl,    -atum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

Aulus,  Aulus,  -i,  2.  M. 
authority,  auctoritas,  -tdtis,  3.  r. 
auxiliary  forces,  auxilia,  -drum,  pi., 

2.  N. 

auxiliaries,  see  auxiliary  forces. 
Avaricum,  Avaricum,  -I,  2.  N. 
avoid,  vltd,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
away  (to  be),  absum,  -fui,  -futurus, 
-esse,  irr.  v.  n. 


back,  tergum,  -I,  2.  N. 

bad,  malus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. ; 

comp.,  peior ;  superl.,  pessimus. 
baggage,    impedimenta,    -drum,   pi., 

2.  N. 

band,  manus,  -us,  4.  F. 
barbarians,  barbarl,  -drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 
battle,  proelium,  -I,  2.  N. 
be,  see  am. 

be  able,  possum,  potul,  posse,  irr.  v.  n. 
because,  quod,  conj. 


22 


VOCABULARIES. 


because  of,  abl.  with  or  without  a 

prep, 
become,  fid,  Jierl,  factus,  pass,  of 

facio. 
become   masters   of,  potior,  potltus, 

potlrl,  4.  v.  dep. 

before,  antequam,  priusquam,  conjs. 
before,  ante,  prep,  with  ace. 
behoove,  oportet,  -uit,  — ,  -ere,  2.  v. 

impers. 

Belgae,  Belgae,  -arum,  pi.,  1.  M. 
believe,    existimo,   -dvl,   -atum,   -are, 

1.  v.  a.  and  n. 

Bellovaci,  Bellovacl,  -drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 
best,    optimus,   -a,   -urn,    1.    and  2., 

sup.  of  bonus. 

best,  optime,  adv.,  sup.  of  bene. 
betake    themselves,    recipio,    -cepi, 

-ceptum,  -cipcre,  with  reflex,  pron., 

3.  v.  a. 
better,  melior,  -us,  3.  adj.,  coinp.  of 

bonus. 

better,  melius,  adv.,  cornp.  of  bene. 
better   (is),  praesto,    -stitl,   -stdtuin, 

-stare,  1.  v.  a.  and  n.  impers. 
between,  inter,  prep,  with  ace. 
beyond,  praeler,  prep,  with  ace. 
bind,    teneo,    tenul,    tentum,    tenere, 

2.  v.  a. 
bitter,  see  active. 

blot   out,    depono,   -posui,   -positum, 

-ponere,  3.  v.  a. 
boat,  scapha,  -ae,  1.  F. 
body,  corpus,  -oris,  3.  N. 
Boii,  Boil,  -drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 
boldly,  auddcter,  adv. 
boldness,  auddcia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
both,  see  and. 
bound,  teneo,  tenul,   tentum,  tenere, 

2.  v.  a. 

boundary,  finis,  -is,  3.  M. 
boy,  puer,  -erl,  2.  M. 
brave,  fortis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
bravely,  fortiter,  adv. 
bravery,  fortitudo,  -inis,  3.  F. 


break  forth,  erumpo,  -rupi,  -ruptwn, 

-rumpere,  3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  3.  M. 
bring,  fero,  lull,  latum,  ferre,  irr. 

v.  a. 
bring  together,  comportd,  -avi,  -atum, 

-are,  1.  v.  a. 
bring     upon,    In  fero,    -tull,    -latum, 

-ferre,  irr.  v.  a. 
Britain,  Britannia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
brother,  frater,  -tris,  3.  M. 
Brutus,  Brutus,  -I,  2.  M. 
building,  aedijicium,  -I,  2.  N.  . 
burn,  incendo,  -cendl,  -censum,  -cert* 

dere,  3.  v.  a. 

burn,  cremo,  -dvl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
burst   out,    erumpo,   -rupi,   -ruptum, 

-rumpere,  3.  v.  n. 
but,  at,  sed,  COOT.  conj. 
but  that,  quin,  rel.  conj. 
by,  ab  (a,  abs),  prep,  with  abl. 


C. 

Caesar,  Caesar,  -am,  3.  M. 

call,  appello,  -dvl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 

call  away,  revoco,  -dvl,  -dturn,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 
call  together,   convoco,  -dvl,  -atum, 

-are,  1.  v.  a. 

camp,  castra,  -Drum,  pi.,  2.  N. 
can,  possum,  potui,  posse,  irr.  v.  n. 
captive,  captwus,  -i,  2.  M. 
capture,  see  take. 
capture    (by    storming),    expugno, 

-dvl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
care,  cura,  -ae,  1.  F. 
care,  opera,  -ae,  1.  F. 
careful,  cautus,  -a,   -um,  1.   and  2. 

adj. 

carefully,  diligenter,  adv. 
carry,  fero,  full,  latum,  ferre,  irr.  v. 

a.  and  n. 
carry  on,  gero,  gessl,  gestum,  gerere, 

3.  v.  a. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


23 


cart,  carrus,  -I,  2.  M.,  also  carrum,  -I, 

2.  N. 

Cassius  (of),  Cassidnus,  -a,  -um,  1. 

and  2.  adj. 

Cassius,  Cassius,  -l,  2.  M. 
Casticus,  Casticus,  -l,  2.  M. 
cause,  causa,  ~ae,  1.  F. 
cavalry,  equitdtus,  -us,  4,  M. 
cavalry,  equites,  -um,  pi.,  3.  M.  ;  see 

horseman. 

cease,  flnem  facer e ;  see /ac/o. 
Celts,  Celtae,  -drum,  pi.,  1.  M. 
censure,  see  accuse. 
centurion,  centurio,  -onis,  3.  M. 
certain,    certus,  -a,  -um,  1.   and   2. 

adj. 

chain,  catena,  -ae,  1.  F. 
charge  of  (to  be  in),  praesum,  -ful, 

— ,  -esse,  irr.  v.  n.  (with  dak), 
chariot,  currus,  -us,  4.  M. 
chief,  prlnceps,  -ipis,  3.  M. 
chief  command,  potentdtus,  -us,  4.  M. 
children,  llberl,  -drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 
choose,  deligo,  -legl,  -lectum,  -ligere, 

3.  v.  a. 

choose,  capio,  cepl,  captum,  capere, 

3.  v.  a. 

Cicero,  Cicero,  -onis,  3.  M. 

circle,  orbis,  -is,  3.  M. 

circumstance,  res,  rel,  5.  F. 

citizen,  clvis,  -is,  3.  c. 

city,  urbs,  urbis,  3.  F. 

civilization,  cultus,  -us,  4.  M. 

class,  genus,  generis,  3.  N. 

Claudius,  Claudius,  -I,  2.  M. 

cohort,  cohors,  -hortis,  3.  F. 

cold,  frlgus,  frlgoris,  3.  N. 

collect,  see  locate. 

column,  agmen,  -minis,  3.  N. 

come,  venio,   venl,  venturus,    venire, 

4.  v.  n. 

coming,  see  approach. 

command,  impero,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a.  and  n. 
commanded  (it  is),  imperor,  -dtum, 


-an,  pass,  of  impero,  used  impers., 

1.  v.  p. 

commander,  praefectus,  -l,  2.  M. 
commander    (in    chief),    imperator, 

-oris,  3.  M. 

common,  communis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
common  people,  vulgus,  -I,  2.  N. 
commonwealth,  res  publica,  rel pub- 

licae,  F. 

companion,  comes,  -ids,  3.  c. 
company   (of   soldiers),  ordo,  -inis, 

3.  M. 

company  with  (in),  see  with. 
conceal,    tego,  text,    tectum,    tegere, 

3.  v.  a. 
concede,    concedo,     -cessl,    -cessurn, 

-cedere,  3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
concern  (it  concerns),  intersum,  -ful, 

-futurus,    -esse,    irr.    v.    n.,    also 

impers. 

concerning,  de,  prep, 
condemn,  damno,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 
confer,  conloquor  (colloquor),  -locu- 

tus,  -loqul,  3.  v.  dep. 
conference,  colloquium  (conloquium), 

-l,  2.  N. 

conquer,   supero,   -dvl,    -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

conquer,  vinco,  vlcl,  victum,  vincere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
conscious,  conscius,  -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

consent,  consensus,  -m,  4.  M. 
consider,  duco,  duxl,  ductum,  ducere, 

3.  v.  a. 

Considius,  Considius,  -I,  2.  M. 
conspiracy,  coniurdtio,  -onis,  2.  F. 
conspire,  consplro,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  n. 
construct,  perduco,   -duxl,    -ductus, 

-ducere,  3.  v.  a. 
consul,  consul,  -ulis,  3.  M. 
consulship,  consuldtus,  -us,  4.  M. 
contempt,  contemptio,  -onis,  3.  F. 


24 


VOCABULARIES. 


contend,   contendo,    -tendl,    -tentum, 

-tendere,  3.  v.  n. 
continually,  continenter,  adv. 
control,  imperium,  -I,  2.  N. 
conversation,  serrno,  -onis,  3.  M. 
Cotta,  Cotta,  -ae,  1.  M. 
could,  see  can. 
council,  concilium,  -I,  2.  N. 
counsel,  consilium,  -I,  2.  N. 
countenance  (expression  of),  voltus 

(vultus},  -us,  4.  M. 
country,  loca,  -Drum,  pi.,  2.  N. 
courage,  virtus,  -tutis,  3.  F. 
course,  modus,  -i,  2.  M. 
cover,  tego,  texl,  tectum,  tegere,  3.  v.  a. 
cowardly,  timidus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

crime,  nefds,  indecl.,  N. 
crime,  facinus,  -oris,  3.  N. 
crops,  frumentum,  -I,  2.  N. 
cross,   trdnseo,  -wl  (-u),   -itum,  -Ire, 

irr.  v.  a.  and  n. 
custom,  consuetude,  -inis,  3.  r. 
custom,  mos,  moris,  3.  M. 
cut    off,    intercludo,  -clusl,   -clusum, 

-dud ere,  3.  v.  a. 
cut  to  pieces,  concldo,  -cldl,  -clsum, 

-cider e,  3.  v.  a. 


D. 

daily,  cotldie,  adv. 

danger,  perlculum,  -i,  2.  N. 

dare,  audeo,  ausus,  audere,  2.  v. 
semi-dep. 

daring,  audax,  -ads,  3.  adj. 

daughter,  filia,  -ae,  1.  F. 

dawn,  see  daybreak. 

day,  dies,  diel  (di-e'-l),  5.  M.  (some- 
times F.). 

daybreak,  prlma  lux,  gen.  prlmae 
lucis,  F. 

death,  mors,  mortis,  3.  F. 

death  (violent),  nex,  necis,  3.  F. 

decide,  statud,  -ul,  -utum,  -uere,  3.  v.  a. 


decorations,  Inslgnis,  -e,  3.  adj.,  N. 

pi.  as  noun. 

decree,  decretum,  -I,  2.  N. 
deep,  altus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
defeat,  vinco,  vlcl,   victum,   vincerc, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
defend,    defendo,    -fendl,    -fensuni. 

-fendere,  3.  v.  a. 

definite,  certus,  -a,-um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
delay,  moror,  -atus,  -arl,  1.  v.  dep. 
delight,    delecto,   -avl,    -alum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

delight,  delectant,  1.  v.  a. 
delighted  (are),  delectantur,  1.  v.  p. 
delighted  (is),  delectatur,  1.  v.  p. 
delights,  delectat,  1.  v.  a. 
demand    (earnestly),  flagito,    -avl, 

-atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
departure,  discessus,  -us,  4.  M.  ;  pro- 

fectio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
depth,  altitudo,  -inis,  3.  F. 
desert,  meritum,  -I,  2.  N. 
deserter,  perfuga,  -ae,  1.  M. 
desire,  studeo,  -ul,  — ,  -ere,  2.  v.  n. 

(with  dat.). 
desire,  peto,  petlvl,  petltum,  petere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n. 

desire,  cupiditds,  -tatis,  3.  F. 
desirous,  cupidus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 
detain,  detineo,  -tinul,  -tentum,  -tinere, 

2.  v.  a. 

determine,  constituo,  -stitul,  -stitutum, 

-stituere,  3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
devastate,  popular,  -atus,  -arl,  1.  v 

dep. 

devastate,  see  lay  waste. 
did,  see  do. 

difficult,  difficilis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
difficulty,  difficultas,  -tatis,  3.  F. 
difficulty  (with),  vix,  adv. 
diligent,  dlligens,  -entis,  3.  adj. 
disaster,  incommodum,  -I,  2.  N. 
disclose,    enuntio,   -avl,   -atum,   -are, 

1.  v.  a. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


25 


disposition,  see  spirit. 
distant  (to  be),  see  away  (to  be~). 
distant,  longus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
distribute,    metior,    mensus,    metlrl, 

4.  v.  dep. 
disturb,  moved,  movl,  motum,  movere, 

2.  v.  a. 

ditch,  fossa,  -ae,  1.  F. 
Divico,  Divico,  -onis,  3.  M. 
divide,  partior,  -itus,  -Irl,  4.  v.  dep. 
divided,     dlvlsus,   -a,   -urn,   p.p.    as 

adj.  1.  and  2. 

Divitiacus,  Divitiacus,  -I,  2.  M. 
do,  untranslated,  when  used  instead 

of  the  common  form  of  the  verb. 

See  -ne,  -num,  and  nonne. 
do,  ago,  egl,  dctwn,  agere,  3.  v.  a. 
do  a  favor,  grdtum  facere. 
do  at  once,  repraesento,  -avl,  -alum, 

-are,  1.  v.  a. 
doubt,  dubiwn,  -l,  2.  N. 
doubt,  dubitdtio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
doubtful,  dubius,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 
draw,    duco,   duxl,    ductum,    ducere, 

3.  v.  a. 

drive  out,  expello,  -pull,  -pulsum,  -pel- 

lere,  3.  v.  a. 

Dumnorix,  Dumnorix,  -igis,  3.  M. 
duty,  officium,  -I,  2.  N. 
dwelling-place,  sedes,  -is,  3.  F. 


E. 

each     one,     quisque,     quae-,     quid- 

(quod-),  indef.  pron. 
eagerly,  cupide,  adv. 
eagerness,  cupiditas,  -tdtis,  3.  F. 
earnestly  demands,  see  demands. 
easily,  facile,  adv. 
easy,  facilis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
eight,  octo,  card.  num.  adj.  indecl. 
elect,   creo,  credvl,  creatum,    credre, 

1.  v.  a. 
embassy,  legdtio,  -onis,  3.  F. 


employ,  utor,  usus,  utl,  3.  v.  dep. 
encourage,  cohortor,  -dtus,  -drl,  1.  v. 

dep. 
encourage,  cdnfirmo,  -avl,  -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

encourage,  cunjirmant,  1.  v.  a. 
encouraged   (are),   conjirmantur,   1. 

v.  p. 

encouraged  (is),  confirrnatur,  1.  v.  p. 
encourages,  conjirmat,  1.  v.  a. 
end,  finis,  -is,  3.  M. 
endeavor,  conor,  -dtus,  -drl,  1.  v.  dep. 
endure,  fero,  lull,  Idtum,  ferre,  irr. 

v.  a.  and  n. 

enemy  (in  war),  hostis,  -is,  3.  c. 
enemy  (personal),  inimlcus,  -I,  2.  M. 
enfeeble,  effemino,  -avl,  -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 
engagement  continues, (it  is  fought), 

pass,  of  pugno,   -dvl,  -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  n. 

engineer,  faber,  fabrl,  2.  M. 
enormous,  ingens,  -entis,  3.  adj. 
enroll,  conscrlbo,  -scrlpsl,  -scrlptum, 

-scrlbere,  3.  v.  a. 

entire,  totus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
entreat,  Oro,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v. 

a.  and  n. 

equip,  armo,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
especially,  mdxime,  adv. 
even,  etiam,  conj. 
even  if,  etsl,  conj. 
every,  see  all. 
evident  (is),  consto,  -stitl,  -stdturus, 

-stare,  1.  v.  n.  impers. 
excel,  praesto,   -stitl,  -stitum,  -stare, 

1.  v.  a.  and  n. 
execute,  administro,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

exercise,  utor,  usus,  utl,  3.  v.  dep. 
exhort,    cohortor,   -dtus,   -drl,    1.    v. 

dep. 

exile,  exsul,  -idis,  3.  c. 
expect,  spero,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v. 

a.  and  n. 


26 


VOCABULARIES. 


expression  (of  countenance),  voltus 

(vultus*),  -us,  4.  M. 
extent,  see  magnitude. 
extraordinary,  incredibilis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
eye,  oculus,  -l,  2.  M. 


F. 

Fabius,  Fabius,  -i,  2.  M. 

fact,  see  thing. 

f action,  factio,  -onis,  3.  F. 

fair,    aequus,   -a,   -urn,     1.    and    2. 

adj. 

f aithf ul,  Jidelis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
fall,    cado,   cecidl,   cdsiirus,    cadere, 

3.  v.  n. 

fame,  gloria,  -ae,  1.  F. 
famine,  fames,  -is,  F. 
far,  longe,  adv. 
father,  pater,  -tris,  3.  M. 
favor,  gratia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
favor,  faveo,  fdvi,  fauturus,  favere, 

2.  v.  n.  (with  dat.). 
fear,  vereor,  -itus,  -erl,  2.  v.  dep. 
fear,  timor,  -oris,  3.  M. 
feeble,  Infirmus,  -a,  -urn,  1.   and  '2. 

adj. 

feelings,  animus,  -I,  2.  M. 
fertile,  frumentdrius,  -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

few,  paucus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
field,  ager,  agrl,  2.  M. 
fifteen,  qulndecim,  card.  num.  adj. 

indecl. 

fifteen  hundred,  mille  et  qulngentl. 
fight,  pugna,  -ae,  1.  F. 
fight,    pugno,   -avi,   -dtum,    -are,     1. 

v.  a. 
fight  (decisively),  dimico,  -avi,  -dtu- 

rus,  -are,  1.  v.  n. 
fire,  Ignis,  -is,  3.  M. 
first,  primus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 

sup. 
fitting   (is),    oportet,   -uit,   — ,   -ere, 

2.  v.  impers. 


five,  qulnque,  card.  num.  adj.  indecl. 
five  (at  a  time),  qulnl,  -ae,  -a,  pi., 

1 .  and  2.  dist.  num.  adj . 
five  hundred,  qulngentl,  -ae,  -a,  pi., 

1.  and  2.  card.  num.  adj. 
flag,  vexillwn,  -I,  2.  x. 
flee,  seey??/. 
fleet,  classis,  -is,  3.  F. 
fleet,  see  swift. 
flight,  fuga,  -ae,  1.  F. 
flow,  fluo,   flilxl,    fluxurus,   Jluere, 

3.  v.  n. 
flow   into,    influo,    -fluxl,  -fluxurus, 

-Jluere,  3.  v.  a. 
fly,  fug  id,   fugl,   fugiturus,   fugere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
fodder,  pabulum,  -I,  2.  N. 
follow,  sequor,   seciitus,  sequl,  3.  v. 

dep. 

following  day,  see  next  day. 
foot,  pes,  pedis,  3.  M. 
foot  of,  infimus  (imus),  -a,  -um,  1. 

and  2.  adj.  sup. 
foot-soldier,  pedes,  -itis,  3.  M.  ;  pi., 

infantry. 

for,  untranslated,  dat.  case, 
for  (the  purpose  of),  see  in  order 

that. 

for  (the  sake  of),  causa  with  gen. 
for,  ob,  prep. 

foraging,  pdbuldtio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
force,  vis,  vis,  3.  F.,  irr. 
forced   (march),  maximus,  -a,  -um, 

1.  and  2.  adj.  sup. 
forces,  copiae,  -drum,  pi.,  1.  F. 
ford,  vadum,  -I,  2.  N. 
forest,  silva,  -ae,  1.  F. 
forget,  obllviscor,  -lltus,  -llviscl,  3.  v. 

dep. 
forgetful,  oblltus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

form,  see  make. 

former,  prior,  prius,  3.  adj.  comp. 
former,  vetus,  -eris,  3.  adj. 
fortification,  munltio,  -onis,  3.  F. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


27 


fortify,  munio,  -Ivl  (-ii),  -Hum,  -ire, 

4.  v.  a.  and  n. 

fortifying,  munltio,  -vnis,  3.  F. 
fortress,  castellum,  -I,  2.  N. 
fortune,  fortuna,  -ae,  1.  r. 
fought    (it  is),  pugnor,  -at us,  -drl, 

pass,  of  pugno,  impers.  1.  v.  p. 
four,     quattuor,    card.    num.     adj. 

indecl. 
fourth,   quartus,  -a,  -urn,   1.   and  2. 

ord.  num.  adj. 
fraternal,  frdternus,  -a,  -um,   1.  and 

2.  adj. 

frenzy,  furor,  -oris,  3.  M. 
friend,  amlcus,  -I,  2.  M. 
friendly,    amlcus,   -a,    -um,    1.    and 

2.  adj. 

friendship,  amlcitia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
frighten,    territo,    -dvl,   -dturn,   -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

from,  quominus,  (with  subj.),  conj. 
from     (away   from),    ab   (a,    a&s), 

prep,  with  abl. 
from  (out  of),  ex  (e),  prep, 
from  every  side,  undique,  adv. 
front  (front  rank),  primus,  -a,  -um, 

1.  and  2.  adj. 
frosts,    frlgora,   -um,   3.    N.    pi.   of 

frlgus. 
full,  plenus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 


Gabinius,  Gabinius,  -I,  2.  M. 

gate,  j9orta,  -ae,  1.  F. 

gather  grain,  frumentor,  -tdtus,  -tdrl, 

1.  v.  dep. 

Galba,  Galba,  -ae,  1.  M. 

Gallic,    Gallicus,   -a,    -um,    1.    and 

2.  adj. 

garrison,  praesidium,  -I,  2.  N. 
Gaul,  Gallia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
Gauls,  Galll,  -drum,  pi.  2.  M. 
generally,  plerumque,  adv. 
Geneva,  Gendva,  -ae,  1.  F. 


gentleness,  lenitas,  -talis,  3.  F. 

Germans,  Germanl,  -Drum,  pi.  2.  M. 

Germany,  Germdnia,  -ae,  1.  F. 

give,  </o,  rfecft,  datum,  dare,  1.  v.  a. 

give,  dant,  1.  v.  a. 

given  (are),  dantur,  1.  v.  p. 

given  (is),  datur,  1.  v.  p. 

gives,  dat,  1.  v.  a. 

give  battle,  see  join  battle. 

glad,  laetus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 

gladly,  Zaefws,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and  2.  adj., 

as  English  adv. 
glare,  acies,  -el,  5.  F. 
glory,  gloria,  -ae,  1.  F. 
go,  eo,  Ivl  (u),  itum,  Ire,  irr.  v.  n. 
go  forth,  exeo,  -Ivl  (-it),  -itum,  -ire, 

irr.  v.  n. 
go  over,  trdnsed,  -Ivl  (-«),  -tVwrn,  -tre, 

irr.  v.  a.  and  n. 
go    wrong,    erro,    -dvl,    -dtum,   -are, 

1.  v.  n. 

good,  bonus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
government,  imperia,  -drum,  pi.  2.  N. 
grain,  frumentum,  -I,  2.  N. 
grant,  see  give. 
grant,  concedo,  -cessl,  -cessum,  -cedere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
great,  mdgnus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. ; 

comp.  mdior,  sup.  mdximus. 
greater,  mdior,  -us,  3.  adj.,  comp.  of 

mdgnus. 
greater  (age),  gravior,  -us,  3.  adj., 

comp.  of  gravis. 
greatest,  mdximus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj.  sup. 

greatly,  see  severely. 
greatly,  mdgnopere,  adv. 
guest,  hospes,  -itis,  3.  M. 

H. 

had  (aux.),  pluperf.  ind.  or  subj. 
Haedui,  Haedul,  -Drum,  pi.  2.  M. 
Haedui  (of  the),  Haeduus,  -a,  -um, 
1.  and  2.  adj. 


28 


VOCABULARIES. 


habit  of  (in  the),  imperf.  tense. 

hand,  manus,  -us,  4.  F. 

hang  out,  propono,  -posul,  -positum, 

-ponere,  3.  v.  a. 
happens  (it  happens),  accid.it, -cidit, 

— ,  -cidere,  3.  v.  n. ;  Jit,  factum, 

fieri,  pass,  of  facio. 
harass,  vexo,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
hard    pressed,   laborans,   -antis,  3., 

pres.  p.  of  laboro,  as  adj. 
has  (aux.),  perf.  ind. 
hasten,    contendo,     -tendl,    -tentum, 

-tendere,  3.  v.  n. 
hasten,  propero,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1. 

v.  n. 
have,  habed,  habul,  habitum,  habere, 

2.  v.  a.  and  n. 
have  (aux.),  see  has. 

he  (she,  it),  is  (ea,  id)  ;  hlc  (haec, 
hoc) ;  ille  (ilia,  illud)  ;  often  un- 
translated. 

hear,  audio,  -wl,  -Hum,  -ire,  4.  v.  a. 

height,  altitude,  -inis,  3.  F. 

helmet,  galea,  -ae,  1.  F. 

Helvetii  (Helvetians),  Helvetii, 
-drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 

hem  in,  contineo,  -tinul,  -tentum, 
-tinere,  2.  v.  a. 

her,  see  she. 

herald,  praeco,  -onis,  3.  M. 

here  (be),  adsum,  -ful,  -futurus,  -esse, 
irr.  v.  n. 

hers,  see  his,  poss.  pron. 

herself  (her-,  it-),  sul,  sifc,  se,  reflex, 
pron. 

herself,  see  himself,  intensive  pron. 

high,  altus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 

higher  places,   superiora,   -um,  pi., 

3.  N. 

highest,   summits,   -a,   -um,    1.   and 

2.  adj. 

hill,  collis,  -is,  3.  M. 
him,  see  he. 
himself  (her-,  it-),  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum, 

intensive  pron. 


hinder,    deterreo,    -terrul,  -territum, 

-terrere,   2.   v.    a. ;    impedio,   -wl, 

-Hum,  -Ire,  4.  v.  a. 
his,  SUMS,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
his  own  (her,  its),  see  his. 
hither,   citerior,   -us,  3.  adj.  comp. 

(no  positive), 
hold,    teneo,    tenul,    tentum,    tenere, 

2.  v.  a. 
hold    (against   some   one),  obtineo, 

-tinul,  -tentum,  -tinere,  2.  v.  a. 
home,  see  house. 
honor,  honor,  -Or is,  3.  M. 
hope,  spes,  spel  (spe'-l),  5.  F. 
hope,  spero,  -am,  -alum,  -are,  1.  v. 

a.  and  n. 

horse,  equus,  -I,  2.  M. 
horseman,  eques,  -itis,   3.  M. 
hostage,  obses,  -idis,  3.  c. 
hostile,  see  unfriendly. 
house,  domus,  -l  (-us),  2.  and  4.  F. 
how,  quam,  adv. 
hundred,  centum,   card.  num.  adj. 

indecl. 

hunger,  fames,  -is,  3.  F. 
hurt,    offendo,  -fendi,   -fensum,  -fen- 

dere,  3.  v.  a.  and  n. 


I. 

I,  ego,  pers.  pron. 

Ides,  Idus,  -uum,  pi.,  4.  F. 

if,  si,  conj. 

illustrious,    clarus,   -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 
import,    importo,   -avl,   -atum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

in,  in,  prep,  with  abl. 
in    (with    names     of    towns    and 

small  islands),  locative  case, 
in  charge  of  (to  be),  praesum,  -ful, 

-futurus,  -esse,  irr.  v.  n. 
in  company  with,  cum,  prep,  with 

abl. 
in  front  of,  pro,  prep,  with  abl. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


29 


in  order  that,  ut  (uti),  conj. 
in  order  to,  see  in  order  that. 
in  regard  to,  de,  prep,  with  abl. 
in  the  highest  degree,  maxime,  adv. 

sup. 

in  three  divisions,  tripartite,  adv. 
infantry,  see  pedes. 
inferior,  Inferior,  -us,  3.  adj.  coinp. 
intiicted  upon  (be),  sequor,  secutus, 

sequl,  3.  v.  dep. 

influence,  auctoritas,  -tatis,  3.  F. 
influence,  commoveo,  -movl,  -motum, 

-movere,  2.  v.  a. 
influential,  see  powerful. 
inform,  certiorem  facere. 
inhabit,    incolo,    -colul,   — ,    -colere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
injury,  iniuria,  -ae,  1.  r. 
insult,  contumelia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
intervene,   intersum,    -ful,  -futurus, 

-esse,  irr.  v.  n. 
into,  in,  prep,  with  ace. 
iron,  j err um,  -I,  2.  N. 
is,  see  am. 
it,  see  he.     • 
Italy,  Italia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
its,  see  his. 
itself,  see  himself,  intens.  or  reflex. 


J. 

join  (join  battle),   commltto,  -mm, 

-mlssum,  -mlttere,  3.  v.  a. 
journey,  iter,  itineris,  3.  N.  irr. 
joyful,  laetus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
jump  down,  desiliu,  -silul,  -sultum, 

-silire,  4.  v.  n. 

just,  iustus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
justly,  see  rightly. 


keep,  see  hold. 

keep  apart,  divined,  -tinul,  -tentum, 
-tinere,  2.  v.  a. 


keep  from,  prohibeo,  -bul,  -bitum, 
-here,  2.  v.  a. 

keep  together,  confined,  -tinul,  -ten- 
tum, -tinere,  2.  v.  a. 

kindness,  dementia,  -ae,  1.  F. 

king,  rex,  regis,  3.  M. 

know,  scio,  sclvi,  scltum,  scire,  4.  v.  a. 

known,  notus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 


L.,  Lucius,  -l,  2.  M. 

labor,  labor,  -oris,  3.  M. 

lacking  (is),  desum,  -ful,  -futurus, 
-esse,  irr.  v.  n. 

lake,  lacus,  -us,  4.  M. 

land,  terra,  -ae,  1.  F. 

language,  lingua,  -ae,  1.  F. 

large,  see  great. 

law,  lex,  legis,  3.  F. 

lay  aside,  depdno,  -posul,  -positum, 
-ponere,  3.  v.  a. 

lay  down,  pono,  posul,  positum,  po- 
nere, 3.  v.  a. 

lay  waste,  vasto,  -avl,  -atum,  -are, 
1.  v.  a. 

lay  waste,  vastant,  1.  v.  a. 

laid  waste  (are),  vastantur,  1.  v.  p. 

laid  waste  (is),  vastatur,  1.  v.  p. 

lays  waste,  vastat,  1.  v.  a. 

lead,  duco,  duxl,  ductum,  ducere, 
3.  v.  a. 

lead  away,  abduco,  -duxl,  -ductum, 
-ducere,  3.  v.  a. 

lead  out,  educo,  -duxl,  -ductum,  -du- 
cere, 3.  v.  a. 

lead  over,  transduco  (traduco),  -duxl, 
-ductum,  -ducere,  3.  v.  a. 

lead  to,  adduco,  -duxl,  -ductum,  -du- 
cere, 3.  v.  a. 

leader,  dux,  duds,  3.  M. 

leadership,  prlncipatus,  -us,  4.  M. 

leading  man,  see  chief. 

least,  minimus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 
adj.,  sup.  of  parvus. 


30 


VOCABULARIES. 


leave,  relinquo,  -llqul,   -lictum,  -lin- 

quere,  3.  v.  a. 
led  on,  inductus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 
left,  sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  1.  and   2. 

adj. 

legion,  leg  id,  -onis,  3.  F. 
Lemannus,  Lemannus,  -I,  2.  M. 
less,  minor,  -us,  3.    adj.,   comp.   of 

parvus. 
less,    minus,   -or is,  N.   of   comp.    as 

noun,  3. 
lest,  ne,  conj. 
letter  (of  the  alphabet),  lltera,  -ae ; 

pi.,  a  letter,  an  epistle,  1.  F. 
liberate,  see  set  free. 
liberty,  llbertas,  -tatis,  3.  F. 
lieutenant,  see  ambassador. 
life,  vita,  -ae,  1.  F. 
light,  lux,  lucis,  3.  F. 
like,  similis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
limit,  finis,  -is,  3.  M.  ;  pi.,  territory, 
line  (of  battle),  acies,  aciel  (aci-e'-l), 

5.  F. 
line  (on  the  march),  agmen,  -inis, 

3.  N. 

line,/lm's,  -is,  3.  M. 
Liscus,  Liscus,  -l,  3.  M. 
little,  see  small. 

live,  vivo,  vlxl,  vlctum,  vlvere,  3.  v.  n. 
load,  onus,  -eris,  3.  N. 
locate,  colloco  (con/oco),  -avl,  -atum, 

-are,  1.  v.  a. 

Loire,  Liger,  -eris,  3.  M. 
long  time,  diu,  adv. 
lose,  amltto,  -mm,  -mlssum,  -mlttere, 

3.  v.  a. 

loud,  see  great. 
love,  amor,  -or is,  3.  M. 
lowest  part  of,  see  foot  of. 
Lucius,  Lucius,  -l,  2.  M. 

M. 

magistracy,  magistratus,  -us,  4.  M. 
magistrate,  magistratus,  -us,  4.  M. 


magnitude,  magnitudo,  -inis,  3.  F. 
majesty,  maiestds,  -tatis,  3.  F. 
make,  facio,   feel,    factum,  facere, 

3.  v.  a. 
make  amends,  satis/acid,  -feel,  -fac- 

turus,  -facere,  irr.  v.  n.  (with  dat.). 
make  upon,  see  bring  upon. 
make    war,    bello,  -avl,  -atum,   -are, 

1.  v.  n. 

man,  vir,  virl,  2.  M. 
man    (human    being),    homo,  -inis, 

3.  M. 

many,  multus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
many  (\Qry^,compiures,-plura  (-za), 

pi.  3.  adj. 
march,  see  journey. 
marriage,  matrimonium,  -I,  2.  N. 
master,  dojninus,  -I,  2.  M. 
may  (aux.),  pres.  subj. 
me,  see  /. 

means  (by  .  .  .  of),  abl.  case, 
meanwhile,  interim,  adv. 
measure,  metior,  mensum,  metlrl,  4.  v. 

dep. 

Mediterranean  Sea,  mare  nostrum. 
memory,  memoria,  -ae,  1.  F. 
message,  nuntius,  -I,  2.  M. 
messenger,  nuntius,  -I,  2.  M. 
Meuse,  Mosa,-ae,  1.  M. 
might  (aux.),  imp.  subj. 
mile,  mllia  passuum. 
military,  miUtdris,  -e,  3.  adj. 
mind,  see  spirit. 
mine,  see  my. 

Minerva,  Minerva,  -ae,  1.  F. 
mistaken  (to  be),  see  go  wrong. 
money,  pecunia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
more,  comparative  degree, 
more,  plus,  pluris,  3.  N.  ;  pi.  as  adj. 
more,  magis,  adv. 
more,  amplius,  N.  indecl. 
more  than,  amplius  with  abl. 
morning  (in  the),  mane,  adv. 
most,  plurimus,  -a,  -um,  1.    and   2. 

adj. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


31 


most,  pl&rimum,  adv. 
mother,  mater,  -tris,  3.  F. 
mountain,  mons,  montis,  3.  M. 
move,  moved,   movl,  motum,  movere, 

2.  v.  a. 

much,   multus,   -a,   -um,    1.    and    2. 

adj. 

multitude,  multitude),  -inis,  3.  F. 
my,  meus,  mea,  meum,  1.  and  2.poss. 

pron. 

N. 

name,  nomen,  -inis,  3.  N. 
name  a  day,  diem  dicere. 
Nantuates,  Nantuates,  -um,  pi.,  3.  M. 
narrowness    of   passage,    angustiae, 

-arum,  pi.,  1.  F. 
nation,  ndtio,  -dnis,  3.  F. 
native,   ndtlvus,   -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

nature,  natura,  -ae,  1.  F. 
navigate,    ndvigo,   -del,   -dtum,  -are, 

1.  v.  n. 

near,  prope,  prep,  with  ace. ;  adv. 
near   (with  names  of  places),   ad, 

prep,  with  ace. 

nearer,  propior,  -us,  3.  adj.  comp. 
nearest,  proximus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj.,  sup.  of  propior. 
need,    eged,  egul,  — ,  egere,  2.  v.  n. 

with  gen.  or  abl. 
need,  opus,  operis,  3.  N. 
need  of  action,  opus  factu. 
neglect,  neglego,  -lexl,  -lectum,  -legere, 

3.  v.  a. 
neither,  neque,  conj. 

neither  .  .  .  nor,    neque  .  .  .  neque, 

conj. 

never,  numquam  (nunquam^),  adv. 
new,  novus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
next,  posterus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
next  day,  postridie,  adv. 
next  day  after  that,  postrldie  eius 

die!,. 
no,  see  not  any. 


no  one,  nullus,  -a,  -um,  gen.  nulhus, 

dat.  nulll,  adj.  1.  and  2.,  M.  as  noun, 
no  one,  nemo,  -inis,  3.  c. 
nobility,  nobilitds,  -tdtis,  3.  F. 
noble,    nobilis,   -is,     adj.    3.,    M.    as 

noun, 
nobleman,    nobilis,   -is,    noun   from 

adj.,  3.  M. 
nobles,    nobiles,  3.  adj.,  M.   pi.    as 

noun. 

not,  hon,  adv. 
not  (with  subj.),  ne,  adv. 
not  alone  .  .  .  but   also,  non   solum 

.  .  .  sed  etiam,  conj. 
not  any,  nullus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 
not  at  all,  nihil,  N.  indecl.,  ace.  as 

adv. 

not  even,  ne  .  .  .  quidem,  conj. 
not    only  .  .  .  but    also,    non    modo 

.  .  .  sed  etiam,  conj. 
now,  nunc,  adv. 
number,  numerus,  -i,  2.  M. 
number  (great),  see  multitude. 


O. 

O,  exclamation,  o. 

obey,  pared,  pdrul,  pdriturus,  parere, 

2.  v.  n.  (with  dat.). 
obstruct,  impedio,  -divl,  -dltum,  -dire, 

4.  v.  a. 
obtain,  obtineo,  -tinul,-tentum,-tinere, 

2.  v.  a. 
obtain  control  (possession)  of,  po- 

tior,  potitus,  potlrl,  4.  v.  dep. 
occupy,    occupo,    -avl,    -dtum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

of,  translated  usually  by  gen. 

of  a  father,  patrius,  -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

often,  saepe,  adv. 
oh,  o,  inter j. 

old,  senex,  senis',  3.  M. 

older,  senior,  -us,  3.  adj.  comp. 


32 


VOCABULARIES. 


old  man,  see  old. 

on,  in,  prep,  with  abl. ;  abl.  case. 

on,  ex,  prep. 

on  account  of,  ob,  propter,  preps. 

on  this    account,    ob,    prep,    with 

ace. 
one,  unus,  Una,  Unum,  1.  and  2.  card. 

num.  adj. 
one  another,  alius  .  .  .  alius,  1.  and 

2.  adj.  pron. 
one  (the  one  .  .  .  the  other),   alter 

.  .  .  alter,  1.  and  2.  adj.  pron. 
one  by  one,  singull,  -ae,  -a,  pi.  dist. 

num.  adj.  1.  and  2. 
only,    solus,    -a,    -um;     unus,    Una, 

unum,  adjs.  1.  and  2. 
open,  patens,  -entis,  pres.  p.  as  adj. 

3. 

opportunity,  facultas,  -tatis,  3.  F. 
oration,  oratio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
orator,  orator,  -oris,  3.  M. 
order,   impero,  -avl,  -atum,   -are,    1. 

v.  a. 

order,  see  line. 
order,  imperium,  -I,  2.  N. 
Orgetorix,  Orgetorix,  -igis,  3.  M. 
other    (another),  alius,  alia,  aliud, 

1.  and  2.  pron. 
other  (the  other),  alter,  -era,  -erum, 

1.  and  2.  adj.  pron. 
others   (some  .  .  .  others),    alii   .  .  . 

alii,  1.  and  2.  adj.  pron. 
our,    noster,   -tra,   -trum,  1.    and   2. 

poss.  pron. 
ours,  see  our. 

over,  trans,  prep,  with  ace. 
overcome,  see  conquer. 
over,   dative   case,   see  Dumnorigl, 

Ex.  195,  sentence  7. 
overpower,  supero,  -avl,  -atum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 
overtake,  consector,  -atus,  -an,  1.  v. 

dep. 

own,  see  his  own. 
owner,  see  master. 


pace,  passus,  -us,  4.  M. 

palisade,  vallum,  -I,  2.  N. 

pardon,    condono,   -avl,   -atum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

part,  pars,  partis,  3.  F. 
party,  see  faction. 
pass  the  winter,  hiemo,  -avl,  -atum, 

-are,  1.  v.  11. 

passage,  iter,  itineris,  3.  N. 
past  (the) ,  praeterita,  N.  pi.  of  adj. 

as  noun,  2. 

peace,  pax,  pads,  3.  F. 
people,  populus,  -i,  2.  M. 
peril,  see  danger. 
perish,  pereo,  -il  (-ivl),  -iturus,  -Ire, 

irr.  v.  n. 
permitted  (it  is),  licet,  licuit  (licitum 

esC),  licere,  impers.,  2.  v.  n. 
persuade,  persuaded,  -suasl,  -suasum, 

-suadere,  2.  v.  a.  and  n. 
phalanx,  phalanx,  -angis,  3.  F. 
Piso,  Plso,  -onis,  3.  M. 
pitch,  see  place. 
place,  pond,  posul,  positum,  ponere, 

3.  v.  a. 

place,  locus,  -l,  2.  M.,  pi.  loca,  N. 
place  in  charge  of,  see  put  in  charge 

of- 

place  of  (in),  pro,  prep,  with  abl. 
plan,  see  counsel. 
pleasant,  facilis    with    the    latter 

supine  of  video. 
plenty,  copia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
plunder,  praedor,  -atus,    -arl,  1.  v. 

dep. 
point  out,  demonstro,  -avl,  -atum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

populace,  plebs,  plebis,  3.  F. 
popularity,  gratia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
possess,  obtineo,  -tinul,  -tentum,  -ti- 

nere,  2.  v.  a. 

possession,  possessio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
possible,  see  as  .  .  .  as  possible. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


33 


postpone,  confero,  -tuli,  -Icitum,  -ferre, 

irr.  v.  a. 

power  (civil) ,  potestds,  -tdtis,  3.  F. 
power  (military),  imperium,  -1,2.  N. 
powerful,  potens,  -ends,  3.  adj. 
praise,  laudo,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
praise,  laudant,  1.  v.  a. 
praise,  laus,  laudis,  3.  F. 
praised  (are),  laudantur,  1.  v.  p. 
praised  (is),  lauddtur,  1.  v.  p. 
praises,  laudat,  1.  v.  a. 
pray,  tandem,  adv. 
prefer,  mdlo,  mdlul,  — ,  mdlle,  irr.  v. 

a.  and  n. 

prepare,  paro,  -avl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
prepare,  parant,  1.  v.  a. 
prepared  (are),  parantur,  1.  v.  p. 
prepared  (is),  pardtur,  1.  v.  p. 
prepared,  pardtus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

prepares,  parat,  1.  v.  a. 
present  (to  be),  adsum,  -ful,  -futu- 

rus,  -esse,  irr.  1.  v.  n. 
present,  praesens,  -entis,  3.  adj. 
prisoner,  see  captive. 
private,  privdtus,    -a,    -um,    1.   and 

2.  adj. 

proconsul,  proconsul,  -ulis,  3.  M. 
property,  sua,  sudrum,  pi.,  2.  N.,  see 

his;  res,  rel,  5.  F. 

protect,  servo,  -avl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
protect,  servant,  1.  v.  a. 
protected  (are),  servantur,  1.  v.  p. 
protected  (is),  servdtur,  1.  v.  p. 
protects,  servat,  1.  v.  a. 
protection,  see  garrison. 
provided  (that),  dummodo,  conj. 
province,  provincia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
public,  publicus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

punishment,  poena,  -ae,  1.  F. 
purchase,    redimo,     -emi,    -emptum, 

-imere,  3.  v.  a. 
pursue,   consector,   -dtus,  -drl,    1.  v. 

dep. 


put  in  charge  of,  praejicio,  -feel, 
-fectum,  -Jicere,  3.  v.  a.  (with  dat.). 

put  on,  accommodo,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are, 
1.  v.  a. 

put  to  death,  interfcio,  -feel,  -fectum, 
-Jicere,  3.  v.  a. 


Q. 

quickly,  celeriter,  adv. 

quite,  adv.,  superlative  degree. 


R. 

rampart,  vallum,  -l,  2.  N. 

rank  (of  soldiers),  or  do,  -inis,  3.  M. ; 

agmen,  -inis,  3.  N. 
rapid,  see  swift. 
rations,  frumentum,  -I,  2.  N. 
reach,  pervenio,    -venl,  -ventum,  -ve- 
nire, 4.  v.  n. 
ready,  see  prepared. 
rear  rank,  novissimum  agmen,  3.  N. 
reason  (for  this),  causa  with  gen. ; 

hoc. 
rebuke,    accuso,    -dvl,    -dtum,   -are, 

1.  v.  a. 
receive,  accipio,  -cepl,  -ceptum,  -cipere, 

3.  v.  a. 

recent,  recens,  -ntis,  3.  adj. 
recover,  recipio,  -cepl,  -ceptum,  -cipere, 

with  reflex.,  3.  v.  a. 
re-enforcements,  subsidium,  -I,  2.  N. 
refrain,    tempero,   -dvl,    -dtum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

regard,  see  have. 
region,  regio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
rejoice,  gaudeo,  gavlsus,  gaudere,  2. 

semi-dep. 

relationship,  adflnitds,  -tdtis,  3.  F. 
remain,    maneo,    mdnsl,    mdnsurus, 

manere,  2.  v.  n. ;  supersum,  -ful, 

-futurus,  -esse,  irr.  v.  n. 
remain,  remaned,  -mdnsl,  -mdnsurus, 

-manere,  2.  v.  n. 


34 


VOCABULARIES. 


remaining,  reliquus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

remove,  removed,  -mdvl,  -mdtum,  -mo- 

vere,  2.  v.  a. 

renew,'  renovd,  -dvr,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
repent,  paenitet,  -nituit,  -tere,  2.  v.  a. 

impers. 
reply,    responded,  -spondl,  -spdnsum, 

-spondere,  2.  v.  n. 
represent,  prdpdnd,  -posul,  -positum, 

-pdnere,  3.  v.  a. 
republic,   respublica,  relpublicae,  5. 

and  1.  F. 
repulse,  pelld,  pepull,  pulsum,  pel- 

lere,  3.  v.  a. 
request,  petd,  petlvl,  petitum,  petere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n. 

request   (at    my,    thy,     etc.),     me 

petente,  see  seek. 
respond,    responded,  -spondl,    -spdn- 

sum,  -spondere,  2.  v.  n. 
rest  of,  see  remaining. 
restrain,  see  keep  together. 
retreat,  s£  (me,    te,  etc.),   recipere, 

3.  v.  a. 
return,  reverfd,  -vertl,  -versum,  -ver- 

tere,  3.  v.  n. 

reveal,  enuntid,-avl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
revenues,  vectlgalia,  -ium,  pi.,  3.  x. 
revolution,  res  novae,   rerum  nocd- 

rum,  F. 

reward,  merces,  -edis,  3.  F. 
Rhine,  Rhenus,  -I,  2.  M. 
Rhone,  Rhodanus,  -I,  2.  M. 
ridge,  iugum,  -I,  2.  N. 
right,  dexter,  -era,  -erum,  and  -tra, 

-trum,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
right,  ius,  iuris,  3.  N. 
rightly,  iure,  adv. 
ripe,   maturus,   -a,   -um,    1.    and    2. 

adj. 

rival,  inijnlcus,  -I,  2.  M. 
river,  flumen,  -inis,  3.  N. 
road,  iter,  itineris,  3.  N. 
robber,  latrb,  -onis,  3.  M. 


Roman,  Romanus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

Rome,  Rdma,  -ae,  1.  F. 
routes,  itinera,  -um,  3.  N.,  pi.  of  iter. 
rugged,  arduus,  -a,   -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

rule,  rego,  rexl,  rectum,  regere,  3.  v.  a. 
rumor,  rumor,  -oris,  3.  M. 


S. 

safe,  fti^Ms,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 

safety,  salus,  -utis,  3.  F. 

sailor,  nau/a,  -ae,  1.  M. 

sake,  causa,  -ae,  1.  F. 

same,  irfewi,  eadem,  idem,  dem.  adj. 

pron. 
Santones,  Santones,  -um  (-1,  -drum), 

pi.,  3.  M. 

Saone,  ^4ra?',  /I  ram,  3.  M. 
satisfy,    satisfacid,    -feel,    -facturus, 

-facere,  3.  v.  n.  (with  dat.). 
said  (it  is),  dlcor,  dictus,  did,  pass. 

of  died,  used  impers.,  3.  v.  p. 
say,  died,  dlxi,  dictum,  dlcere,  3.  v. 

a.  and  n. 
say  .  .  .  not,  negd,  -an,  -alum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a.  and  n. 
scarcity,  inopia,  -ae,  1 .  F. 
scout,  expldrdtor,  -dris,  3.  M. 
sea,  mare,  maris,  3.  N. 
season,  see  time. 

secure,  potior,  -Itus,  -irl,  4.  v.  dep. 
see,  video,  vldl,  vlsum,  videre,  2.  v.  a. 
seek,  peto,    petlvl,    petitum,   petere, 

3.  v.  a.  and  n. 
seeking    to    gain,    appetens,    -entis, 

3.  adj. 
seem,  videor,  vlsus,  viderl,  pass,  of 

video. 

seize,  occupd,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
select,  deligd,  -legl.  -lectum,  -ligere, 

3.  v.  a. 

senate,  sendtus,  -us,  4.  M. 
senator,  senator,  -or is,  3.  M. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


35 


send,  mitto,  mini,  mlssum,  mittere,  3. 

v.  a. 

send  forward,  praetmtto,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  -inlttere,  3.  v.  a. 
separate,  divido,  -visi,  -visum,  -videre, 

3.  v.  a. 
separated,  diinsus,  -a,  -urn,  p.p.    as 

adj.  1.  and  2. 

Sequani,  Sequani,  -drum,  pi.,  2.  x. 
servant  (soldiers'),  cdlu,  -onis,  3.  M. 
service,  see  assistance. 
servitude,  servitus,  -tutis,  3.  F. 
set    free,    libero,    -dvi,   -dtum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 
set  on  fire,  incendo,  -cendi,  -censum, 

-cendere,  1.  v.  a. 
settle,  consul  u,  -sedi,  -sessurus,-sidere, 

3.  v.  n. 

several,  aliquot,  pron.  indecl. 
severe,  durus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
severely,  vehementer,  adv. 
severely,  graviter,  adv. 
severity,  see  strictness. 
shall   (aux.),  fut.  ind.,  and  future 

imperative. 

shall  have  (aux.),  fut.  perf.  ind. 
she,  see  he. 
ship,  ndvis,  -is,  3.  F. 
shore,  litus,  -or is,  3.  N. 
should  (aux.),  pres.  subj. 
shout  together,  concldmo,  -dvi,  -dtum, 

-are,  1.  v.  n. 
show,    demonstro,    -dvi,    -dtum,   -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

show,  demonstrant,  1.  v.  a. 
shown  (are),  demunstrantur,  1.  v.  p. 
shown  (is),  demdnstrdtur,  1.  v.  p. 
shows,  demunstrat,  1.  v.  a. 
shudder,  horreo,  Tiorrul,  — ,  horrere, 

2.  v.  a.  and  n. 

sight,  conspectus,  -us,  4.  M. 
signal,  slgnum,  -I,  2.  N. 
silence,  silentium,  -I,  2.  N. 
silent,  faced,  tacul,   taciturn,   tacere, 
2.  v.  a.  and  n. 


since,  cum,  conj.  (with  subj.). 
single,  singuli,  -ae,  -a,  pi.  1.  and  2. 

dist.  num.  adj. 
sister,  soror,  sororis,  3.  r. 
six,  sex,  card.  num.  adj.  indecl. 
six  (each),  sent,  -ae,  -a,  pi.  1.  and  2. 

dist.  num.  adj. 
six    hundred,   sexcentl,   -ae,   -a,   pi. 

1.  and  2.  card.  num.  adj. 
sixteen,   sedecim,    card.    num.    adj. 

indecl. 
skilful,  peritus,  -a,   -urn,  1.  and   2. 

adj. 

slaughter,  caedes,  -is,  3.  F. 
slave,  servus,  -I,  2.  M. 
slave  (be  a),  servio,  -h  (-ivi),  -llurus, 

-Ire,  4.  v.  n. 
slay,  interjicio,  -fed,  -fectum,  -Jicere, 

3.  v.  a. 
small,  parvus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and  2.  adj. ; 

comp.  minor ;  sup.  minimus. 
snow,  nix,  nivis,  3.  F. 
so,  ita,  sic,  tarn,  advs. 
so  as  to,  ut  (uti),  sub.  conj. 
so  great,  tantus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2.  adj. 
soldier,  miles,  -itis,  3.  M. 
some,     aliquis     (-qui),    -qua,    -quid 

(-quod),  indef.  pron. 
some  (some  .   .   .  others),  alii  .  .  . 

alii,  pi.  1.  and  2.  adj. 
some,  nonullus,  -a,  -um,  M.  adj.  as 

noun,  1.  and  2. 
son,  filius,  -i,  2.  M. 
sovereignty,  see  throne. 
so\v,facio,  with  sementls. 
sowing  (a),  sementis,  -is,  3.  F. 
space,  spatium,-i,  2.  N. 
space  of    three    days,   trlduum,   -I, 

2.  N. 

spare,    conservo,    -dvi,    -dtum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 
spend  the  winter,  hiemo,  -dvi,  -dtum, 

-are,  1.  v.  n. 
spirit,  animus,  -i,  2.  M. 
spirit  (with),  see  severely. 


36 


VOCABULARIES. 


spring   up,    inndscor,  -natus,  -nascl, 

3.  v.  dep. 
stand,  consistd,   -stitl,  — ,  -sistere,  3. 

v.  n. 

starvation,  fames,  -is.  3.  F. 
state,  cluitdx,  -tdtis,  3.  F. 
station,     dispono,    -posul,     -positum, 

-ponere,  3.  v.  a. 
stature,  mdgnitudo  carports. 
still,  tamen,  adv. 
stop,  desisto,  -stitl,  -stiturus,  -sister  e, 

3.  v.  n. 

storm,  tempestds,  -tdtis,  3.  F. 
storm,    oppugno,    -del,    -dtu?n,   -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

strength,  vires,  -iurn,  pi.,  3.  F. 
strengthen,  confirmo,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are, 

l.v.  a. 

strictness,  severitds,  -tdtis,  3.  F. 
stronghold,  oppidum,  -I,  2.  N. 
struggle,    laburo,    -dvl,    -atum,   -are, 

1.  v.  n. 

subdue,  pdco,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
successive,  continuus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

successive,  continens,  -entis,  3.  adj. 
suddenly,  subito,  abl.  as  adv. 
Suessiones,  Suessiones,  -um,  pi.,  3.  M. 
sufficient,  satis  with  gen.,  adv. 
sufficiently,  satis,  adv. 
suitable,  idoneus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

Sulla,  Sulla,  -ae,  1.  M. 
summit  of,  see  top  of. 
summon,  vocu,  -dvl,  -dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
summon,  vacant,  1.  v.  a. 
summoned  (are),  vocantur,  1.  v.  p. 
summoned  (is),  vocdtur,  1.  v.  p. 
summons,  vocat,  1.  v.  a. 
superior,  superior,  -us,  3.  adj.  comp. 
suppliant,  supplex,  -ids,  3.  c. 
supplies,  commedtus,  -us,  4.  M. 
supply,  see  plenty. 
supreme,  supremus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj.  sup. 


surround,  circumvenio,  -venl,  -ventum, 

-venire,  4.  v.  a. 
survive,  superstim,  -ful,  -futUrus,  -esse, 

irr.  v.  n. 

suspicion,  susplcio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
sustain,  sustined,  -tinul,  -tentum,  -ti- 

nere,  2.  v.  a.  and  n. 
swift,  celer,  -eris,  -ere,  3.  adj. 
swiftly,  celeriter,  adv. 
sword,  ferrum,  -I,  2.  N. 


T. 

take,   capio,    cepl,    captum,    capere, 

3.  v.  a. 

take  a  stand,  see  stand. 
take   away,  tollo,  sustull,   sulldtum, 

t oiler e,  3.  v.  a. 
take  care,  do  with  opera. 
take  care  to,  euro,  ut. 
take  position,  consisto,  -stitl,  — ,  -sis- 

tere,  3.  v.  n. 
take    possession    of,    occupo-,   -dvl, 

-dtum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
task,  labor,  -oris,  3.  M. 
tend,    pertineo,    -tinul,    — ,    -tinere, 

2.  v.  n. 
tenth,  decimus,  -a,   -um,  1.   and  2. 

ord.  num.  adj. 
terrify,  terreo,  terrul,  territum,  ter- 

rere,  2.  v.  a. 
territory,  fines,  -ium,  3.  M.,  pi.  of 

finis. 

than,  quam,  adv. 
that,  is,  ea,  id;  ille,  ilia,  illud,  dem. 

prons. 

that,  see  who,  rel.  pron. 
that  (in  order  that),  ut,  sub.  conj. 
that  (in  order  that),  quo,  rel.  adv. 
that  (of  yours),  iste,  ista,  istud,  dem. 

pron. 

that  not,  ne,  conj.  (with  subj.). 
the,  untranslated, 
their,  see  his,  etc. 
them,  see  they. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


37 


themselves,  see  himself,  etc. 

then,  turn,  adv. 

there,  ibt,  adv. 

there  (there  is,  etc.),  untranslated. 

these,  pi.  of  this. 

they,  pi.  of  he,  she,  it. 

thing,  res,  rel,  5.  F. 

thing  which,  id  quod  or  quae  res. 

think,    exlstimo,    -avl,    -atum.,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

think,  puto,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
third,  tertius,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and  2.  ord. 

num.  adj. 
this,  hlc,  haec,  hoc ;  sometimes  is,  ea, 

id,  dem.  pron. 

this  side  of,  citra,  prep,  with  ace. 
those,  pi.  of  that. 
thousand,  mille,  indecl.  card.  num. 

adj.  and  noun,  N. 
thousand,  mllia,  -ium,  pi.,  3.  N. 
three,  ires,  tria,  3.  card.  num.  adj. 
three   days  (space  of),  trlduum,  -l, 

2.  N. 

throne,  regnum,  -I,  2.  N. 
through,  per,  prep,  with  ace. 
throw,  conicio,  -iecl,  -iectum,  -icere, 

3.  v.  a. 
thus,  see  so. 

time,  tempus,  -oris,  3.  N. 

to  (place  to  which),  ad,  prep,  with 

ace. 

to,  dat.  case, 
top  of,  summus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and   2. 

adj. 

towards,  in,  prep,  with  ace. 
towards,  ad,  prep,  with  ace. 
tower,  turns,  -is,  3.  F. 
town  (walled),  oppidum,  -I,  2.  N. 
transport,  transports, -avl,  -atum,  -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

treacherously,  per  Insidias. 
treachery,  Insidiae,  -arum,  pi.,  1.  F. 
treachery,  perjidia,  -ae,  1.  F. 
treason,  proditio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
treat,  see  have. 


treaty,  foedus,  -eris,  3.  N. 

tree,  arbor,  -oris,  3.  F. 

trench,  fossa,  -ae,  1.  F. 

Treveri,  Treverl,  -Drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 

tribune,  tribunus,  -i,  2.  M. 

tribute,  vectlgal,  -alis,  3.  N. 

troops,  copiae,  -arum,  F.,  pi.  of  copia. 

trumpet,  tuba,  -ae,  1.  F. 

try,   experior,  -pertus,   -perlrl,  4.  v. 

dep. 

try,  temptu,  -avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
turn,    verto,   vertl,    versum,    vertere, 

3.  v.  a. 
turn   (this   way   and   that),   verso, 

-avl,  -atum,  -are,  1.  v.  a. 
turn  and  flee,  verto  with  tergum. 
twelve,    duodecim,  card.  num.  adj. 

indecl. 
two,  duo,  duae,  duo,  card.  num.  adj. 

U. 

Ubii,  Ubil,  -Drum,  pi.,  2.  M. 
unaccustomed,    msuetus,    -a,    -um, 

1.  and  2.  adj. 
under  arms,  in  armls. 
undertaking,  res,  rel,  5.  F. 
unfavorable,  alienus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

unfortunate,   miser,   -era,  -erum,    1. 

and  2.  adj. 
unfriendly,  inimlcus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

unjustly,  iniuste,  adv. 
unknown,  lgndtus,-a,  -vm,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

unless,  nisi,  conj. 
unserviceable,  inutilis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
until,  dum,  conj. 
unwilling  (be),  nolo,  nolul,  — ,  nolle, 

irr.  v.  a.  and  n. 
unwilling,  invltus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 
unworthy  of,  indlgnus,  -a,  -um,    1. 

and  2.  adj.  (with  abl.). 


38 


VOCABULARIES. 


upbraid,    incuso,   -avi,   -atum,    -are, 

1.  v.  a. 

upon,  in,  prep,  with  abl. 
use,  us  us,  usus,  4.  M. 
use,  utor,  usus,  uti,  3.  v.  dep. 
used  to,  imp.  ind. 
useful,  utilis,  -e,  3.  adj. 

V. 

valor,  virtus,  -utis,  3.  F. 
Vergobretus,  Vergobretus,  -I,  2.  M. 
very,    mdxime,    adv.,    or    the    sup. 

degree. 

very  easy,  perfacilis,  -e,  3.  adj. 
very  few,  perpaucl,  -ae,  -a,  pi.,    1. 

and  2.  adj. 
very  many,  complures,  -plura  (-plu- 

ria),  3.  adj. 
very  much,  mdgnopere   (niagno  ope- 

re),  adv. 
very  much    like,    consimilis,    -e,    3. 

adj. 

Vesontio,  Vesontio,  -onis,  3.  F. 
veteran,  veterdnus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

vicinity,  propinquitas ,  -tatis,  3.  F. 
vicinity  of,  ad. 
victor,  victor,  -oris,  3.  M. 
victorious,  see  victor. 
victory,  victoria,  -ae,  1.  F. 
village,  vlcus,  -I,  2.  M. 
violence,  iniuria,  -ae,  1.  F.  ;  see  also 

force. 

violent,  see  active. 
virtues,    virtutes,  -urn,  3.  F.,  pi.  of 

virtus. 
visit,  adeo,  -il  (~lvi),  -iturus,  -Ire,  irr. 

v.  a.  and  n. 
voice,  vox,  vocis,  3.  F. 

W. 

wage,  see  carry  on. 
wagon,  carrus,  -l,  2.  M. 


wait,  exspecto  (expecto^),  -avl,  -atum, 

-are,  1.  v.  a.  and  n. 
wall,  murus,  -l,  2.  M. 
want,    void,    volul,   velle,    irr.    v.    a. 

and  n. 

war,  bellum,  -i,  2.  x. 
warlike,  bellicosus,    -a,  -um,  1.    and 

2.  adj. 
warn,   moneo,   monui,   monitum,  ino- 

nere,  2.  v.  a. 
wave,  fluct us,  -us,  4.  M. 
way,  via,  -ae,  1.  F.  ;  iter,  itineris,  3.  N. 
we,  see  I. 
wearied,    defessus,  -a,  -um,   1.  and 

2.  adj. 

well,  bene,  adv. 
well-known,  ndtus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and 

2.  adj. 

were,  imp.  ind.  or  subj. 
were  in  the  habit  of,  imp.  ind. 
were  wont  to,  imp.  ind. 
what,  see  who,  interrog.  or  rel. 
when,  ub't,  cum,  conjs. 
where,  ubi,  conj. 
whether,  si,  conj. 
which,   see   who,   interrog.   or   rel. 

pron. 

while,  dum,  conj. 
whither,  quo,  conj. 
who  (what,  which,  that),  qul,  quae, 

quod,  rel.  pron. 
who    (what,    which),    quis    (qui), 

quae,  quid  (quod),  interrog.  pron. 
whole,    totus,    -a,   -um,    1.    and    2. 

adj. 

whom,  see  who. 
why,  cur,  quare,  ad  vs. 
wicked,  improbus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

wife,  uxor,  -dris,  3.  F. 
will  (aux.),  fut.  ind. 
will  have  (aux.),  fut.  perf .  ind. 
willing  (be),  void,  volul,  velle,  irr.  v. 

a.  and  n. 
wing,  cornu,  -us  (-U),  4.  N. 


ENGLISH-LATIN. 


39 


winter,  hlbernus,  -a,  -urn,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 
winter  quarters,  hiberna,  -drum,  pi., 

2.  x. 
wish,    void,   volui,    velie,    irr.    v.    a. 

and  n. 

with,  cum,  prep,  with  abl. 
within  (of  time),  abl. 
within,  tnfra,  prep,  with  ace. 
without,  sine,  prep,  with  abl. 
with  spirit,  see  actively. 
witness,  testis,  -is,  3.  c. 
woman,  femina,  -ae,  1.  F. 
wonder  at,   mlror,  -atus,  -arl,  1.  v. 

dep. 

wont  (to  be),  imperfect  tense, 
work,  opera,  -ae,  1.  F. 
world,  orbis  terrae  (terrarum}. 
worse,  peior,  -us,  3.  adj.,  comp.   of 

malus. 
worst,  pessimus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj.,  sup.  of  malus. 
worthy  of,  dignus,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj.  (with  abl.). 
would,  pres.  subj. 


would  have,  perf.  subj. 

wound,  volnus  (vulnus},  -eris,  3.  N. 

wounded,  saucius,  -a,  -um,  1.  and  2. 

adj. 

wretched,  see  unfortunate. 
wrong,  iniuria,  -ae,  1.  F. 

Y. 

year,  annus,  -I,  2.  M. 

yet,  tamen,  adv. 

you,  tu,  gen.  tul,  pers.  pron. 

young,  iuvenis,  -e,  3.  adj. 

young  man,  see  young. 

younger,  iunior,  -ius,  3.  adj. 

your  (sing.),  tuus,  tua,  tuum,  poss. 

pron.  1.  and  2. 
your  (pl.)>  vester,  -tra,  -trum,  poss. 

pron.  1.  and  2. 
yours,  see  your. 
youth,  see  young  man. 


Z. 

zeal,  studium,  -l,  2.  x. 


51 


